Preparing for release of 3.1.2

Fixes bug 11635.

.cvsignore

@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-ID
-Makefile
-config.cache
-config.h
-config.log
-config.status
-gmon.out
-rsync
-shconfig
-testdir
-tests-dont-exist
-testtmp
-testtmp.*
-tls
-zlib/dummy
-confdefs.h
-conftest.c
-conftest.log

.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+*.[oa]
+*~
+dummy
+ID
+Makefile
+Makefile.old
+configure.sh
+configure.sh.old
+config.cache
+config.h
+config.h.in
+config.h.in.old
+config.log
+config.status
+aclocal.m4
+/proto.h
+/proto.h-tstamp
+/rsync.1
+/rsyncd.conf.5
+/autom4te*.cache
+/confdefs.h
+/conftest*
+/dox
+/getgroups
+/gmon.out
+/rsync
+/rsync-ssl
+/stunnel-rsync
+/stunnel-rsyncd.conf
+/shconfig
+/testdir
+/tests-dont-exist
+/testtmp
+/tls
+/testrun
+/trimslash
+/t_unsafe
+/wildtest
+/getfsdev
+/rounding.h
+/doc/rsync.pdf
+/doc/rsync.ps
+/support/savetransfer
+/testsuite/chown-fake.test
+/testsuite/devices-fake.test
+/testsuite/xattrs-hlink.test
+/patches
+.deps

.ignore

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-.#*
-*.log
-Makefile
-config.h
-*.o
-CVS
-.ignore
-.cvsignore
-*~
-rsync
-config.status
-config.cache
-TAGS
-config.log
-test
-*.gz
-rsync-*
-*.dvi
-*.aux

COPYING

@@ -1,285 +1,626 @@
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-		       Version 2, June 1991
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
 
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-                          675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
  Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
  of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
 
-			    Preamble
+                            Preamble
 
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
 your programs, too.
 
   When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
 price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
 have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
 
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
 
   For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
 
-  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
+  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
 
-  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
+  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
 
-  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
 
   The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
 modification follow.
-
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
 
-  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+  0. Definitions.
 
-  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
 
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
 
-  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
 
-    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
-    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
 
-    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
-    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
-    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
-    parties under the terms of this License.
+  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
 
-    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
-    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
-    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
-    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
-    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
-    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
-    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
-    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
 
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
+  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
 
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
+  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
 
-  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+  1. Source Code.
 
-    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
-    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
 
-    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
-    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
 
-    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
-    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-    received the program in object code or executable form with such
-    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
 
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
+  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
 
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
+  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
 
-  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
+  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
 
-  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+  2. Basic Permissions.
+
+  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+  7. Additional Terms.
+
+  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+  8. Termination.
+
+  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+  11. Patents.
+
+  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
 this License.
 
-  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
 otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
 
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
+  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
 
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
 
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+  14. Revised Versions of this License.
 
-  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
 be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
 address new problems or concerns.
 
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
 
-  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
 
-			    NO WARRANTY
+  Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
 
-  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
 
-  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
 
-		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+  16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
 
   If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
 possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
@@ -287,15 +628,15 @@ free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
 
   To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
 to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
 the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
 
     <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
 
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
     (at your option) any later version.
 
     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -304,36 +645,30 @@ the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
     GNU General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
 Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
 
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
+  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
 
-    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
-    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
     This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
     under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
 
 The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
 
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
-  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
-  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
-  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
-  Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
-Public License instead of this License.
+  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

Doxyfile

@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.2.15
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# General configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+PROJECT_NAME           = rsync
+PROJECT_NUMBER         = HEAD
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = dox
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = NO
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        = *source
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = YES
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = NO
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = YES
+SHORT_NAMES            = NO
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = YES
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = YES
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = NO
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+TAB_SIZE               = 8
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = YES
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = YES
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = YES
+ALIASES                = 
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+QUIET                  = NO
+WARNINGS               = NO
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = NO
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+WARN_LOGFILE           = 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+INPUT                  = .
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.c \
+                         *.h
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+EXCLUDE                = proto.h \
+                         zlib \
+                         popt
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = 
+EXAMPLE_PATH           = 
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = 
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+IMAGE_PATH             = 
+INPUT_FILTER           = 
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = YES
+INLINE_SOURCES         = YES
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 3
+IGNORE_PREFIX          = 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+HTML_HEADER            = 
+HTML_FOOTER            = 
+HTML_STYLESHEET        = 
+HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+TOC_EXPAND             = NO
+DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 3
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = NO
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         = 
+LATEX_HEADER           = 
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    = 
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    = 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = NO
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = NO
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = NO
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+INCLUDE_PATH           = 
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = 
+PREDEFINED             = 
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = 
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::addtions related to external references   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+TAGFILES               = 
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = YES
+HAVE_DOT               = YES
+CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = YES
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+DOT_PATH               = 
+DOTFILE_DIRS           = 
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH    = 1024
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT   = 1024
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::addtions related to the search engine   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+CGI_NAME               = search.cgi
+CGI_URL                = 
+DOC_URL                = 
+DOC_ABSPATH            = 
+BIN_ABSPATH            = /usr/local/bin/
+EXT_DOC_PATHS          = 

INSTALL

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-To build and install rsync
+To build and install rsync:
 
   $ ./configure
   $ make
@@ -9,12 +9,39 @@ to ./configure.  To see them, use:
 
   $ ./configure --help
 
+Configure tries to figure out if the local system uses group "nobody" or
+"nogroup" by looking in the /etc/group file.  (This is only used for the
+default group of an rsync daemon, which attempts to run with "nobody"
+user and group permissions.)  You can change the default user and group
+for the daemon by editing the NOBODY_USER and NOBODY_GROUP defines in
+config.h, or just override them in your /etc/rsyncd.conf file.
+
 As of 2.4.7, rsync uses Eric Troan's popt option-parsing library.  A
-cut-down copy of release 1.5 is included in the rsync distribution,
-and will be used it there is no popt library on your build host, or if
+cut-down copy of a recent release is included in the rsync distribution,
+and will be used if there is no popt library on your build host, or if
 the --with-included-popt option is passed to ./configure.
 
+If you configure using --enable-maintainer-mode, then rsync will try
+to pop up an xterm on DISPLAY=:0 if it crashes.  You might find this
+useful, but it should be turned off for production builds.
 
+MAKE COMPATIBILITY
+------------------
+
+Note that Makefile.in has a rule that uses a wildcard in a prerequisite.  If
+your make has a problem with this rule, you will see an error like this:
+
+    Don't know how to make ./*.c
+
+You can change the "proto.h-tstamp" target in Makefile.in to list all the *.c
+filenames explicitly in order to avoid this issue.
+
+RPM NOTES
+---------
+
+Under packaging you will find .spec files for several distributions.
+The .spec file in packaging/lsb can be used for Linux systems that
+adhere to the Linux Standards Base (e.g., RedHat and others).
 
 HP-UX NOTES
 -----------
@@ -27,16 +54,21 @@ fails:
 
 Install gcc or HP's "ANSI/C Compiler".
 
-
-
 MAC OSX NOTES
 -------------
 
-Mac OS X (Darwin) seems to have an IPv6 stack, but it does not
-completely implement the "New Sockets" API.  
-
-<http://www.ipv6.org/impl/mac.html> says that Apple do not support
-IPv6 yet.  If your build fails, try again with --disable-ipv6.
+Some versions of Mac OS X (Darwin) seem to have an IPv6 stack, but do
+not completely implement the "New Sockets" API.  
 
+<http://www.ipv6.org/impl/mac.html> says that Apple started to support
+IPv6 in 10.2 (Jaguar).  If your build fails, try again after running
+configure with --disable-ipv6.
 
+IBM AIX NOTES
+-------------
 
+IBM AIX has a largefile problem with mkstemp.  See IBM PR-51921.
+The workaround is to append the below to config.h
+	#ifdef _LARGE_FILES
+	#undef HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP
+	#endif

Makefile.in

@@ -2,98 +2,251 @@
 # Makefile
 
 prefix=@prefix@
+datarootdir=@datarootdir@
 exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+stunnel4=@STUNNEL4@
 bindir=@bindir@
 mandir=@mandir@
 
 LIBS=@LIBS@
 CC=@CC@
 CFLAGS=@CFLAGS@
+CPPFLAGS=@CPPFLAGS@
+EXEEXT=@EXEEXT@
 LDFLAGS=@LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJDIR=lib/
 
 INSTALLCMD=@INSTALL@
+INSTALLMAN=@INSTALL@
 
 srcdir=@srcdir@
+MKDIR_P=@MKDIR_P@
 VPATH=$(srcdir)
 SHELL=/bin/sh
 
-VERSION=@VERSION@
+VERSION=@RSYNC_VERSION@
 
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .c .o
 
-LIBOBJ=lib/fnmatch.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/mdfour.o \
-	lib/permstring.o \
-	@LIBOBJS@
-ZLIBOBJ=zlib/deflate.o zlib/infblock.o zlib/infcodes.o zlib/inffast.o \
-	zlib/inflate.o zlib/inftrees.o zlib/infutil.o zlib/trees.o \
-	zlib/zutil.o zlib/adler32.o 
-OBJS1=rsync.o generator.o receiver.o cleanup.o sender.o exclude.o util.o main.o checksum.o match.o syscall.o log.o backup.o
-OBJS2=options.o flist.o io.o compat.o hlink.o token.o uidlist.o socket.o fileio.o batch.o \
-	clientname.o
+GENFILES=configure.sh aclocal.m4 config.h.in proto.h proto.h-tstamp rsync.1 rsyncd.conf.5
+HEADERS=byteorder.h config.h errcode.h proto.h rsync.h ifuncs.h itypes.h inums.h \
+	lib/pool_alloc.h
+LIBOBJ=lib/wildmatch.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/mdfour.o lib/md5.o \
+	lib/permstring.o lib/pool_alloc.o lib/sysacls.o lib/sysxattrs.o @LIBOBJS@
+zlib_OBJS=zlib/deflate.o zlib/inffast.o zlib/inflate.o zlib/inftrees.o \
+	zlib/trees.o zlib/zutil.o zlib/adler32.o zlib/compress.o zlib/crc32.o
+OBJS1=flist.o rsync.o generator.o receiver.o cleanup.o sender.o exclude.o \
+	util.o util2.o main.o checksum.o match.o syscall.o log.o backup.o delete.o
+OBJS2=options.o io.o compat.o hlink.o token.o uidlist.o socket.o hashtable.o \
+	fileio.o batch.o clientname.o chmod.o acls.o xattrs.o
+OBJS3=progress.o pipe.o
 DAEMON_OBJ = params.o loadparm.o clientserver.o access.o connection.o authenticate.o
 popt_OBJS=popt/findme.o  popt/popt.o  popt/poptconfig.o \
 	popt/popthelp.o popt/poptparse.o
-OBJS=$(OBJS1) $(OBJS2) $(DAEMON_OBJ) $(LIBOBJ) $(ZLIBOBJ) @BUILD_POPT@
+OBJS=$(OBJS1) $(OBJS2) $(OBJS3) $(DAEMON_OBJ) $(LIBOBJ) @BUILD_ZLIB@ @BUILD_POPT@
 
-tls_OBJ = tls.o syscall.o lib/permstring.o 
+TLS_OBJ = tls.o syscall.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/permstring.o lib/sysxattrs.o @BUILD_POPT@
 
 # Programs we must have to run the test cases
-CHECK_PROGS = rsync tls
+CHECK_PROGS = rsync$(EXEEXT) tls$(EXEEXT) getgroups$(EXEEXT) getfsdev$(EXEEXT) \
+	testrun$(EXEEXT) trimslash$(EXEEXT) t_unsafe$(EXEEXT) wildtest$(EXEEXT)
+
+CHECK_SYMLINKS = testsuite/chown-fake.test testsuite/devices-fake.test testsuite/xattrs-hlink.test
+
+# Objects for CHECK_PROGS to clean
+CHECK_OBJS=tls.o testrun.o getgroups.o getfsdev.o t_stub.o t_unsafe.o trimslash.o wildtest.o
 
 # note that the -I. is needed to handle config.h when using VPATH
 .c.o:
 @OBJ_SAVE@
-	$(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) -c $< @CC_SHOBJ_FLAG@
+	$(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -c $< @CC_SHOBJ_FLAG@
 @OBJ_RESTORE@
 
-all: rsync
-
-man: rsync.1 rsyncd.conf.5
+all: Makefile rsync$(EXEEXT) rsync-ssl stunnel-rsync stunnel-rsyncd.conf @MAKE_MAN@
 
 install: all
-	-mkdir -p ${bindir}
-	${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 rsync ${bindir}
-	-mkdir -p ${mandir}/man1
-	-mkdir -p ${mandir}/man5
-	${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsync.1 ${mandir}/man1
-	${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 ${mandir}/man5
+	-${MKDIR_P} ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
+	${INSTALLCMD} ${INSTALL_STRIP} -m 755 rsync$(EXEEXT) ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
+	-${MKDIR_P} ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1
+	-${MKDIR_P} ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5
+	if test -f rsync.1; then ${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 rsync.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1; fi
+	if test -f rsyncd.conf.5; then ${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 rsyncd.conf.5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5; fi
+
+install-ssl-client: rsync-ssl stunnel-rsync
+	-${MKDIR_P} ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
+	${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 rsync-ssl ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
+	${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 stunnel-rsync ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
+
+install-ssl-daemon: stunnel-rsyncd.conf
+	-${MKDIR_P} ${DESTDIR}/etc/stunnel
+	${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 stunnel-rsyncd.conf ${DESTDIR}/etc/stunnel/rsyncd.conf
+	@if ! ls /etc/rsync-ssl/certs/server.* >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then \
+	    echo "Note that you'll need to install the certificate used by /etc/stunnel/rsyncd.conf"; \
+	fi
+
+install-all: install install-ssl-client install-ssl-daemon
 
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALLCMD='$(INSTALLCMD) -s' install
+	$(MAKE) INSTALL_STRIP='-s' install
 
-rsync: $(OBJS)
-	@echo "Please ignore warnings below about mktemp -- it is used in a safe way"
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o rsync $(OBJS) $(LIBS)
+rsync$(EXEEXT): $(OBJS)
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJS) $(LIBS)
 
-$(OBJS): config.h
+$(OBJS): $(HEADERS)
+$(CHECK_OBJS): $(HEADERS)
 
-tls: $(tls_OBJ)
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(tls_OBJ) $(LIBS)
+flist.o: rounding.h
 
-Makefile: Makefile.in configure config.status
-	echo "WARNING: You need to run ./config.status --recheck"
+rounding.h: rounding.c rsync.h
+	@for r in 0 1 3; do \
+	    if $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o rounding -DEXTRA_ROUNDING=$$r -I. $(srcdir)/rounding.c >rounding.out 2>&1; then \
+		echo "#define EXTRA_ROUNDING $$r" >rounding.h; \
+		if test -f "$$HOME/build_farm/build_test.fns"; then \
+		    echo "EXTRA_ROUNDING is $$r" >&2; \
+		fi; \
+		break; \
+	    fi; \
+	done
+	@rm -f rounding
+	@if test -f rounding.h; then : ; else \
+	    cat rounding.out 1>&2; \
+	    echo "Failed to create rounding.h!" 1>&2; \
+	    exit 1; \
+	fi
+	@rm -f rounding.out
 
-# don't actually run autoconf, just issue a warning
-configure: configure.in
-	echo "WARNING: you need to rerun autoconf"
+tls$(EXEEXT): $(TLS_OBJ)
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(TLS_OBJ) $(LIBS)
+
+testrun$(EXEEXT): testrun.o
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ testrun.o
+
+getgroups$(EXEEXT): getgroups.o
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ getgroups.o $(LIBS)
+
+getfsdev$(EXEEXT): getfsdev.o
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ getfsdev.o $(LIBS)
+
+TRIMSLASH_OBJ = trimslash.o syscall.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o
+trimslash$(EXEEXT): $(TRIMSLASH_OBJ)
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(TRIMSLASH_OBJ) $(LIBS)
+
+T_UNSAFE_OBJ = t_unsafe.o syscall.o util.o util2.o t_stub.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/wildmatch.o
+t_unsafe$(EXEEXT): $(T_UNSAFE_OBJ)
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(T_UNSAFE_OBJ) $(LIBS)
+
+gen: conf proto.h man
+
+gensend: gen
+	rsync -aivzc $(GENFILES) $${SAMBA_HOST-samba.org}:/home/ftp/pub/rsync/generated-files/
+
+conf:
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(MAKE) -f prepare-source.mak conf
+
+aclocal.m4: $(srcdir)/m4/*.m4
+	aclocal -I $(srcdir)/m4
+
+configure.sh config.h.in: configure.ac aclocal.m4
+	@if test -f configure.sh; then cp -p configure.sh configure.sh.old; else touch configure.sh.old; fi
+	@if test -f config.h.in; then cp -p config.h.in config.h.in.old; else touch config.h.in.old; fi
+	autoconf -o configure.sh
+	autoheader && touch config.h.in
+	@if diff configure.sh configure.sh.old >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	    echo "configure.sh is unchanged."; \
+	    rm configure.sh.old; \
+	else \
+	    echo "configure.sh has CHANGED."; \
+	fi
+	@if diff config.h.in config.h.in.old >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	    echo "config.h.in is unchanged."; \
+	    rm config.h.in.old; \
+	else \
+	    echo "config.h.in has CHANGED."; \
+	fi
+	@if test -f configure.sh.old -o -f config.h.in.old; then \
+	    if test "$(MAKECMDGOALS)" = reconfigure; then \
+		echo 'Continuing with "make reconfigure".'; \
+	    else \
+		echo 'You may need to run:'; \
+		echo '  make reconfigure'; \
+		exit 1; \
+	    fi \
+	fi
+
+reconfigure: configure.sh
+	./config.status --recheck
+	./config.status
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in config.status configure.sh config.h.in
+	@if test -f Makefile; then cp -p Makefile Makefile.old; else touch Makefile.old; fi
+	@./config.status
+	@if diff Makefile Makefile.old >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	    echo "Makefile is unchanged."; \
+	    rm Makefile.old; \
+	else \
+	    if test "$(MAKECMDGOALS)" = reconfigure; then \
+		echo 'Continuing with "make reconfigure".'; \
+	    else \
+		echo "Makefile updated -- rerun your make command."; \
+		exit 1; \
+	    fi \
+	fi
+
+rsync-ssl: $(srcdir)/rsync-ssl.in Makefile
+	sed 's;\@bindir\@;$(bindir);g' <$(srcdir)/rsync-ssl.in >rsync-ssl
+	@chmod +x rsync-ssl
+
+stunnel-rsync: $(srcdir)/stunnel-rsync.in Makefile
+	sed 's;\@stunnel4\@;$(stunnel4);g' <$(srcdir)/stunnel-rsync.in >stunnel-rsync
+	@chmod +x stunnel-rsync
+
+stunnel-rsyncd.conf: $(srcdir)/stunnel-rsyncd.conf.in Makefile
+	sed 's;\@bindir\@;$(bindir);g' <$(srcdir)/stunnel-rsyncd.conf.in >stunnel-rsyncd.conf
+
+proto: proto.h-tstamp
+
+proto.h: proto.h-tstamp
+	@if test -f proto.h; then :; else cp -p $(srcdir)/proto.h .; fi
+
+proto.h-tstamp: $(srcdir)/*.c $(srcdir)/lib/compat.c config.h
+	perl $(srcdir)/mkproto.pl $(srcdir)/*.c $(srcdir)/lib/compat.c
+
+man: rsync.1 rsyncd.conf.5 man-copy
+
+man-copy:
+	@-if test -f rsync.1; then :; else echo 'Copying srcdir rsync.1'; cp -p $(srcdir)/rsync.1 .; fi
+	@-if test -f rsyncd.conf.5; then :; else echo 'Copying srcdir rsyncd.conf.5'; cp -p $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 .; fi
 
 rsync.1: rsync.yo
-	yodl2man -o rsync.1 rsync.yo
+	yodl2man -o rsync.1 $(srcdir)/rsync.yo
+	-$(srcdir)/tweak_manpage rsync.1
 
 rsyncd.conf.5: rsyncd.conf.yo
-	yodl2man -o rsyncd.conf.5 rsyncd.conf.yo
+	yodl2man -o rsyncd.conf.5 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.yo
+	-$(srcdir)/tweak_manpage rsyncd.conf.5
 
-proto:
-	cat *.c lib/compat.c | awk -f mkproto.awk > proto.h
+clean: cleantests
+	rm -f *~ $(OBJS) $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_OBJS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS) \
+		rounding rounding.h *.old
 
-clean:
-	rm -f *~ $(OBJS) rsync $(TLS_OBJ) tls
-	rm -rf ./testtmp
-	rm -f config.cache 
+cleantests:
+	rm -rf ./testtmp*
 
+# We try to delete built files from both the source and build
+# directories, just in case somebody previously configured things in
+# the source directory.
 distclean: clean
 	rm -f Makefile config.h config.status
+	rm -f rsync-ssl stunnel-rsync stunnel-rsyncd.conf
+	rm -f lib/dummy popt/dummy zlib/dummy
+	rm -f $(srcdir)/Makefile $(srcdir)/config.h $(srcdir)/config.status
+	rm -f $(srcdir)/lib/dummy $(srcdir)/popt/dummy $(srcdir)/zlib/dummy
+	rm -f config.cache config.log
+	rm -f $(srcdir)/config.cache $(srcdir)/config.log
+	rm -f shconfig $(srcdir)/shconfig
+	rm -f $(GENFILES)
+	rm -rf autom4te.cache
 
 # this target is really just for my use. It only works on a limited
 # range of machines and is used to produce a list of potentially
@@ -101,20 +254,16 @@ distclean: clean
 finddead:
 	nm *.o */*.o |grep 'U ' | awk '{print $$2}' | sort -u > nmused.txt
 	nm *.o */*.o |grep 'T ' | awk '{print $$3}' | sort -u > nmfns.txt
-	comm -13 nmused.txt nmfns.txt 
+	comm -13 nmused.txt nmfns.txt
 
 # 'check' is the GNU name, 'test' is the name for everybody else :-)
 .PHONY: check test
 
 test: check
 
-
 # There seems to be no standard way to specify some variables as
 # exported from a Makefile apart from listing them like this.
 
-# TODO: Tests that depend on built test aide programs like tls need to
-# know where the build directory is.
-
 # This depends on building rsync; if we need any helper programs it
 # should depend on them too.
 
@@ -122,14 +271,46 @@ test: check
 # catch Bash-isms earlier even if we're running on GNU.  Of course, we
 # might lose in the future where POSIX diverges from old sh.
 
-check: all $(CHECK_PROGS)
-	POSIXLY_CORRECT=1 TLS=`pwd`/tls rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync srcdir="$(srcdir)" $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
+check: all $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS)
+	rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync$(EXEEXT) $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
+
+check29: all $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS)
+	rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync$(EXEEXT) $(srcdir)/runtests.sh --protocol=29
+
+check30: all $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS)
+	rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync$(EXEEXT) $(srcdir)/runtests.sh --protocol=30
+
+wildtest.o: wildtest.c lib/wildmatch.c rsync.h config.h
+wildtest$(EXEEXT): wildtest.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o @BUILD_POPT@
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ wildtest.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o @BUILD_POPT@ $(LIBS)
+
+testsuite/chown-fake.test:
+	ln -s chown.test $(srcdir)/testsuite/chown-fake.test
+
+testsuite/devices-fake.test:
+	ln -s devices.test $(srcdir)/testsuite/devices-fake.test
+
+testsuite/xattrs-hlink.test:
+	ln -s xattrs.test $(srcdir)/testsuite/xattrs-hlink.test
 
 # This does *not* depend on building or installing: you can use it to
 # check a version installed from a binary or some other source tree,
 # if you want.
 
-installcheck: $(CHECK_PROGS)
-	POSIXLY_CORRECT=1 TLS=`pwd`/tls rsync_bin="$(bindir)/rsync" srcdir="$(srcdir)" $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
+installcheck: $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS)
+	POSIXLY_CORRECT=1 TOOLDIR=`pwd` rsync_bin="$(bindir)/rsync$(EXEEXT)" srcdir="$(srcdir)" $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
 
 # TODO: Add 'dist' target; need to know which files will be included
+
+# Run the SPLINT (Secure Programming Lint) tool.  <www.splint.org>
+.PHONY: splint
+splint:
+	splint +unixlib +gnuextensions -weak rsync.c
+
+doxygen:
+	cd $(srcdir) && rm dox/html/* && doxygen
+
+# for maintainers only
+doxygen-upload:
+	rsync -avzv $(srcdir)/dox/html/ --delete \
+	$${SAMBA_HOST-samba.org}:/home/httpd/html/rsync/doxygen/head/

NEWS

@@ -1,34 +1,47 @@
-rsync 2.5.2 (???)
+NEWS for rsync 3.1.2 (21 Dec 2015)
+Protocol: 31 (unchanged)
+Changes since 3.1.1:
 
   SECURITY FIXES:
 
-    * Signedness security patch from Sebastian Krahmer
-      <krahmer@suse.de> -- in some cases we were not sufficiently
-      careful about reading integers from the network.
+    - Make sure that all transferred files use only path names from inside the
+      transfer.  This makes it impossible for a malicious sender to try to make
+      the receiver use an unsafe destination path for a transferred file, such
+      as a just-sent symlink.
 
   BUG FIXES:
 
-    * Fix possible string mangling in log files.
-
-    * Fix for setting local address of outgoing sockets.
-
-    * Better handling of hardlinks and devices on platforms with
-      64-bit dev_t or ino_t.
-
-    * Name resolution on machines supporting IPv6 is improved.
+    - Change the checksum seed order in the per-block checksums.  This prevents
+      someone from trying to create checksum blocks that match in sum but not
+      content.
+    - Fixed a with the per-dir filter files (using -FF) that could trigger an
+      assert failure.
+    - Only skip set_modtime() on a transferred file if the time is exactly
+      right.
+    - Don't create an empty backup dir for a transferred file that doesn't
+      exist yet.
+    - Fixed a bug where --link-dest and --xattrs could cause rsync to exit if
+      a filename had a matching dir of the same name in the alt-dest area.
+    - Allow more than 32 group IDs per user in the daemon's gid=LIST config.
+    - Fix the logging of %b & %c via --log-file (daemon logging was already
+      correct, as was --out-format='%b/%c').
+    - Fix erroneous acceptance of --info=5 & --debug=5 (an empty flag name is
+      not valid).
 
   ENHANCEMENTS:
 
-    * With -v, rsync now shows the command used to initiate an ssh/rsh
-      connection.
+    - Added "(DRY RUN)" info to the --debug=exit output line.
+    - Use usleep() for our msleep() function if it is available.
+    - Added a few extra long-option names to rrsync script, which will make
+      BackupPC happier.
+    - Made configure choose to use linux xattrs on netbsd (rather than not
+      supporting xattrs).
+    - Added -wo (write-only) option to rrsync support script.
+    - Misc. manpage tweaks.
 
-    * --statistics now shows memory heap usage on platforms that
-        support mallinfo().
+  DEVELOPER RELATED:
 
-    * "The Ted T'so school of program optimization": make progress
-      visible and people will think it's faster.  (With --progress,
-      rsync will show you how many files it has seen as it builds the
-      file_list, giving some indication that it has not hung.)
-
-    * Improvements to batch mode support.  This is still experimental
-      but testing would be welcome.   (Jos Backus)
+    - Fixed a bug with the Makefile's use of INSTALL_STRIP.
+    - Improve a test in the suite that could get an erroneous timestamp error.
+    - Tweaks for newer versions of git in the packaging tools.
+    - Improved the m4 generation rules and some autoconf idioms.

README

@@ -1,176 +1,135 @@
 WHAT IS RSYNC?
 --------------
 
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
+Rsync is a fast and extraordinarily versatile file copying tool for
+both remote and local files.
 
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
+Rsync uses a delta-transfer algorithm which provides a very fast method
+for bringing remote files into sync.  It does this by sending just the
 differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
-At first glance this may seem impossible because the calculation of
-diffs between two files normally requires local access to both
-files. 
+sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.  At
+first glance this may seem impossible because the calculation of diffs
+between two files normally requires local access to both files.
 
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
+A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with this
+package.
 
 
 USAGE
 -----
 
-Basically you use rsync just like rcp, but rsync has many additional options.
+Basically you use rsync just like scp, but rsync has many additional
+options.  To get a complete list of supported options type:
 
-Here is a brief description of rsync usage:
-
-Usage: rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... [USER@]HOST:DEST
-  or   rsync [OPTION]... [USER@]HOST:SRC DEST
-  or   rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... DEST
-  or   rsync [OPTION]... [USER@]HOST::SRC [DEST]
-  or   rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... [USER@]HOST::DEST
-  or   rsync [OPTION]... rsync://[USER@]HOST[:PORT]/SRC [DEST]
-SRC on single-colon remote HOST will be expanded by remote shell
-SRC on server remote HOST may contain shell wildcards or multiple
-  sources separated by space as long as they have same top-level
-
-Options
- -v, --verbose               increase verbosity
- -q, --quiet                 decrease verbosity
- -c, --checksum              always checksum
- -a, --archive               archive mode
- -r, --recursive             recurse into directories
- -R, --relative              use relative path names
- -b, --backup                make backups (default ~ suffix)
-     --suffix=SUFFIX         override backup suffix
- -u, --update                update only (don't overwrite newer files)
- -l, --links                 preserve soft links
- -L, --copy-links            treat soft links like regular files
-     --copy-unsafe-links     copy links outside the source tree
-     --safe-links            ignore links outside the destination tree
- -H, --hard-links            preserve hard links
- -p, --perms                 preserve permissions
- -o, --owner                 preserve owner (root only)
- -g, --group                 preserve group
- -D, --devices               preserve devices (root only)
- -t, --times                 preserve times
- -S, --sparse                handle sparse files efficiently
- -n, --dry-run               show what would have been transferred
- -W, --whole-file            copy whole files, no incremental checks
- -x, --one-file-system       don't cross filesystem boundaries
- -B, --block-size=SIZE       checksum blocking size (default 700)
- -e, --rsh=COMMAND           specify rsh replacement
-     --rsync-path=PATH       specify path to rsync on the remote machine
- -C, --cvs-exclude           auto ignore files in the same way CVS does
-     --delete                delete files that don't exist on the sending side
-     --delete-excluded       also delete excluded files on the receiving side
-     --partial               keep partially transferred files
-     --force                 force deletion of directories even if not empty
-     --numeric-ids           don't map uid/gid values by user/group name
-     --timeout=TIME          set IO timeout in seconds
- -I, --ignore-times          don't exclude files that match length and time
-     --size-only             only use file size when determining if a file should be transferred
- -T  --temp-dir=DIR          create temporary files in directory DIR
-     --compare-dest=DIR      also compare destination files relative to DIR
- -z, --compress              compress file data
-     --exclude=PATTERN       exclude files matching PATTERN
-     --exclude-from=FILE     exclude patterns listed in FILE
-     --include=PATTERN       don't exclude files matching PATTERN
-     --include-from=FILE     don't exclude patterns listed in FILE
-     --version               print version number
-     --daemon                run as a rsync daemon
-     --config=FILE           specify alternate rsyncd.conf file
-     --port=PORT             specify alternate rsyncd port number
-     --stats                 give some file transfer stats
-     --progress              show progress during transfer
-     --log-format=FORMAT     log file transfers using specified format
-     --password-file=FILE    get password from FILE
- -h, --help                  show this help screen
+    rsync --help
 
+See the manpage for more detailed information.
 
 
 SETUP
 -----
 
-Rsync normally uses rsh or ssh for communication.  It does not need to
-be setuid and requires no special privileges for installation.  You
-must, however, have a working rsh or ssh system. Using ssh is
-recommended for its security features.
+Rsync normally uses ssh or rsh for communication with remote systems.
+It does not need to be setuid and requires no special privileges for
+installation.  You must, however, have a working ssh or rsh system.
+Using ssh is recommended for its security features.
 
 Alternatively, rsync can run in `daemon' mode, listening on a socket.
 This is generally used for public file distribution, although
 authentication and access control are available.
 
-To install rsync, first run the "configure" script. This will create a
-Makefile and config.h appropriate for your system. Then type
-"make". 
+To install rsync, first run the "configure" script.  This will create a
+Makefile and config.h appropriate for your system.  Then type "make".
 
 Note that on some systems you will have to force configure not to use
 gcc because gcc may not support some features (such as 64 bit file
-offsets) that your system may support. Set the environment variable CC
+offsets) that your system may support.  Set the environment variable CC
 to the name of your native compiler before running configure in this
-case. 
+case.
 
 Once built put a copy of rsync in your search path on the local and
-remote systems (or use "make install"). That's it!
+remote systems (or use "make install").  That's it!
 
-RSYNC SERVERS
+
+RSYNC DAEMONS
 -------------
 
-rsync can also talk to "rsync servers" which can provide anonymous or
-authenticated rsync. See the rsyncd.conf(5) man page for details on how
-to setup a rsync server. See the rsync(1) man page for info on how to
-connect to a rsync server.
+Rsync can also talk to "rsync daemons" which can provide anonymous or
+authenticated rsync.  See the rsyncd.conf(5) man page for details on how
+to setup an rsync daemon.  See the rsync(1) man page for info on how to
+connect to an rsync daemon.
 
 
-MAILING LIST
-------------
+WEB SITE
+--------
 
-There is a mailing list for the discussion of rsync and its
-applications. It is open to anyone to join. I will announce new
-versions on this list. 
+The main rsync web site is here:
 
-To join the mailing list see the web page at http://lists.samba.org/
+    http://rsync.samba.org/
 
-To send mail to everyone on the list send it to rsync@samba.org
+You'll find a FAQ list, downloads, resources, HTML versions of the
+manpages, etc.
+
+
+MAILING LISTS
+-------------
+
+There is a mailing list for the discussion of rsync and its applications
+that is open to anyone to join.  New releases are announced on this
+list, and there is also an announcement-only mailing list for those that
+want official announcements.  See the mailing-list page for full
+details:
+
+    http://rsync.samba.org/lists.html
 
 
 BUG REPORTS
 -----------
 
-If you have web access then please look at
-http://rsync.samba.org/rsync/ 
+To visit this web page for full the details on bug reporting:
 
-This will give you access to the bug tracking system used by the
-developers of rsync and will allow you to look at other bug reports or
-submit a new bug report.
+    http://rsync.samba.org/bugzilla.html
 
-If you don't have web access then mail bug reports to rsync@samba.org.
+That page contains links to the current bug list, and information on how
+to report a bug well.  You might also like to try searching the Internet
+for the error message you've received, or looking in the mailing list
+archives at:
+
+    http://mail-archive.com/rsync@lists.samba.org/
+
+To send a bug report, follow the instructions on the bug-tracking
+page of the web site.
+
+Alternately, email your bug report to rsync@lists.samba.org .
 
 
-CVS TREE
---------
+GIT REPOSITORY
+--------------
 
 If you want to get the very latest version of rsync direct from the
-source code repository then you can use anonymous cvs. You will need a
-recent version of cvs then use the following commands:
+source code repository then you can use git:
 
-	cvs -d :pserver:cvs@pserver.samba.org:/cvsroot login
-	Password: cvs
+    git clone git://git.samba.org/rsync.git
 
-	cvs -d :pserver:cvs@pserver.samba.org:/cvsroot co rsync
+See the download page for full details on all the ways to grab the
+source, including nightly tar files, web-browsing of the git repository,
+etc.:
 
-Look at the cvs documentation, or http://samba.org/cvs.html, for more
-details.
+    http://rsync.samba.org/download.html
 
 
 COPYRIGHT
 ---------
 
-rsync was originally written by Andrew Tridgell and has been improved
-by many developers around the world.  rsync may be used, modified and
-redistributed only under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
-found in the file COPYING in this distribution, or at 
+Rsync was originally written by Andrew Tridgell and is currently
+maintained by Wayne Davison.   It has been improved by many developers
+from around the world.
 
-  http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.html
+Rsync may be used, modified and redistributed only under the terms of
+the GNU General Public License, found in the file COPYING in this
+distribution, or at:
+
+    http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.html
 
 
 AVAILABILITY

TODO

@@ -1,22 +1,65 @@
 -*- indented-text -*-
 
-URGENT ---------------------------------------------------------------
+FEATURES ------------------------------------------------------------
+Use chroot only if supported
+Allow supplementary groups in rsyncd.conf			2002/04/09
+Handling IPv6 on old machines
+Other IPv6 stuff
+Add ACL support							2001/12/02
+proxy authentication						2002/01/23
+SOCKS								2002/01/23
+FAT support
+--diff						david.e.sewell	2002/03/15
+Add daemon --no-fork option
+Create more granular verbosity					2003/05/15
+
+DOCUMENTATION --------------------------------------------------------
+Keep list of open issues and todos on the web site
+Perhaps redo manual as SGML
+
+LOGGING --------------------------------------------------------------
+Memory accounting
+Improve error messages
+Better statistics					Rasmus	2002/03/08
+Perhaps flush stdout like syslog
+Log child death on signal
+verbose output					David Stein	2001/12/20
+internationalization
+
+DEVELOPMENT --------------------------------------------------------
+Handling duplicate names
+Use generic zlib						2002/02/25
+TDB								2002/03/12
+Splint								2002/03/12
+
+PERFORMANCE ----------------------------------------------------------
+Traverse just one directory at a time
+Allow skipping MD4 file_sum					2002/04/08
+Accelerate MD4
+
+TESTING --------------------------------------------------------------
+Torture test
+Cross-test versions						2001/08/22
+Test on kernel source
+Test large files
+Create mutator program for testing
+Create configure option to enable dangerous tests
+Create pipe program for testing
+Create test makefile target for some tests
+
+RELATED PROJECTS -----------------------------------------------------
+rsyncsh
+http://rsync.samba.org/rsync-and-debian/
+rsyncable gzip patch
+rsyncsplit as alternative to real integration with gzip?
+reverse rsync over HTTP Range
 
 
-IMPORTANT ------------------------------------------------------------
 
-Cross-test versions
+FEATURES ------------------------------------------------------------
 
-  Part of the regression suite should be making sure that we don't
-  break backwards compatibility: old clients vs new servers and so
-  on.  Ideally we would test the cross product of versions.  
 
-  It might be sufficient to test downloads from well-known public
-  rsync servers running different versions of rsync.  This will give
-  some testing and also be the most common case for having different
-  versions and not being able to upgrade.
-
-use chroot
+Use chroot only if supported
 
   If the platform doesn't support it, then don't even try.
 
@@ -26,147 +69,51 @@ use chroot
     http://lists.samba.org/pipermail/rsync/2001-August/thread.html
     http://lists.samba.org/pipermail/rsync/2001-September/thread.html
 
---files-from
-
-  Avoids traversal.  Better option than a pile of --include statements
-  for people who want to generate the file list using a find(1)
-  command or a script.
+                      --          --
 
 
-Performance
+Allow supplementary groups in rsyncd.conf			2002/04/09
 
-  Traverse just one directory at a time.  Tridge says it's possible.
+  Perhaps allow supplementary groups to be specified in rsyncd.conf;
+  then make the first one the primary gid and all the rest be
+  supplementary gids.
 
-  At the moment rsync reads the whole file list into memory at the
-  start, which makes us use a lot of memory and also not pipeline
-  network access as much as we could.
+                      --          --
 
 
-Handling duplicate names
+Handling IPv6 on old machines
 
-  We need to be careful of duplicate names getting into the file list.
-  See clean_flist().  This could happen if multiple arguments include
-  the same file.  Bad.
+  The KAME IPv6 patch is nice in theory but has proved a bit of a
+  nightmare in practice.  The basic idea of their patch is that rsync
+  is rewritten to use the new getaddrinfo()/getnameinfo() interface,
+  rather than gethostbyname()/gethostbyaddr() as in rsync 2.4.6.
+  Systems that don't have the new interface are handled by providing
+  our own implementation in lib/, which is selectively linked in.
 
-  I think duplicates are only a problem if they're both flowing
-  through the pipeline at the same time.  For example we might have
-  updated the first occurrence after reading the checksums for the
-  second.  So possibly we just need to make sure that we don't have
-  both in the pipeline at the same time.  
+  The problem with this is that it is really hard to get right on
+  platforms that have a half-working implementation, so redefining
+  these functions clashes with system headers, and leaving them out
+  breaks.  This affects at least OSF/1, RedHat 5, and Cobalt, which
+  are moderately improtant.
 
-  Possibly if we did one directory at a time that would be sufficient.
+  Perhaps the simplest solution would be to have two different files
+  implementing the same interface, and choose either the new or the
+  old API.  This is probably necessary for systems that e.g. have
+  IPv6, but gethostbyaddr() can't handle it.  The Linux manpage claims
+  this is currently the case.
 
-  Alternatively we could pre-process the arguments to make sure no
-  duplicates will ever be inserted.  There could be some bad cases
-  when we're collapsing symlinks.
+  In fact, our internal sockets interface (things like
+  open_socket_out(), etc) is much narrower than the getaddrinfo()
+  interface, and so probably simpler to get right.  In addition, the
+  old code is known to work well on old machines.
 
-  We could have a hash table.
+  We could drop the rather large lib/getaddrinfo files.
 
-  The root of the problem is that we do not want more than one file
-  list entry referring to the same file.  At first glance there are
-  several ways this could happen: symlinks, hardlinks, and repeated
-  names on the command line.
-
-  If names are repeated on the command line, they may be present in
-  different forms, perhaps by traversing directory paths in different
-  ways, traversing paths including symlinks.  Also we need to allow
-  for expansion of globs by rsync.
-
-  At the moment, clean_flist() requires having the entire file list in
-  memory.  Duplicate names are detected just by a string comparison.
-
-  We don't need to worry about hard links causing duplicates because
-  files are never updated in place.  Similarly for symlinks.
-
-  I think even if we're using a different symlink mode we don't need
-  to worry.
-
-  Unless we're really clever this will introduce a protocol
-  incompatibility, so we need to be able to accept the old format as
-  well.
+                      --          --
 
 
-Memory accounting
-
-  At exit, show how much memory was used for the file list, etc.
-
-  Also we do a wierd exponential-growth allocation in flist.c.  I'm
-  not sure this makes sense with modern mallocs.  At any rate it will
-  make us allocate a huge amount of memory for large file lists.
-
-  We can try using the GNU/SVID/XPG mallinfo() function to get some
-  heap statistics.
-
-
-Hard-link handling
-
-  At the moment hardlink handling is very expensive, so it's off by
-  default.  It does not need to be so.  
-
-  Since most of the solutions are rather intertwined with the file
-  list it is probably better to fix that first, although fixing
-  hardlinks is possibly simpler.
-
-  We can rule out hardlinked directories since they will probably
-  screw us up in all kinds of ways.  They simply should not be used.
-
-  At the moment rsync only cares about hardlinks to regular files.  I
-  guess you could also use them for sockets, devices and other beasts,
-  but I have not seen them.
-
-  When trying to reproduce hard links, we only need to worry about
-  files that have more than one name (nlinks>1 && !S_ISDIR). 
-
-  The basic point of this is to discover alternate names that refer to
-  the same file.  All operations, including creating the file and
-  writing modifications to it need only to be done for the first name.
-  For all later names, we just create the link and then leave it
-  alone.
-
-  If hard links are to be preserved:
-
-    Before the generator/receiver fork, the list of files is received
-    from the sender (recv_file_list), and a table for detecting hard
-    links is built.
-
-    The generator looks for hard links within the file list and does
-    not send checksums for them, though it does send other metadata.
-
-    The sender sends the device number and inode with file entries, so
-    that files are uniquely identified.
-
-    The receiver goes through and creates hard links (do_hard_links)
-    after all data has been written, but before directory permissions
-    are set.
-
-  At the moment device and inum are sent as 4-byte integers, which
-  will probably cause problems on large filesystems.  On Linux the
-  kernel uses 64-bit ino_t's internally, and people will soon have
-  filesystems big enough to use them.  We ought to follow NFS4 in
-  using 64-bit device and inode identification, perhaps with a
-  protocol version bump.
-
-  Once we've seen all the names for a particular file, we no longer
-  need to think about it and we can deallocate the memory.
-
-  We can also have the case where there are links to a file that are
-  not in the tree being transferred.  There's nothing we can do about
-  that.  Because we rename the destination into place after writing,
-  any hardlinks to the old file are always going to be orphaned.  In
-  fact that is almost necessary because otherwise we'd get really
-  confused if we were generating checksums for one name of a file and
-  modifying another.
-
-  At the moment the code seems to make a whole second copy of the file
-  list, which seems unnecessary.
-
-  We should have a test case that exercises hard links.  Since it
-  might be hard to compare ./tls output where the inodes change we
-  might need a little program to check whether several names refer to
-  the same file.
-
-IPv6
-
+Other IPv6 stuff
+  
   Implement suggestions from http://www.kame.net/newsletter/19980604/
   and ftp://ftp.iij.ad.jp/pub/RFC/rfc2553.txt
 
@@ -178,16 +125,125 @@ IPv6
   multiple passive addresses.  This might be a bit harder, because we
   may need to select on all of them.  Hm.
 
-  Define a syntax for IPv6 literal addresses.  Since they include
-  colons, they tend to break most naming systems, including ours.
-  Based on the HTTP IPv6 syntax, I think we should use
- 
-     rsync://[::1]/foo/bar
-     [::1]::bar
+                      --          --
 
-  which should just take a small change to the parser code.
 
-Errors
+Add ACL support							2001/12/02
+
+  Transfer ACLs.  Need to think of a standard representation.
+  Probably better not to even try to convert between NT and POSIX.
+  Possibly can share some code with Samba.
+  NOTE: there is a patch that implements this in the "patches" subdir.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+proxy authentication						2002/01/23
+
+  Allow RSYNC_PROXY to be http://user:pass@proxy.foo:3128/, and do
+  HTTP Basic Proxy-Authentication.
+
+  Multiple schemes are possible, up to and including the insanity that
+  is NTLM, but Basic probably covers most cases.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+SOCKS								2002/01/23
+
+  Add --with-socks, and then perhaps a command-line option to put them
+  on or off.  This might be more reliable than LD_PRELOAD hacks.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+FAT support
+
+  rsync to a FAT partition on a Unix machine doesn't work very well at
+  the moment.  I think we get errors about invalid filenames and
+  perhaps also trying to do atomic renames.
+
+  I guess the code to do this is currently #ifdef'd on Windows;
+  perhaps we ought to intelligently fall back to it on Unix too.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+--diff						david.e.sewell	2002/03/15
+
+  Allow people to specify the diff command.  (Might want to use wdiff,
+  gnudiff, etc.)
+
+  Just diff the temporary file with the destination file, and delete
+  the tmp file rather than moving it into place.
+
+  Interaction with --partial.
+
+  Security interactions with daemon mode?
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Add daemon --no-fork option
+
+  Very useful for debugging.  Also good when running under a
+  daemon-monitoring process that tries to restart the service when the
+  parent exits.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create more granular verbosity					2003/05/15
+
+  Control output with the --report option.
+
+  The option takes as a single argument (no whitespace) a
+  comma delimited lists of keywords.
+
+  This would separate debugging from "logging" as well as
+  fine grained selection of statistical reporting and what
+  actions are logged.
+
+  http://lists.samba.org/archive/rsync/2003-May/006059.html
+
+                      --          --
+
+DOCUMENTATION --------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+Keep list of open issues and todos on the web site
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Perhaps redo manual as SGML
+
+  The man page is getting rather large, and there is more information
+  that ought to be added.
+
+  TexInfo source is probably a dying format.
+
+  Linuxdoc looks like the most likely contender.  I know DocBook is
+  favoured by some people, but it's so bloody verbose, even with emacs
+  support.
+
+                      --          --
+
+LOGGING --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+Memory accounting
+
+  At exit, show how much memory was used for the file list, etc.
+
+  Also we do a wierd exponential-growth allocation in flist.c.  I'm
+  not sure this makes sense with modern mallocs.  At any rate it will
+  make us allocate a huge amount of memory for large file lists.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Improve error messages
 
   If we hang or get SIGINT, then explain where we were up to.  Perhaps
   have a static buffer that contains the current function name, or
@@ -196,109 +252,239 @@ Errors
 
   "The dungeon collapses!  You are killed."  Rather than "unexpected
   eof" give a message that is more detailed if possible and also more
-  helpful.  
+  helpful.
 
-File attributes
+  If we get an error writing to a socket, then we should perhaps
+  continue trying to read to see if an error message comes across
+  explaining why the socket is closed.  I'm not sure if this would
+  work, but it would certainly make our messages more helpful.
 
-  Device major/minor numbers should be at least 32 bits each.  See
-  http://lists.samba.org/pipermail/rsync/2001-November/005357.html
+  What happens if a directory is missing -x attributes.  Do we lose
+  our load?  (Debian #28416) Probably fixed now, but a test case would
+  be good.
 
-  Transfer ACLs.  Need to think of a standard representation.
-  Probably better not to even try to convert between NT and POSIX.
-  Possibly can share some code with Samba.
+                      --          --
 
-Empty directories
 
-  With the current common --include '*/' --exclude '*' pattern, people
-  can end up with many empty directories.  We might avoid this by
-  lazily creating such directories.
+Better statistics					Rasmus	2002/03/08
 
-zlib
+  <Rasmus>
+      hey, how about an rsync option that just gives you the
+      summary without the list of files?  And perhaps gives
+      more information like the number of new files, number
+      of changed, deleted, etc. ?
 
-  Perhaps don't use our own zlib.  Will we actually be incompatible,
-  or just be slightly less efficient?
+  <mbp>
+      nice idea there is --stats but at the moment it's very
+      tridge-oriented rather than user-friendly it would be
+      nice to improve it that would also work well with
+      --dryrun
 
-logging
+                      --          --
+
+
+Perhaps flush stdout like syslog
 
   Perhaps flush stdout after each filename, so that people trying to
   monitor progress in a log file can do so more easily.  See
   http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=48108
 
-  At the connections that just get a list of modules are not logged,
-  but they should be.
+                      --          --
 
-rsyncd over ssh
 
-  There are already some patches to do this.
+Log child death on signal
 
-proxy authentication
+  If a child of the rsync daemon dies with a signal, we should notice
+  that when we reap it and log a message.
 
-  Allow RSYNC_PROXY to be http://user:pass@proxy.foo:3128/, and do
-  HTTP Basic Proxy-Authentication.  
+                      --          --
 
-  Multiple schemes are possible, up to and including the insanity that
-  is NTLM, but Basic probably covers most cases.
 
-SOCKS
-
-  Add --with-socks, and then perhaps a command-line option to put them
-  on or off.  This might be more reliable than LD_PRELOAD hacks.
-
-PLATFORMS ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Win32
-
-  Don't detach, because this messes up --srvany.
-
-  http://sources.redhat.com/ml/cygwin/2001-08/msg00234.html
-
-  According to "Effective TCP/IP Programming" (??) close() on a socket
-  has incorrect behaviour on Windows -- it sends a RST packet to the
-  other side, which gives a "connection reset by peer" error.  On that
-  platform we should probably do shutdown() instead.  However, on Unix
-  we are correct to call close(), because shutdown() discards
-  untransmitted data.
-
-DOCUMENTATION --------------------------------------------------------
-
-Update README
-
-BUILD FARM -----------------------------------------------------------
-
-Add machines
-
-  AMDAHL UTS (Dave Dykstra)
-
-  Cygwin (on different versions of Win32?)
-
-  HP-UX variants (via HP?)
-
-  SCO
-
-NICE -----------------------------------------------------------------
-
---no-detach and --no-fork options
-
-  Very useful for debugging.  Also good when running under a
-  daemon-monitoring process that tries to restart the service when the
-  parent exits.
-
-hang/timeout friendliness
-
-verbose output
+verbose output					David Stein	2001/12/20
   
-  Indicate whether files are new, updated, or deleted
+  At end of transfer, show how many files were or were not transferred
+  correctly.
+
+                      --          --
+
 
 internationalization
 
   Change to using gettext().  Probably need to ship this for platforms
-  that don't have it.  
+  that don't have it.
 
   Solicit translations.
 
-  Does anyone care?
+  Does anyone care?  Before we bother modifying the code, we ought to
+  get the manual translated first, because that's possibly more useful
+  and at any rate demonstrates desire.
 
-rsyncsh 
+                      --          --
+
+DEVELOPMENT --------------------------------------------------------
+
+Handling duplicate names
+
+  Some folks would like rsync to be deterministic in how it handles
+  duplicate names that come from mering multiple source directories
+  into a single destination directory; e.g. the last name wins.  We
+  could do this by switching our sort algorithm to one that will
+  guarantee that the names won't be reordered.  Alternately, we could
+  assign an ever-increasing number to each item as we insert it into
+  the list and then make sure that we leave the largest number when
+  cleaning the file list (see clean_flist()).  Another solution would
+  be to add a hash table, and thus never put any duplicate names into
+  the file list (and bump the protocol to handle this).
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Use generic zlib						2002/02/25
+
+  Perhaps don't use our own zlib.
+
+  Advantages:
+   
+    - will automatically be up to date with bugfixes in zlib
+
+    - can leave it out for small rsync on e.g. recovery disks
+
+    - can use a shared library
+
+    - avoids people breaking rsync by trying to do this themselves and
+      messing up
+
+  Should we ship zlib for systems that don't have it, or require
+  people to install it separately?
+
+  Apparently this will make us incompatible with versions of rsync
+  that use the patched version of rsync.  Probably the simplest way to
+  do this is to just disable gzip (with a warning) when talking to old
+  versions.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Splint								2002/03/12
+
+  Build rsync with SPLINT to try to find security holes.  Add
+  annotations as necessary.  Keep track of the number of warnings
+  found initially, and see how many of them are real bugs, or real
+  security bugs.  Knowing the percentage of likely hits would be
+  really interesting for other projects.
+
+                      --          --
+
+PERFORMANCE ----------------------------------------------------------
+
+Allow skipping MD4 file_sum					2002/04/08
+
+  If we're doing a local transfer, or using -W, then perhaps don't
+  send the file checksum.  If we're doing a local transfer, then
+  calculating MD4 checksums uses 90% of CPU and is unlikely to be
+  useful.
+
+  We should not allow it to be disabled separately from -W, though
+  as it is the only thing that lets us know when the rsync algorithm
+  got out of sync and messed the file up (i.e. if the basis file
+  changed between checksum generation and reception).
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Accelerate MD4
+
+  Perhaps borrow an assembler MD4 from someone?
+
+  Make sure we call MD4 with properly-sized blocks whenever possible
+  to avoid copying into the residue region?
+
+                      --          --
+
+TESTING --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Torture test
+
+  Something that just keeps running rsync continuously over a data set
+  likely to generate problems.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Cross-test versions						2001/08/22
+
+  Part of the regression suite should be making sure that we
+  don't break backwards compatibility: old clients vs new
+  servers and so on.  Ideally we would test both up and down
+  from the current release to all old versions.
+
+  Run current rsync versions against significant past releases.
+
+  We might need to omit broken old versions, or versions in which
+  particular functionality is broken
+
+  It might be sufficient to test downloads from well-known public
+  rsync servers running different versions of rsync.  This will give
+  some testing and also be the most common case for having different
+  versions and not being able to upgrade.
+
+  The new --protocol option may help in this.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Test on kernel source
+
+  Download all versions of kernel; unpack, sync between them.  Also
+  sync between uncompressed tarballs.  Compare directories after
+  transfer.
+
+  Use local mode; ssh; daemon; --whole-file and --no-whole-file.
+
+  Use awk to pull out the 'speedup' number for each transfer.  Make
+  sure it is >= x.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Test large files
+
+  Sparse and non-sparse
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create mutator program for testing
+
+  Insert bytes, delete bytes, swap blocks, ...
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create configure option to enable dangerous tests
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create pipe program for testing
+
+  Create pipe program that makes slow/jerky connections for
+  testing Versions of read() and write() that corrupt the
+  stream, or abruptly fail
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create test makefile target for some tests
+
+  Separate makefile target to run rough tests -- or perhaps
+  just run them every time?
+
+                      --          --
+
+RELATED PROJECTS -----------------------------------------------------
+
+rsyncsh
 
    Write a small emulation of interactive ftp as a Pythonn program
    that calls rsync.  Commands such as "cd", "ls", "ls *.c" etc map
@@ -306,4 +492,37 @@ rsyncsh
    current host, directory and so on.  We can probably even do
    completion of remote filenames.
 
-%K%
+                      --          --
+
+
+http://rsync.samba.org/rsync-and-debian/
+
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+rsyncable gzip patch
+
+  Exhaustive, tortuous testing
+
+  Cleanups?
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+rsyncsplit as alternative to real integration with gzip?
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+reverse rsync over HTTP Range
+
+  Goswin Brederlow suggested this on Debian; I think tridge and I
+  talked about it previous in relation to rproxy.
+
+  Addendum:  It looks like someone is working on a version of this:
+
+    http://zsync.moria.org.uk/
+
+                      --          --
+

access.c

@@ -1,97 +1,255 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
 /*
-  hosts allow/deny code for rsync
-
-  */
+ * Routines to authenticate access to a daemon (hosts allow/deny).
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
+static int allow_forward_dns;
 
-static int match_hostname(char *host, char *tok)
+extern const char undetermined_hostname[];
+
+static int match_hostname(const char **host_ptr, const char *addr, const char *tok)
 {
-	if (!host || !*host) return 0;
-	return (fnmatch(tok, host, 0) == 0);
-}
+	struct hostent *hp;
+	unsigned int i;
+	const char *host = *host_ptr;
 
-
-static int match_address(char *addr, char *tok)
-{
-	char *p;
-	unsigned long a, t, mask = (unsigned long)~0;
-
-	if (!addr || !*addr) return 0;
-
-	if (!isdigit(tok[0])) return 0;
-
-	p = strchr(tok,'/');
-	if (p) *p = 0;
-
-	a = inet_addr(addr);
-	t = inet_addr(tok);
-
-	if (p) {
-		*p = '/';
-	}
-
-	if (t == INADDR_NONE) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"malformed address %s\n", tok);
+	if (!host || !*host)
 		return 0;
-	}
 
-	a = ntohl(a);
-	t = ntohl(t);
+	/* First check if the reverse-DNS-determined hostname matches. */
+	if (iwildmatch(tok, host))
+		return 1;
 
-	if (p) {
-		if (strchr(p+1,'.')) {
-			mask = inet_addr(p+1);
-			if (mask == INADDR_NONE) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"malformed mask in %s\n", tok);
-				return 0;
+	if (!allow_forward_dns)
+		return 0;
+
+	/* Fail quietly if tok is an address or wildcarded entry, not a simple hostname. */
+	if (!tok[strspn(tok, ".0123456789")] || tok[strcspn(tok, ":/*?[")])
+		return 0;
+
+	/* Now try forward-DNS on the token (config-specified hostname) and see if the IP matches. */
+	if (!(hp = gethostbyname(tok)))
+		return 0;
+
+	for (i = 0; hp->h_addr_list[i] != NULL; i++) {
+		if (strcmp(addr, inet_ntoa(*(struct in_addr*)(hp->h_addr_list[i]))) == 0) {
+			/* If reverse lookups are off, we'll use the conf-specified
+			 * hostname in preference to UNDETERMINED. */
+			if (host == undetermined_hostname) {
+				if (!(*host_ptr = strdup(tok)))
+					*host_ptr = undetermined_hostname;
 			}
-			mask = ntohl(mask);
-		} else {
-			int bits = atoi(p+1);
-			if (bits == 0) return 1;
-			if (bits <= 0 || bits > 32) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"malformed mask in %s\n", tok);
-				return 0;
-			}
-			mask &= (mask << (32-bits));
+			return 1;
 		}
 	}
 
-	return ((a&mask) == (t&mask));
+	return 0;
 }
 
-static int access_match(char *list, char *addr, char *host)
+static int match_binary(const char *b1, const char *b2, const char *mask, int addrlen)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < addrlen; i++) {
+		if ((b1[i] ^ b2[i]) & mask[i])
+			return 0;
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+static void make_mask(char *mask, int plen, int addrlen)
+{
+	int w, b;
+
+	w = plen >> 3;
+	b = plen & 0x7;
+
+	if (w)
+		memset(mask, 0xff, w);
+	if (w < addrlen)
+		mask[w] = 0xff & (0xff<<(8-b));
+	if (w+1 < addrlen)
+		memset(mask+w+1, 0, addrlen-w-1);
+
+	return;
+}
+
+static int match_address(const char *addr, const char *tok)
+{
+	char *p;
+	struct addrinfo hints, *resa, *rest;
+	int gai;
+	int ret = 0;
+	int addrlen = 0;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRTOL
+	long int bits;
+#else
+	int bits;
+#endif
+	char mask[16];
+	char *a = NULL, *t = NULL;
+
+	if (!addr || !*addr)
+		return 0;
+
+	p = strchr(tok,'/');
+	if (p)
+		*p = '\0';
+
+	/* Fail quietly if tok is a hostname, not an address. */
+	if (tok[strspn(tok, ".0123456789")] && strchr(tok, ':') == NULL) {
+		if (p)
+			*p = '/';
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
+	hints.ai_family = PF_UNSPEC;
+	hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
+#ifdef AI_NUMERICHOST
+	hints.ai_flags = AI_NUMERICHOST;
+#endif
+
+	if (getaddrinfo(addr, NULL, &hints, &resa) != 0) {
+		if (p)
+			*p = '/';
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	gai = getaddrinfo(tok, NULL, &hints, &rest);
+	if (p)
+		*p++ = '/';
+	if (gai != 0) {
+		rprintf(FLOG, "error matching address %s: %s\n",
+			tok, gai_strerror(gai));
+		freeaddrinfo(resa);
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	if (rest->ai_family != resa->ai_family) {
+		ret = 0;
+		goto out;
+	}
+
+	switch(resa->ai_family) {
+	case PF_INET:
+		a = (char *)&((struct sockaddr_in *)resa->ai_addr)->sin_addr;
+		t = (char *)&((struct sockaddr_in *)rest->ai_addr)->sin_addr;
+		addrlen = 4;
+
+		break;
+
+#ifdef INET6
+	case PF_INET6:
+	    {
+		struct sockaddr_in6 *sin6a, *sin6t;
+
+		sin6a = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)resa->ai_addr;
+		sin6t = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)rest->ai_addr;
+
+		a = (char *)&sin6a->sin6_addr;
+		t = (char *)&sin6t->sin6_addr;
+
+		addrlen = 16;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID
+		if (sin6t->sin6_scope_id &&
+		    sin6a->sin6_scope_id != sin6t->sin6_scope_id) {
+			ret = 0;
+			goto out;
+		}
+#endif
+
+		break;
+	    }
+#endif
+	default:
+	    rprintf(FLOG, "unknown family %u\n", rest->ai_family);
+	    ret = 0;
+	    goto out;
+	}
+
+	bits = -1;
+	if (p) {
+		if (inet_pton(resa->ai_addr->sa_family, p, mask) <= 0) {
+#ifdef HAVE_STRTOL
+			char *ep = NULL;
+#else
+			unsigned char *pp;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRTOL
+			bits = strtol(p, &ep, 10);
+			if (!*p || *ep) {
+				rprintf(FLOG, "malformed mask in %s\n", tok);
+				ret = 0;
+				goto out;
+			}
+#else
+			for (pp = (unsigned char *)p; *pp; pp++) {
+				if (!isascii(*pp) || !isdigit(*pp)) {
+					rprintf(FLOG, "malformed mask in %s\n", tok);
+					ret = 0;
+					goto out;
+				}
+			}
+			bits = atoi(p);
+#endif
+			if (bits == 0) {
+				ret = 1;
+				goto out;
+			}
+			if (bits < 0 || bits > (addrlen << 3)) {
+				rprintf(FLOG, "malformed mask in %s\n", tok);
+				ret = 0;
+				goto out;
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		bits = 128;
+	}
+
+	if (bits >= 0)
+		make_mask(mask, bits, addrlen);
+
+	ret = match_binary(a, t, mask, addrlen);
+
+  out:
+	freeaddrinfo(resa);
+	freeaddrinfo(rest);
+	return ret;
+}
+
+static int access_match(const char *list, const char *addr, const char **host_ptr)
 {
 	char *tok;
 	char *list2 = strdup(list);
 
-	if (!list2) out_of_memory("access_match");
+	if (!list2)
+		out_of_memory("access_match");
 
 	strlower(list2);
-	if (host) strlower(host);
 
-	for (tok=strtok(list2," ,\t"); tok; tok=strtok(NULL," ,\t")) {
-		if (match_hostname(host, tok) || match_address(addr, tok)) {
+	for (tok = strtok(list2, " ,\t"); tok; tok = strtok(NULL, " ,\t")) {
+		if (match_hostname(host_ptr, addr, tok) || match_address(addr, tok)) {
 			free(list2);
 			return 1;
 		}
@@ -101,31 +259,32 @@ static int access_match(char *list, char *addr, char *host)
 	return 0;
 }
 
-int allow_access(char *addr, char *host, char *allow_list, char *deny_list)
+int allow_access(const char *addr, const char **host_ptr, int i)
 {
-	/* if theres no deny list and no allow list then allow access */
-	if ((!deny_list || !*deny_list) && (!allow_list || !*allow_list))
-		return 1;
+	const char *allow_list = lp_hosts_allow(i);
+	const char *deny_list = lp_hosts_deny(i);
 
-	/* if there is an allow list but no deny list then allow only hosts
-	   on the allow list */
-	if (!deny_list || !*deny_list)
-		return(access_match(allow_list, addr, host));
+	if (allow_list && !*allow_list)
+		allow_list = NULL;
+	if (deny_list && !*deny_list)
+		deny_list = NULL;
 
-	/* if theres a deny list but no allow list then allow
-	   all hosts not on the deny list */
-	if (!allow_list || !*allow_list)
-		return(!access_match(deny_list,addr,host));
+	allow_forward_dns = lp_forward_lookup(i);
 
-	/* if there are both type of list then allow all hosts on the
-           allow list */
-	if (access_match(allow_list,addr,host))
-		return 1;
+	/* If we match an allow-list item, we always allow access. */
+	if (allow_list) {
+		if (access_match(allow_list, addr, host_ptr))
+			return 1;
+		/* For an allow-list w/o a deny-list, disallow non-matches. */
+		if (!deny_list)
+			return 0;
+	}
 
-	/* if there are both type of list and it's not on the allow then
-	   allow it if its not on the deny */
-	if (access_match(deny_list,addr,host))
+	/* If we match a deny-list item (and got past any allow-list
+	 * items), we always disallow access. */
+	if (deny_list && access_match(deny_list, addr, host_ptr))
 		return 0;
 
+	/* Allow all other access. */
 	return 1;
 }

acconfig.h

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-#undef ino_t
-#undef HAVE_CONNECT
-#undef HAVE_SHORT_INO_T
-#undef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
-#undef REPLACE_INET_NTOA
-#undef REPLACE_INET_ATON
-#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ
-#undef ENABLE_IPV6
-#undef HAVE_SOCKADDR_LEN
-#undef HAVE_SOCKETPAIR

authenticate.c

@@ -1,39 +1,41 @@
-/* -*- c-file-style: "linux"; -*-
-   
-   Copyright (C) 1998-2000 by Andrew Tridgell 
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * Support rsync daemon authentication.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2002-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
-/* support rsync authentication */
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "itypes.h"
+
+extern int read_only;
+extern char *password_file;
 
 /***************************************************************************
 encode a buffer using base64 - simple and slow algorithm. null terminates
 the result.
   ***************************************************************************/
-static void base64_encode(char *buf, int len, char *out)
+void base64_encode(const char *buf, int len, char *out, int pad)
 {
 	char *b64 = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
 	int bit_offset, byte_offset, idx, i;
-	unsigned char *d = (unsigned char *)buf;
+	const uchar *d = (const uchar *)buf;
 	int bytes = (len*8 + 5)/6;
 
-	memset(out, 0, bytes+1);
-
-	for (i=0;i<bytes;i++) {
+	for (i = 0; i < bytes; i++) {
 		byte_offset = (i*6)/8;
 		bit_offset = (i*6)%8;
 		if (bit_offset < 3) {
@@ -46,244 +48,327 @@ static void base64_encode(char *buf, int len, char *out)
 		}
 		out[i] = b64[idx];
 	}
+
+	while (pad && (i % 4))
+		out[i++] = '=';
+
+	out[i] = '\0';
 }
 
-/* create a 16 byte challenge buffer */
-static void gen_challenge(char *addr, char *challenge)
+/* Generate a challenge buffer and return it base64-encoded. */
+static void gen_challenge(const char *addr, char *challenge)
 {
 	char input[32];
+	char digest[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
 	struct timeval tv;
+	int len;
 
-	memset(input, 0, sizeof(input));
+	memset(input, 0, sizeof input);
 
-	strlcpy((char *)input, addr, 17);
+	strlcpy(input, addr, 17);
 	sys_gettimeofday(&tv);
 	SIVAL(input, 16, tv.tv_sec);
 	SIVAL(input, 20, tv.tv_usec);
 	SIVAL(input, 24, getpid());
 
-	sum_init();
-	sum_update(input, sizeof(input));
-	sum_end(challenge);
+	sum_init(0);
+	sum_update(input, sizeof input);
+	len = sum_end(digest);
+
+	base64_encode(digest, len, challenge, 0);
 }
 
-
-/* return the secret for a user from the sercret file. maximum length
-   is len. null terminate it */
-static int get_secret(int module, char *user, char *secret, int len)
+/* Generate an MD4 hash created from the combination of the password
+ * and the challenge string and return it base64-encoded. */
+static void generate_hash(const char *in, const char *challenge, char *out)
 {
-	char *fname = lp_secrets_file(module);
-	int fd, found=0;
-	char line[MAXPATHLEN];
-	char *p, *pass=NULL;
+	char buf[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
+	int len;
+
+	sum_init(0);
+	sum_update(in, strlen(in));
+	sum_update(challenge, strlen(challenge));
+	len = sum_end(buf);
+
+	base64_encode(buf, len, out, 0);
+}
+
+/* Return the secret for a user from the secret file, null terminated.
+ * Maximum length is len (not counting the null). */
+static const char *check_secret(int module, const char *user, const char *group,
+				const char *challenge, const char *pass)
+{
+	char line[1024];
+	char pass2[MAX_DIGEST_LEN*2];
+	const char *fname = lp_secrets_file(module);
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
 	int ok = 1;
-	extern int am_root;
+	int user_len = strlen(user);
+	int group_len = group ? strlen(group) : 0;
+	char *err;
+	FILE *fh;
 
-	if (!fname || !*fname) return 0;
+	if (!fname || !*fname || (fh = fopen(fname, "r")) == NULL)
+		return "no secrets file";
 
-	fd = open(fname,O_RDONLY);
-	if (fd == -1) return 0;
-
-	if (do_stat(fname, &st) == -1) {
-		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "stat(%s)", fname);
+	if (do_fstat(fileno(fh), &st) == -1) {
+		rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "fstat(%s)", fname);
 		ok = 0;
 	} else if (lp_strict_modes(module)) {
 		if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"secrets file must not be other-accessible (see strict modes option)\n");
+			rprintf(FLOG, "secrets file must not be other-accessible (see strict modes option)\n");
 			ok = 0;
-		} else if (am_root && (st.st_uid != 0)) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"secrets file must be owned by root when running as root (see strict modes)\n");
+		} else if (MY_UID() == 0 && st.st_uid != 0) {
+			rprintf(FLOG, "secrets file must be owned by root when running as root (see strict modes)\n");
 			ok = 0;
 		}
 	}
 	if (!ok) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"continuing without secrets file\n");
-		close(fd);
-		return 0;
+		fclose(fh);
+		return "ignoring secrets file";
 	}
 
-	while (!found) {
-		int i = 0;
-		memset(line, 0, sizeof line);
-		while ((size_t) i < (sizeof(line)-1)) {
-			if (read(fd, &line[i], 1) != 1) {
-				memset(line, 0, sizeof(line));
-				close(fd);
-				return 0;
-			}
-			if (line[i] == '\r') continue;
-			if (line[i] == '\n') break;
-			i++;
+	if (*user == '#') {
+		/* Reject attempt to match a comment. */
+		fclose(fh);
+		return "invalid username";
+	}
+
+	/* Try to find a line that starts with the user (or @group) name and a ':'. */
+	err = "secret not found";
+	while ((user || group) && fgets(line, sizeof line, fh) != NULL) {
+		const char **ptr, *s = strtok(line, "\n\r");
+		int len;
+		if (!s)
+			continue;
+		if (*s == '@') {
+			ptr = &group;
+			len = group_len;
+			s++;
+		} else {
+			ptr = &user;
+			len = user_len;
 		}
-		line[i] = 0;
-		if (line[0] == '#') continue;
-		p = strchr(line,':');
-		if (!p) continue;
-		*p = 0;
-		if (strcmp(user, line)) continue;
-		pass = p+1;
-		found = 1;
+		if (!*ptr || strncmp(s, *ptr, len) != 0 || s[len] != ':')
+			continue;
+		generate_hash(s+len+1, challenge, pass2);
+		if (strcmp(pass, pass2) == 0) {
+			err = NULL;
+			break;
+		}
+		err = "password mismatch";
+		*ptr = NULL; /* Don't look for name again. */
 	}
 
-	close(fd);
-	if (!found) return 0;
+	fclose(fh);
 
-	strlcpy(secret, pass, len);
-	return 1;
+	memset(line, 0, sizeof line);
+	memset(pass2, 0, sizeof pass2);
+
+	return err;
 }
 
-static char *getpassf(char *filename)
+static const char *getpassf(const char *filename)
 {
-	char buffer[100];
-	int fd=0;
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	int ok = 1;
-	extern int am_root;
-	char *envpw=getenv("RSYNC_PASSWORD");
+	char buffer[512], *p;
+	int n;
 
-	if (!filename) return NULL;
-
-	if ( (fd=open(filename,O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
-		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "could not open password file \"%s\"",filename);
-		if (envpw) rprintf(FERROR,"falling back to RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable.\n");	
+	if (!filename)
 		return NULL;
-	}
-	
-	if (do_stat(filename, &st) == -1) {
-		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "stat(%s)", filename);
-		ok = 0;
-	} else if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"password file must not be other-accessible\n");
-		ok = 0;
-	} else if (am_root && (st.st_uid != 0)) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"password file must be owned by root when running as root\n");
-		ok = 0;
-	}
-	if (!ok) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"continuing without password file\n");
-		if (envpw) rprintf(FERROR,"using RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable.\n");
+
+	if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0) {
+		n = fgets(buffer, sizeof buffer, stdin) == NULL ? -1 : (int)strlen(buffer);
+	} else {
+		int fd;
+
+		if ((fd = open(filename,O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "could not open password file %s", filename);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+		}
+
+		if (do_stat(filename, &st) == -1) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "stat(%s)", filename);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+		}
+		if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "ERROR: password file must not be other-accessible\n");
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+		}
+		if (MY_UID() == 0 && st.st_uid != 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "ERROR: password file must be owned by root when running as root\n");
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+		}
+
+		n = read(fd, buffer, sizeof buffer - 1);
 		close(fd);
-		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	if (envpw) rprintf(FERROR,"RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable ignored\n");
+	if (n > 0) {
+		buffer[n] = '\0';
+		if ((p = strtok(buffer, "\n\r")) != NULL)
+			return strdup(p);
+	}
 
-	buffer[sizeof(buffer)-1]='\0';
-	if (read(fd,buffer,sizeof(buffer)-1) > 0)
-	{
-		char *p = strtok(buffer,"\n\r");
-		close(fd);
-		if (p) p = strdup(p);
-		return p;
-	}	
-
-	return NULL;
+	rprintf(FERROR, "ERROR: failed to read a password from %s\n", filename);
+	exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
 }
 
-/* generate a 16 byte hash from a password and challenge */
-static void generate_hash(char *in, char *challenge, char *out)
-{
-	char buf[16];
-
-	sum_init();
-	sum_update(in, strlen(in));
-	sum_update(challenge, strlen(challenge));
-	sum_end(buf);
-
-	base64_encode(buf, 16, out);
-}
-
-/* possible negotiate authentication with the client. Use "leader" to
-   start off the auth if necessary 
-
-   return NULL if authentication failed
-
-   return "" if anonymous access
-
-   otherwise return username
-*/
-char *auth_server(int fd, int module, char *addr, char *leader)
+/* Possibly negotiate authentication with the client.  Use "leader" to
+ * start off the auth if necessary.
+ *
+ * Return NULL if authentication failed.  Return "" if anonymous access.
+ * Otherwise return username.
+ */
+char *auth_server(int f_in, int f_out, int module, const char *host,
+		  const char *addr, const char *leader)
 {
 	char *users = lp_auth_users(module);
-	char challenge[16];
-	char b64_challenge[30];
-	char line[MAXPATHLEN];
-	static char user[100];
-	char secret[100];
-	char pass[30];
-	char pass2[30];
-	char *tok;
+	char challenge[MAX_DIGEST_LEN*2];
+	char line[BIGPATHBUFLEN];
+	char **auth_uid_groups = NULL;
+	int auth_uid_groups_cnt = -1;
+	const char *err = NULL;
+	int group_match = -1;
+	char *tok, *pass;
+	char opt_ch = '\0';
 
 	/* if no auth list then allow anyone in! */
-	if (!users || !*users) return "";
+	if (!users || !*users)
+		return "";
 
 	gen_challenge(addr, challenge);
-	
-	base64_encode(challenge, 16, b64_challenge);
 
-	io_printf(fd,"%s%s\n", leader, b64_challenge);
+	io_printf(f_out, "%s%s\n", leader, challenge);
 
-	if (!read_line(fd, line, sizeof(line)-1)) {
+	if (!read_line_old(f_in, line, sizeof line, 0)
+	 || (pass = strchr(line, ' ')) == NULL) {
+		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
+			"invalid challenge response\n",
+			lp_name(module), host, addr);
 		return NULL;
 	}
+	*pass++ = '\0';
 
-	memset(user, 0, sizeof(user));
-	memset(pass, 0, sizeof(pass));
+	if (!(users = strdup(users)))
+		out_of_memory("auth_server");
 
-	if (sscanf(line,"%99s %29s", user, pass) != 2) {
-		return NULL;
+	for (tok = strtok(users, " ,\t"); tok; tok = strtok(NULL, " ,\t")) {
+		char *opts;
+		/* See if the user appended :deny, :ro, or :rw. */
+		if ((opts = strchr(tok, ':')) != NULL) {
+			*opts++ = '\0';
+			opt_ch = isUpper(opts) ? toLower(opts) : *opts;
+			if (opt_ch == 'r') { /* handle ro and rw */
+				opt_ch = isUpper(opts+1) ? toLower(opts+1) : opts[1];
+				if (opt_ch == 'o')
+					opt_ch = 'r';
+				else if (opt_ch != 'w')
+					opt_ch = '\0';
+			} else if (opt_ch != 'd') /* if it's not deny, ignore it */
+				opt_ch = '\0';
+		} else
+			opt_ch = '\0';
+		if (*tok != '@') {
+			/* Match the username */
+			if (wildmatch(tok, line))
+				break;
+		} else {
+#ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPLIST
+			int j;
+			/* See if authorizing user is a real user, and if so, see
+			 * if it is in a group that matches tok+1 wildmat. */
+			if (auth_uid_groups_cnt < 0) {
+				item_list gid_list = EMPTY_ITEM_LIST;
+				uid_t auth_uid;
+				if (!user_to_uid(line, &auth_uid, False)
+				 || getallgroups(auth_uid, &gid_list) != NULL)
+					auth_uid_groups_cnt = 0;
+				else {
+					gid_t *gid_array = gid_list.items;
+					auth_uid_groups_cnt = gid_list.count;
+					if ((auth_uid_groups = new_array(char *, auth_uid_groups_cnt)) == NULL)
+						out_of_memory("auth_server");
+					for (j = 0; j < auth_uid_groups_cnt; j++)
+						auth_uid_groups[j] = gid_to_group(gid_array[j]);
+				}
+			}
+			for (j = 0; j < auth_uid_groups_cnt; j++) {
+				if (auth_uid_groups[j] && wildmatch(tok+1, auth_uid_groups[j])) {
+					group_match = j;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			if (group_match >= 0)
+				break;
+#else
+			rprintf(FLOG, "your computer doesn't support getgrouplist(), so no @group authorization is possible.\n");
+#endif
+		}
 	}
-	
-	users = strdup(users);
-	if (!users) return NULL;
 
-	for (tok=strtok(users," ,\t"); tok; tok = strtok(NULL," ,\t")) {
-		if (fnmatch(tok, user, 0) == 0) break;
-	}
 	free(users);
 
-	if (!tok) {
-		return NULL;
+	if (!tok)
+		err = "no matching rule";
+	else if (opt_ch == 'd')
+		err = "denied by rule";
+	else {
+		char *group = group_match >= 0 ? auth_uid_groups[group_match] : NULL;
+		err = check_secret(module, line, group, challenge, pass);
 	}
-	
-	memset(secret, 0, sizeof(secret));
-	if (!get_secret(module, user, secret, sizeof(secret)-1)) {
-		memset(secret, 0, sizeof(secret));
+
+	memset(challenge, 0, sizeof challenge);
+	memset(pass, 0, strlen(pass));
+
+	if (auth_uid_groups) {
+		int j;
+		for (j = 0; j < auth_uid_groups_cnt; j++) {
+			if (auth_uid_groups[j])
+				free(auth_uid_groups[j]);
+		}
+		free(auth_uid_groups);
+	}
+
+	if (err) {
+		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s) for %s: %s\n",
+			lp_name(module), host, addr, line, err);
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	generate_hash(secret, b64_challenge, pass2);
-	memset(secret, 0, sizeof(secret));
-	
-	if (strcmp(pass, pass2) == 0)
-		return user;
+	if (opt_ch == 'r')
+		read_only = 1;
+	else if (opt_ch == 'w')
+		read_only = 0;
 
-	return NULL;
+	return strdup(line);
 }
 
-
-void auth_client(int fd, char *user, char *challenge)
+void auth_client(int fd, const char *user, const char *challenge)
 {
-	char *pass;
-	char pass2[30];
-	extern char *password_file;
+	const char *pass;
+	char pass2[MAX_DIGEST_LEN*2];
 
-	if (!user || !*user) return;
+	if (!user || !*user)
+		user = "nobody";
 
-	if (!(pass=getpassf(password_file)) && !(pass=getenv("RSYNC_PASSWORD"))) {
+	if (!(pass = getpassf(password_file))
+	 && !(pass = getenv("RSYNC_PASSWORD"))) {
 		/* XXX: cyeoh says that getpass is deprecated, because
-		   it may return a truncated password on some systems,
-		   and it is not in the LSB. */
+		 * it may return a truncated password on some systems,
+		 * and it is not in the LSB.
+                 *
+                 * Andrew Klein says that getpassphrase() is present
+                 * on Solaris and reads up to 256 characters.
+                 *
+                 * OpenBSD has a readpassphrase() that might be more suitable.
+                 */
 		pass = getpass("Password: ");
 	}
 
-	if (!pass || !*pass) {
+	if (!pass)
 		pass = "";
-	}
 
 	generate_hash(pass, challenge, pass2);
 	io_printf(fd, "%s %s\n", user, pass2);
 }
-
-

backup.c

@@ -1,291 +1,354 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1999
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
-/* backup handling code */
+/*
+ * Backup handling code.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "ifuncs.h"
 
-extern int verbose;
+extern int am_root;
+extern int preserve_acls;
+extern int preserve_xattrs;
+extern int preserve_devices;
+extern int preserve_specials;
+extern int preserve_links;
+extern int safe_symlinks;
+extern int backup_dir_len;
+extern unsigned int backup_dir_remainder;
+extern char backup_dir_buf[MAXPATHLEN];
 extern char *backup_suffix;
 extern char *backup_dir;
 
-
-extern int am_root;
-extern int preserve_devices;
-extern int preserve_links;
-extern int preserve_hard_links;
-
-/* simple backup creates a backup with a suffix in the same directory */
-static int make_simple_backup(char *fname)
+/* Returns -1 on error, 0 on missing dir, and 1 on present dir. */
+static int validate_backup_dir(void)
 {
-	char fnamebak[MAXPATHLEN];
-	if (strlen(fname) + strlen(backup_suffix) > (MAXPATHLEN-1)) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"backup filename too long\n");
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	snprintf(fnamebak,sizeof(fnamebak),"%s%s",fname,backup_suffix);
-	if (do_rename(fname,fnamebak) != 0) {
-		/* cygwin (at least version b19) reports EINVAL */
-		if (errno != ENOENT && errno != EINVAL) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "rename %s to backup %s", fname, fnamebak);
-			return 0;
-		}
-	} else if (verbose > 1) {
-		rprintf(FINFO,"backed up %s to %s\n",fname,fnamebak);
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-
-
-/* recursively make a directory path */
-static int make_dir(char *name, int mask)
-{
-	char newdir [MAXPATHLEN];
-	char *p, *d;
-
-	/* copy pathname over, look for last '/' */
-	for (p = d = newdir; *name; *d++ = *name++)
-		if (*name == '/')
-			p = d;
-	if (p == newdir)
-		return 0;
-	*p = 0;
-
-	/* make the new directory, if that fails then make its parent */
-	while (do_mkdir (newdir, mask) != 0)
-		if ((errno != ENOENT) || !make_dir (newdir, mask))
-			return 0;
-
-	return 1;
-} /* make_dir */
-
-
-/****************************************************************************
-Create a directory given an absolute path, perms based upon another directory
-path
-****************************************************************************/
-static int make_bak_dir(char *fname,char *bak_path)
-{
-        STRUCT_STAT st;
-        STRUCT_STAT *st2;
-        char fullpath[MAXPATHLEN];
-        extern int orig_umask;
-        char *p;
-        char *q;
-
-        while(strncmp(bak_path,"./",2)==0) bak_path += 2;
-
-        if(bak_path[strlen(bak_path)-1]!='/') {
-                snprintf(fullpath,sizeof(fullpath),"%s/",bak_path);
-        } else {
-                snprintf(fullpath,sizeof(fullpath),"%s",bak_path);
-        }
-        p=fullpath;
-        q=&fullpath[strlen(fullpath)];  /* End of bak_path string */
-        strcat(fullpath,fname);
-
-        /* Make the directories */
-        while ((p=strchr(p,'/'))) {
-                *p = 0;
-                if(do_lstat(fullpath,&st)!=0) {
-                        do_mkdir(fullpath,0777 & ~orig_umask);
-                        if(p>q) {
-                                if(do_lstat(q,&st)!=0) {
-                                        rprintf(FERROR,"make_bak_dir stat %s : %s\n",fullpath,strerror(errno));
-                                } else {
-                                        st2=&st;
-                                        set_modtime(fullpath,st2->st_mtime);
-                                        if(do_lchown(fullpath,st2->st_uid,st2->st_gid)!=0) {
-                                                rprintf(FERROR,"make_bak_dir chown %s : %s\n",fullpath,strerror(errno));
-                                        };
-                                        if(do_chmod(fullpath,st2->st_mode)!=0) {
-                                                rprintf(FERROR,"make_bak_dir failed to set permissions on %s : %s\n",fullpath,strerror(errno));
-                                        };
-                                };
-                        }
-                };
-                *p = '/';
-                p++;
-        }
-        return 0;
-}
-
-/* robustly move a file, creating new directory structures if necessary */
-static int robust_move(char *src, char *dst)
-{
-	int keep_trying = 4;
-	int keep_path_extfs = 0;
-	int failed;
-
-	while (keep_trying) {
-		if (keep_path_extfs) {
-			failed = copy_file(src, dst, 0755);
-			if (!failed) {
-				do_unlink(src);
-			}
-		} else {
-			failed = robust_rename (src, dst);
-		}
-
-		if (failed) {
-			if (verbose > 2)
-				rprintf (FERROR, "robust_move failed: %s(%d)\n",
-					strerror (errno), errno);
-			switch (errno) {
-				/* external filesystem */
-				case EXDEV:
-					keep_path_extfs = 1;
-					keep_trying--;
-					break;
-				/* no directory to write to */
-				case ENOENT:
-					make_dir (dst, 0755);
-					keep_trying--;
-					break;
-				default:
-					keep_trying = 0;
-			} /* switch */
-		} else
-			keep_trying = 0;
-	} /* while */
-	return (!failed);
-} /* robust_move */
-
-
-/* if we have a backup_dir, then we get here from make_backup().
-   We will move the file to be deleted into a parallel directory tree */
-static int keep_backup(char *fname)
-{
-
-	static int initialised;
-
-	char keep_name [MAXPATHLEN];
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	struct file_struct *file;
 
-	int kept=0;
-	int ret_code;
-
-	if (!initialised) {
-		if (backup_dir[strlen(backup_dir) - 1] == '/')
-			backup_dir[strlen(backup_dir) - 1] = 0;
-		if (verbose > 0)
-			rprintf (FINFO, "backup_dir is %s\n", backup_dir);
-		initialised = 1;
+	if (do_lstat(backup_dir_buf, &st) < 0) {
+		if (errno == ENOENT)
+			return 0;
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "backup lstat %s failed", backup_dir_buf);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (!S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+		int flags = get_del_for_flag(st.st_mode) | DEL_FOR_BACKUP | DEL_RECURSE;
+		if (delete_item(backup_dir_buf, st.st_mode, flags) == 0)
+			return 0;
+		return -1;
 	}
-
-	/* return if no file to keep */
-#if SUPPORT_LINKS
-	if (do_lstat (fname, &st)) return 1;
-#else
-	if (do_stat (fname, &st)) return 1;
-#endif
-
-	file = make_file(-1, fname, NULL, 1);
-
-	/* the file could have disappeared */
-	if (!file) return 1;
-
-        /* make a complete pathname for backup file */
-        if (strlen(backup_dir) + strlen(fname) > (MAXPATHLEN - 1)) {
-                rprintf (FERROR, "keep_backup filename too long\n");
-                return 0;
-        }
-
-        snprintf(keep_name, sizeof (keep_name), "%s/%s", backup_dir, fname);
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_MKNOD
-	/* Check to see if this is a device file, or link */
-        if(IS_DEVICE(file->mode)) {
-                if(am_root && preserve_devices) {
-                        make_bak_dir(fname,backup_dir);
-                        if(do_mknod(keep_name,file->mode,file->rdev)!=0) {
-                                rprintf(FERROR,"mknod %s : %s\n",keep_name,strerror(errno));
-                        } else {
-                                if(verbose>2)
-                                        rprintf(FINFO,"make_backup : DEVICE %s successful.\n",fname);
-                        };
-                };
-		kept=1;
-                do_unlink(fname);
-        };
-#endif
-
-	if(!kept && S_ISDIR(file->mode)) {
-		/* make an empty directory */
-                make_bak_dir(fname,backup_dir);
-                do_mkdir(keep_name,file->mode);
-                ret_code=do_rmdir(fname);
-                if(verbose>2)
-                        rprintf(FINFO,"make_backup : RMDIR %s returns %i\n",fname,ret_code);
-		kept=1;
-        };
-
-#if SUPPORT_LINKS
-        if(!kept && preserve_links && S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
-                extern int safe_symlinks;
-                if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(file->link, keep_name)) {
-                        if (verbose) {
-                                rprintf(FINFO,"ignoring unsafe symlink %s -> %s\n",
-                                        keep_name,file->link);
-                        }
-			kept=1;
-                }
-                make_bak_dir(fname,backup_dir);
-                if(do_symlink(file->link,keep_name) != 0) {
-                        rprintf(FERROR,"link %s -> %s : %s\n",keep_name,file->link,strerror(errno));
-                };
-                do_unlink(fname);
-		kept=1;
-        };
-#endif
-        if(!kept && preserve_hard_links && check_hard_link(file)) {
-                if(verbose > 1) rprintf(FINFO,"%s is a hard link\n",f_name(file));
-        };
-
-        if(!kept && !S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
-                rprintf(FINFO,"make_bak: skipping non-regular file %s\n",fname);
-        }
-
-	/* move to keep tree if a file */
-	if(!kept) {
-		if (!robust_move (fname, keep_name))
-			rprintf(FERROR, "keep_backup failed %s -> %s : %s\n",
-				fname, keep_name, strerror(errno));
-	};
-	set_perms (keep_name, file, NULL, 0);
-	free_file (file);
-	free (file);
-
-	if (verbose > 1)
-		rprintf (FINFO, "keep_backup %s -> %s\n", fname, keep_name);
 	return 1;
-} /* keep_backup */
-
-
-/* main backup switch routine */
-int make_backup(char *fname)
-{
-	if (backup_dir)
-		return (keep_backup(fname));
-	else
-		return (make_simple_backup(fname));
 }
 
+/* Create a backup path from the given fname, putting the result into
+ * backup_dir_buf.  Any new directories (compared to the prior backup
+ * path) are ensured to exist as directories, replacing anything else
+ * that may be in the way (e.g. a symlink). */
+static BOOL copy_valid_path(const char *fname)
+{
+	const char *f;
+	int val;
+	BOOL ret = True;
+	stat_x sx;
+	char *b, *rel = backup_dir_buf + backup_dir_len, *name = rel;
+
+	for (f = fname, b = rel; *f && *f == *b; f++, b++) {
+		if (*b == '/')
+			name = b + 1;
+	}
+
+	if (stringjoin(rel, backup_dir_remainder, fname, backup_suffix, NULL) >= backup_dir_remainder) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "backup filename too long\n");
+		*name = '\0';
+		return False;
+	}
+
+	for ( ; ; name = b + 1) {
+		if ((b = strchr(name, '/')) == NULL)
+			return True;
+		*b = '\0';
+
+		val = validate_backup_dir();
+		if (val == 0)
+			break;
+		if (val < 0) {
+			*name = '\0';
+			return False;
+		}
+
+		*b = '/';
+	}
+
+	init_stat_x(&sx);
+
+	for ( ; b; name = b + 1, b = strchr(name, '/')) {
+		*b = '\0';
+
+		while (do_mkdir(backup_dir_buf, ACCESSPERMS) < 0) {
+			if (errno == EEXIST) {
+				val = validate_backup_dir();
+				if (val > 0)
+					break;
+				if (val == 0)
+					continue;
+			} else
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "backup mkdir %s failed", backup_dir_buf);
+			*name = '\0';
+			ret = False;
+			goto cleanup;
+		}
+
+		/* Try to transfer the directory settings of the actual dir
+		 * that the files are coming from. */
+		if (x_stat(rel, &sx.st, NULL) < 0)
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "backup stat %s failed", full_fname(rel));
+		else {
+			struct file_struct *file;
+			if (!(file = make_file(rel, NULL, NULL, 0, NO_FILTERS)))
+				continue;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+			if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
+				get_acl(rel, &sx);
+				cache_tmp_acl(file, &sx);
+				free_acl(&sx);
+			}
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+			if (preserve_xattrs) {
+				get_xattr(rel, &sx);
+				cache_tmp_xattr(file, &sx);
+				free_xattr(&sx);
+			}
+#endif
+			set_file_attrs(backup_dir_buf, file, NULL, NULL, 0);
+			unmake_file(file);
+		}
+
+		*b = '/';
+	}
+
+  cleanup:
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+	uncache_tmp_acls();
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+	uncache_tmp_xattrs();
+#endif
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+/* Make a complete pathname for backup file and verify any new path elements. */
+char *get_backup_name(const char *fname)
+{
+	if (backup_dir) {
+		static int initialized = 0;
+		if (!initialized) {
+			int ret;
+			if (backup_dir_len > 1)
+				backup_dir_buf[backup_dir_len-1] = '\0';
+			ret = make_path(backup_dir_buf, 0);
+			if (backup_dir_len > 1)
+				backup_dir_buf[backup_dir_len-1] = '/';
+			if (ret < 0)
+				return NULL;
+			initialized = 1;
+		}
+		/* copy fname into backup_dir_buf while validating the dirs. */
+		if (copy_valid_path(fname))
+			return backup_dir_buf;
+		/* copy_valid_path() has printed an error message. */
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (stringjoin(backup_dir_buf, MAXPATHLEN, fname, backup_suffix, NULL) < MAXPATHLEN)
+		return backup_dir_buf;
+
+	rprintf(FERROR, "backup filename too long\n");
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Has same return codes as make_backup(). */
+static inline int link_or_rename(const char *from, const char *to,
+				 BOOL prefer_rename, STRUCT_STAT *stp)
+{
+#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
+	if (!prefer_rename) {
+#ifndef CAN_HARDLINK_SYMLINK
+		if (S_ISLNK(stp->st_mode))
+			return 0; /* Use copy code. */
+#endif
+#ifndef CAN_HARDLINK_SPECIAL
+		if (IS_SPECIAL(stp->st_mode) || IS_DEVICE(stp->st_mode))
+			return 0; /* Use copy code. */
+#endif
+		if (do_link(from, to) == 0) {
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
+				rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: HLINK %s successful.\n", from);
+			return 2;
+		}
+		/* We prefer to rename a regular file rather than copy it. */
+		if (!S_ISREG(stp->st_mode) || errno == EEXIST || errno == EISDIR)
+			return 0;
+	}
+#endif
+	if (do_rename(from, to) == 0) {
+		if (stp->st_nlink > 1 && !S_ISDIR(stp->st_mode)) {
+			/* If someone has hard-linked the file into the backup
+			 * dir, rename() might return success but do nothing! */
+			robust_unlink(from); /* Just in case... */
+		}
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
+			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: RENAME %s successful.\n", from);
+		return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/* Hard-link, rename, or copy an item to the backup name.  Returns 0 for
+ * failure, 1 if item was moved, 2 if item was duplicated or hard linked
+ * into backup area, or 3 if item doesn't exist or isn't a regular file. */
+int make_backup(const char *fname, BOOL prefer_rename)
+{
+	stat_x sx;
+	struct file_struct *file;
+	int save_preserve_xattrs;
+	char *buf;
+	int ret = 0;
+
+	init_stat_x(&sx);
+	/* Return success if no file to keep. */
+	if (x_lstat(fname, &sx.st, NULL) < 0)
+		return 3;
+
+	if (!(buf = get_backup_name(fname)))
+		return 0;
+
+	/* Try a hard-link or a rename first.  Using rename is not atomic, but
+	 * is more efficient than forcing a copy for larger files when no hard-
+	 * linking is possible. */
+	if ((ret = link_or_rename(fname, buf, prefer_rename, &sx.st)) != 0)
+		goto success;
+	if (errno == EEXIST || errno == EISDIR) {
+		STRUCT_STAT bakst;
+		if (do_lstat(buf, &bakst) == 0) {
+			int flags = get_del_for_flag(bakst.st_mode) | DEL_FOR_BACKUP | DEL_RECURSE;
+			if (delete_item(buf, bakst.st_mode, flags) != 0)
+				return 0;
+		}
+		if ((ret = link_or_rename(fname, buf, prefer_rename, &sx.st)) != 0)
+			goto success;
+	}
+
+	/* Fall back to making a copy. */
+	if (!(file = make_file(fname, NULL, &sx.st, 0, NO_FILTERS)))
+		return 3; /* the file could have disappeared */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+	if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
+		get_acl(fname, &sx);
+		cache_tmp_acl(file, &sx);
+		free_acl(&sx);
+	}
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+	if (preserve_xattrs) {
+		get_xattr(fname, &sx);
+		cache_tmp_xattr(file, &sx);
+		free_xattr(&sx);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/* Check to see if this is a device file, or link */
+	if ((am_root && preserve_devices && IS_DEVICE(file->mode))
+	 || (preserve_specials && IS_SPECIAL(file->mode))) {
+		if (do_mknod(buf, file->mode, sx.st.st_rdev) < 0)
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "mknod %s failed", full_fname(buf));
+		else if (DEBUG_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
+			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: DEVICE %s successful.\n", fname);
+		ret = 2;
+	}
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
+	if (!ret && preserve_links && S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
+		const char *sl = F_SYMLINK(file);
+		if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(sl, fname)) {
+			if (INFO_GTE(SYMSAFE, 1)) {
+				rprintf(FINFO, "not backing up unsafe symlink \"%s\" -> \"%s\"\n",
+					fname, sl);
+			}
+			ret = 2;
+		} else {
+			if (do_symlink(sl, buf) < 0)
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "link %s -> \"%s\"", full_fname(buf), sl);
+			else if (DEBUG_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
+				rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: SYMLINK %s successful.\n", fname);
+			ret = 2;
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (!ret && !S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "make_bak: skipping non-regular file %s\n", fname);
+		unmake_file(file);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+		uncache_tmp_acls();
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+		uncache_tmp_xattrs();
+#endif
+		return 3;
+	}
+
+	/* Copy to backup tree if a file. */
+	if (!ret) {
+		if (copy_file(fname, buf, -1, file->mode) < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "keep_backup failed: %s -> \"%s\"",
+				full_fname(fname), buf);
+			unmake_file(file);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+			uncache_tmp_acls();
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+			uncache_tmp_xattrs();
+#endif
+			return 0;
+		}
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
+			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: COPY %s successful.\n", fname);
+		ret = 2;
+	}
+
+	save_preserve_xattrs = preserve_xattrs;
+	preserve_xattrs = 0;
+	set_file_attrs(buf, file, NULL, fname, 0);
+	preserve_xattrs = save_preserve_xattrs;
+
+	unmake_file(file);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+	uncache_tmp_acls();
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+	uncache_tmp_xattrs();
+#endif
+
+  success:
+	if (INFO_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
+		rprintf(FINFO, "backed up %s to %s\n", fname, buf);
+	return ret;
+}

batch.c

@@ -1,605 +1,283 @@
-/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
-   
-   Weiss 1/1999
-   Batch utilities for rsync.
-
-*/
+/*
+ * Support for the batch-file options.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Weiss
+ * Copyright (C) 2004 Chris Shoemaker
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include <zlib.h>
 #include <time.h>
 
-char rsync_flist_file[27] = "rsync_flist.";
-char rsync_csums_file[27] = "rsync_csums.";
-char rsync_delta_file[27] = "rsync_delta.";
-char rsync_argvs_file[27] = "rsync_argvs.";
+extern int eol_nulls;
+extern int recurse;
+extern int xfer_dirs;
+extern int preserve_links;
+extern int preserve_hard_links;
+extern int preserve_devices;
+extern int preserve_uid;
+extern int preserve_gid;
+extern int preserve_acls;
+extern int preserve_xattrs;
+extern int always_checksum;
+extern int do_compression;
+extern int inplace;
+extern int append_mode;
+extern int protocol_version;
+extern char *batch_name;
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+extern char *iconv_opt;
+#endif
 
-char batch_file_ext[15];
+extern filter_rule_list filter_list;
 
-int fdb;
-int fdb_delta;
-int fdb_open;
-int fdb_close;
+int batch_stream_flags;
 
-struct file_list *batch_flist;
+static int tweaked_append;
+static int tweaked_append_verify;
+static int tweaked_iconv;
 
-void create_batch_file_ext()
+static int *flag_ptr[] = {
+	&recurse,		/* 0 */
+	&preserve_uid,		/* 1 */
+	&preserve_gid,		/* 2 */
+	&preserve_links,	/* 3 */
+	&preserve_devices,	/* 4 */
+	&preserve_hard_links,	/* 5 */
+	&always_checksum,	/* 6 */
+	&xfer_dirs,		/* 7 (protocol 29) */
+	&do_compression,	/* 8 (protocol 29) */
+	&tweaked_iconv,		/* 9  (protocol 30) */
+	&preserve_acls,		/* 10 (protocol 30) */
+	&preserve_xattrs,	/* 11 (protocol 30) */
+	&inplace,		/* 12 (protocol 30) */
+	&tweaked_append,	/* 13 (protocol 30) */
+	&tweaked_append_verify,	/* 14 (protocol 30) */
+	NULL
+};
+
+static char *flag_name[] = {
+	"--recurse (-r)",
+	"--owner (-o)",
+	"--group (-g)",
+	"--links (-l)",
+	"--devices (-D)",
+	"--hard-links (-H)",
+	"--checksum (-c)",
+	"--dirs (-d)",
+	"--compress (-z)",
+	"--iconv",
+	"--acls (-A)",
+	"--xattrs (-X)",
+	"--inplace",
+	"--append",
+	"--append-verify",
+	NULL
+};
+
+void write_stream_flags(int fd)
 {
-	struct tm *timeptr;
-	time_t elapsed_seconds;
+	int i, flags;
 
-	/* Save run date and time to use for batch file extensions */
-	time(&elapsed_seconds);
-	timeptr = localtime(&elapsed_seconds);
+	tweaked_append = append_mode == 1;
+	tweaked_append_verify = append_mode == 2;
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+	tweaked_iconv = iconv_opt != NULL;
+#endif
 
-	sprintf(batch_file_ext, "%4d%02d%02d%02d%02d%02d",
-		timeptr->tm_year + 1900, timeptr->tm_mon + 1,
-		timeptr->tm_mday, timeptr->tm_hour, timeptr->tm_min,
-		timeptr->tm_sec);
-	rprintf(FINFO,"batch file extension: %s\n", batch_file_ext);
+	/* Start the batch file with a bitmap of data-stream-affecting
+	 * flags. */
+	for (i = 0, flags = 0; flag_ptr[i]; i++) {
+		if (*flag_ptr[i])
+			flags |= 1 << i;
+	}
+	write_int(fd, flags);
 }
 
-void set_batch_file_ext(char *ext)
+void read_stream_flags(int fd)
 {
-	strcpy(batch_file_ext, ext);
+	batch_stream_flags = read_int(fd);
 }
 
-void write_batch_flist_file(char *buff, int bytes_to_write)
-{
-
-	if (fdb_open) {
-		/* Set up file extension */
-		strcat(rsync_flist_file, batch_file_ext);
-
-		/* Open batch flist file for writing; create it if it doesn't exist */
-		fdb =
-		    do_open(rsync_flist_file, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC,
-			    S_IREAD | S_IWRITE);
-		if (fdb == -1) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
-				rsync_flist_file, strerror(errno));
-			close(fdb);
-			exit_cleanup(1);
-		}
-		fdb_open = 0;
-	}
-
-	/* Write buffer to batch flist file */
-
-	if (write(fdb, buff, bytes_to_write) == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s write error: %s\n",
-			rsync_flist_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
-	}
-
-
-	if (fdb_close) {
-		close(fdb);
-	}
-}
-
-void write_batch_flist_info(int flist_count, struct file_struct **fptr)
+void check_batch_flags(void)
 {
 	int i;
-	int bytes_to_write;
 
-	/* Write flist info to batch file */
-
-	bytes_to_write =
-	    sizeof(unsigned) +
-	    sizeof(time_t) +
-	    sizeof(OFF_T) +
-	    sizeof(mode_t) +
-	    sizeof(INO64_T) +
-	    sizeof(DEV64_T) +
-	    sizeof(DEV64_T) +
-	    sizeof(uid_t) +
-	    sizeof(gid_t);
-
-	fdb_open = 1;
-	fdb_close = 0;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < flist_count; i++) {
-		write_batch_flist_file((char *) fptr[i], bytes_to_write);
-		write_char_bufs(fptr[i]->basename);
-		write_char_bufs(fptr[i]->dirname);
-		write_char_bufs(fptr[i]->basedir);
-		write_char_bufs(fptr[i]->link);
-		if (i == flist_count - 1) {
-			fdb_close = 1;
+	if (protocol_version < 29)
+		flag_ptr[7] = NULL;
+	else if (protocol_version < 30)
+		flag_ptr[9] = NULL;
+	tweaked_append = append_mode == 1;
+	tweaked_append_verify = append_mode == 2;
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+	tweaked_iconv = iconv_opt != NULL;
+#endif
+	for (i = 0; flag_ptr[i]; i++) {
+		int set = batch_stream_flags & (1 << i) ? 1 : 0;
+		if (*flag_ptr[i] != set) {
+			if (i == 9) {
+				rprintf(FERROR,
+					"%s specify the --iconv option to use this batch file.\n",
+					set ? "Please" : "Do not");
+				exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+			}
+			if (INFO_GTE(MISC, 1)) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+					"%sing the %s option to match the batchfile.\n",
+					set ? "Sett" : "Clear", flag_name[i]);
+			}
+			*flag_ptr[i] = set;
 		}
-		write_char_bufs(fptr[i]->sum);
+	}
+	if (protocol_version < 29) {
+		if (recurse)
+			xfer_dirs |= 1;
+		else if (xfer_dirs < 2)
+			xfer_dirs = 0;
 	}
 
+	if (tweaked_append)
+		append_mode = 1;
+	else if (tweaked_append_verify)
+		append_mode = 2;
 }
 
-void write_char_bufs(char *buf)
+static int write_arg(int fd, char *arg)
 {
-	/* Write the size of the string which will follow  */
+	char *x, *s;
+	int len, ret = 0;
 
-	char b[4];
-	if (buf != NULL)
-		SIVAL(b, 0, strlen(buf));
-	else {
-		SIVAL(b, 0, 0);
+	if (*arg == '-' && (x = strchr(arg, '=')) != NULL) {
+		if (write(fd, arg, x - arg + 1) != x - arg + 1)
+			ret = -1;
+		arg += x - arg + 1;
 	}
 
-	write_batch_flist_file(b, sizeof(int));
-
-	/*  Write the string if there is one */
-
-	if (buf != NULL) {
-		write_batch_flist_file(buf, strlen(buf));
+	if (strpbrk(arg, " \"'&;|[]()$#!*?^\\") != NULL) {
+		if (write(fd, "'", 1) != 1)
+			ret = -1;
+		for (s = arg; (x = strchr(s, '\'')) != NULL; s = x + 1) {
+			if (write(fd, s, x - s + 1) != x - s + 1
+			 || write(fd, "'", 1) != 1)
+				ret = -1;
+		}
+		len = strlen(s);
+		if (write(fd, s, len) != len
+		 || write(fd, "'", 1) != 1)
+			ret = -1;
+		return ret;
 	}
+
+	len = strlen(arg);
+	if (write(fd, arg, len) != len)
+		ret = -1;
+
+	return ret;
 }
 
-void write_batch_argvs_file(int argc, char *argv[])
+static void write_filter_rules(int fd)
 {
-	int fdb;
-	int i;
-	char buff[256];
+	filter_rule *ent;
 
-	strcat(rsync_argvs_file, batch_file_ext);
-
-
-	/* Open batch argvs file for writing; create it if it doesn't exist */
-	fdb = do_open(rsync_argvs_file, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC,
-		      S_IREAD | S_IWRITE | S_IEXEC);
-	if (fdb == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
-			rsync_argvs_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
+	write_sbuf(fd, " <<'#E#'\n");
+	for (ent = filter_list.head; ent; ent = ent->next) {
+		unsigned int plen;
+		char *p = get_rule_prefix(ent, "- ", 0, &plen);
+		write_buf(fd, p, plen);
+		write_sbuf(fd, ent->pattern);
+		if (ent->rflags & FILTRULE_DIRECTORY)
+			write_byte(fd, '/');
+		write_byte(fd, eol_nulls ? 0 : '\n');
 	}
-	buff[0] = '\0';
-	/* Write argvs info to batch file */
+	if (eol_nulls)
+		write_sbuf(fd, ";\n");
+	write_sbuf(fd, "#E#");
+}
 
-	for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i) {
-		if (i == argc - 2)
-		    continue;
-		/*
-		 * FIXME:
-		 * I think directly manipulating argv[] is probably bogus
-		 */
-		if (!strcmp(argv[i], "--write-batch")) {
-			/* Safer to change it here than script */
-			/* Change to --read-batch + ext * to get ready for remote */
-			strlcat(buff, "--read-batch ", sizeof(buff));
-			strlcat(buff, batch_file_ext, sizeof(buff));
+/* This routine tries to write out an equivalent --read-batch command
+ * given the user's --write-batch args.  However, it doesn't really
+ * understand most of the options, so it uses some overly simple
+ * heuristics to munge the command line into something that will
+ * (hopefully) work. */
+void write_batch_shell_file(int argc, char *argv[], int file_arg_cnt)
+{
+	int fd, i, len, err = 0;
+	char *p, filename[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	stringjoin(filename, sizeof filename,
+		   batch_name, ".sh", NULL);
+	fd = do_open(filename, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC,
+		     S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR);
+	if (fd < 0) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Batch file %s open error",
+			filename);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILESELECT);
+	}
+
+	/* Write argvs info to BATCH.sh file */
+	if (write_arg(fd, argv[0]) < 0)
+		err = 1;
+	if (filter_list.head) {
+		if (protocol_version >= 29)
+			write_sbuf(fd, " --filter=._-");
+		else
+			write_sbuf(fd, " --exclude-from=-");
+	}
+	for (i = 1; i < argc - file_arg_cnt; i++) {
+		p = argv[i];
+		if (strncmp(p, "--files-from", 12) == 0
+		    || strncmp(p, "--filter", 8) == 0
+		    || strncmp(p, "--include", 9) == 0
+		    || strncmp(p, "--exclude", 9) == 0) {
+			if (strchr(p, '=') == NULL)
+				i++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (strcmp(p, "-f") == 0) {
+			i++;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (write(fd, " ", 1) != 1)
+			err = 1;
+		if (strncmp(p, "--write-batch", len = 13) == 0
+		 || strncmp(p, "--only-write-batch", len = 18) == 0) {
+			if (write(fd, "--read-batch", 12) != 12)
+				err = 1;
+			if (p[len] == '=') {
+				if (write(fd, "=", 1) != 1
+				 || write_arg(fd, p + len + 1) < 0)
+					err = 1;
+			}
 		} else {
-			strlcat(buff, argv[i], sizeof(buff));
-		}
-
-		if (i < (argc - 1)) {
-			strlcat(buff, " ", sizeof(buff));
+			if (write_arg(fd, p) < 0)
+				err = 1;
 		}
 	}
-	strlcat(buff, "\n", sizeof(buff));
-	if (!write(fdb, buff, strlen(buff))) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s write error: %s\n",
-			rsync_argvs_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
-	}
-	close(fdb);
-}
-
-struct file_list *create_flist_from_batch()
-{
-	unsigned char flags;
-
-	fdb_open = 1;
-	fdb_close = 0;
-
-	batch_flist = (struct file_list *) malloc(sizeof(batch_flist[0]));
-	if (!batch_flist) {
-		out_of_memory("create_flist_from_batch");
-	}
-	batch_flist->count = 0;
-	batch_flist->malloced = 1000;
-	batch_flist->files =
-	    (struct file_struct **) malloc(sizeof(batch_flist->files[0]) *
-					   batch_flist->malloced);
-	if (!batch_flist->files) {
-		out_of_memory("create_flist_from_batch");	/* dw -- will exit */
-	}
-
-	for (flags = read_batch_flags(); flags; flags = read_batch_flags()) {
-
-		int i = batch_flist->count;
-
-		if (i >= batch_flist->malloced) {
-			if (batch_flist->malloced < 1000)
-				batch_flist->malloced += 1000;
-			else
-				batch_flist->malloced *= 2;
-			batch_flist->files =
-			    (struct file_struct **) realloc(batch_flist->
-							    files,
-							    sizeof
-							    (batch_flist->
-							     files[0]) *
-							    batch_flist->
-							    malloced);
-			if (!batch_flist->files)
-				out_of_memory("create_flist_from_batch");
-		}
-		read_batch_flist_info(&batch_flist->files[i]);
-		batch_flist->files[i]->flags = flags;
-
-		batch_flist->count++;
-	}
-
-	return batch_flist;
-
-}
-
-int read_batch_flist_file(char *buff, int len)
-{
-	int bytes_read;
-
-	if (fdb_open) {
-
-		/*  Set up file extension  */
-		strcat(rsync_flist_file, batch_file_ext);
-
-		/* Open batch flist file for reading */
-		fdb = do_open(rsync_flist_file, O_RDONLY, 0);
-		if (fdb == -1) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
-				rsync_flist_file, strerror(errno));
-			close(fdb);
-			exit_cleanup(1);
-		}
-		fdb_open = 0;
-	}
-
-	/* Read flist batch file */
-
-	bytes_read = read(fdb, buff, len);
-
-	if (bytes_read == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s read error: %s\n",
-			rsync_flist_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
-	}
-	if (bytes_read == 0) {	/* EOF */
-		close(fdb);
-	}
-	return bytes_read;
-}
-
-unsigned char read_batch_flags()
-{
-	int flags;
-
-	if (read_batch_flist_file((char *) &flags, 4)) {
-		return 1;
-	} else {
-		return 0;
-	}
-}
-
-void read_batch_flist_info(struct file_struct **fptr)
-{
-	int int_str_len;
-	char char_str_len[4];
-	char buff[256];
-	struct file_struct *file;
-
-	file = (struct file_struct *) malloc(sizeof(*file));
-	if (!file)
-		out_of_memory("read_batch_flist_info");
-	memset((char *) file, 0, sizeof(*file));
-
-	(*fptr) = file;
-
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->modtime, sizeof(time_t));
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->length, sizeof(OFF_T));
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->mode, sizeof(mode_t));
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->inode, sizeof(INO64_T));
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->dev, sizeof(DEV64_T));
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->rdev, sizeof(DEV64_T));
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->uid, sizeof(uid_t));
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->gid, sizeof(gid_t));
-	read_batch_flist_file(char_str_len, sizeof(char_str_len));
-	int_str_len = IVAL(char_str_len, 0);
-	if (int_str_len > 0) {
-		read_batch_flist_file(buff, int_str_len);
-		buff[int_str_len] = '\0';
-		file->basename = strdup(buff);
-	} else {
-		file->basename = NULL;
-	}
-
-	read_batch_flist_file(char_str_len, sizeof(char_str_len));
-	int_str_len = IVAL(char_str_len, 0);
-	if (int_str_len > 0) {
-		read_batch_flist_file(buff, int_str_len);
-		buff[int_str_len] = '\0';
-		file[0].dirname = strdup(buff);
-	} else {
-		file[0].dirname = NULL;
-	}
-
-	read_batch_flist_file(char_str_len, sizeof(char_str_len));
-	int_str_len = IVAL(char_str_len, 0);
-	if (int_str_len > 0) {
-		read_batch_flist_file(buff, int_str_len);
-		buff[int_str_len] = '\0';
-		file[0].basedir = strdup(buff);
-	} else {
-		file[0].basedir = NULL;
-	}
-
-	read_batch_flist_file(char_str_len, sizeof(char_str_len));
-	int_str_len = IVAL(char_str_len, 0);
-	if (int_str_len > 0) {
-		read_batch_flist_file(buff, int_str_len);
-		buff[int_str_len] = '\0';
-		file[0].link = strdup(buff);
-	} else {
-		file[0].link = NULL;
-	}
-
-	read_batch_flist_file(char_str_len, sizeof(char_str_len));
-	int_str_len = IVAL(char_str_len, 0);
-	if (int_str_len > 0) {
-		read_batch_flist_file(buff, int_str_len);
-		buff[int_str_len] = '\0';
-		file[0].sum = strdup(buff);
-	} else {
-		file[0].sum = NULL;
-	}
-}
-
-void write_batch_csums_file(void *buff, int bytes_to_write)
-{
-
-	static int fdb_open = 1;
-
-	if (fdb_open) {
-		/* Set up file extension */
-		strcat(rsync_csums_file, batch_file_ext);
-
-		/* Open batch csums file for writing; create it if it doesn't exist */
-		fdb =
-		    do_open(rsync_csums_file, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC,
-			    S_IREAD | S_IWRITE);
-		if (fdb == -1) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
-				rsync_csums_file, strerror(errno));
-			close(fdb);
-			exit_cleanup(1);
-		}
-		fdb_open = 0;
-	}
-
-	/* Write buffer to batch csums file */
-
-	if (write(fdb, buff, bytes_to_write) == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s write error: %s\n",
-			rsync_csums_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
-	}
-}
-
-void close_batch_csums_file()
-{
-	close(fdb);
-
-}
-
-void write_batch_csum_info(int *flist_entry, int flist_count,
-			   struct sum_struct *s)
-{
-	size_t i;
-	unsigned int int_zero = 0;
-	extern int csum_length;
-
-	fdb_open = 1;
-
-	/* Write csum info to batch file */
-
-	/* FIXME: This will break if s->count is ever not exactly an int. */
-	write_batch_csums_file(flist_entry, sizeof(int));
-	if (s)
-		write_batch_csums_file(&s->count, sizeof(int));
-	else
-		write_batch_csums_file(&int_zero, sizeof (int));
-	
-	if (s) {
-		for (i = 0; i < s->count; i++) {
-			write_batch_csums_file(&s->sums[i].sum1, sizeof(uint32));
-			if ((*flist_entry == flist_count - 1)
-			    && (i == s->count - 1)) {
-				fdb_close = 1;
-			}
-			write_batch_csums_file(s->sums[i].sum2,
-					       csum_length);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-int read_batch_csums_file(char *buff, int len)
-{
-	static int fdb_open = 1;
-	int bytes_read;
-
-	if (fdb_open) {
-
-		/*  Set up file extension  */
-		strcat(rsync_csums_file, batch_file_ext);
-
-		/* Open batch flist file for reading */
-		fdb = do_open(rsync_csums_file, O_RDONLY, 0);
-		if (fdb == -1) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
-				rsync_csums_file, strerror(errno));
-			close(fdb);
-			exit_cleanup(1);
-		}
-		fdb_open = 0;
-	}
-
-	/* Read csums batch file */
-
-	bytes_read = read(fdb, buff, len);
-
-	if (bytes_read == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s read error: %s\n",
-			rsync_csums_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
-	}
-	return bytes_read;
-}
-
-
-void read_batch_csum_info(int flist_entry, struct sum_struct *s,
-			  int *checksums_match)
-{
-	int i;
-	int file_flist_entry;
-	int file_chunk_ct;
-	uint32 file_sum1;
-	char file_sum2[SUM_LENGTH];
-	extern int csum_length;
-
-
-	read_batch_csums_file((char *) &file_flist_entry, sizeof(int));
-	if (file_flist_entry != flist_entry) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "file_list_entry NE flist_entry\n");
-		rprintf(FINFO, "file_flist_entry = %d  flist_entry = %d\n",
-			file_flist_entry, flist_entry);
-		close(fdb);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
-
-	} else {
-		read_batch_csums_file((char *) &file_chunk_ct,
-				      sizeof(int));
-		*checksums_match = 1;
-		for (i = 0; i < file_chunk_ct; i++) {
-
-			read_batch_csums_file((char *) &file_sum1,
-					      sizeof(uint32));
-			read_batch_csums_file(file_sum2, csum_length);
-
-			if ((s->sums[i].sum1 != file_sum1) ||
-			    (memcmp
-			     (s->sums[i].sum2, file_sum2,
-			      csum_length) != 0)) {
-				*checksums_match = 0;
-			}
-		}		/*  end for  */
-	}
-
-}
-
-void write_batch_delta_file(char *buff, int bytes_to_write)
-{
-	static int fdb_delta_open = 1;
-
-	if (fdb_delta_open) {
-		/* Set up file extension */
-		strcat(rsync_delta_file, batch_file_ext);
-
-		/* Open batch delta file for writing; create it if it doesn't exist */
-		fdb_delta =
-		    do_open(rsync_delta_file, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC,
-			    S_IREAD | S_IWRITE);
-		if (fdb_delta == -1) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
-				rsync_delta_file, strerror(errno));
-			close(fdb_delta);
-			exit_cleanup(1);
-		}
-		fdb_delta_open = 0;
-	}
-
-	/* Write buffer to batch delta file */
-
-	if (write(fdb_delta, buff, bytes_to_write) == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s write error: %s\n",
-			rsync_delta_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb_delta);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
-	}
-}
-void close_batch_delta_file()
-{
-	close(fdb_delta);
-
-}
-
-int read_batch_delta_file(char *buff, int len)
-{
-	static int fdb_delta_open = 1;
-	int bytes_read;
-
-	if (fdb_delta_open) {
-
-		/*  Set up file extension  */
-		strcat(rsync_delta_file, batch_file_ext);
-
-		/* Open batch flist file for reading */
-		fdb_delta = do_open(rsync_delta_file, O_RDONLY, 0);
-		if (fdb_delta == -1) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
-				rsync_delta_file, strerror(errno));
-			close(fdb_delta);
-			exit_cleanup(1);
-		}
-		fdb_delta_open = 0;
-	}
-
-	/* Read delta batch file */
-
-	bytes_read = read(fdb_delta, buff, len);
-
-	if (bytes_read == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s read error: %s\n",
-			rsync_delta_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb_delta);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
-	}
-	return bytes_read;
-}
-
-
-void show_flist(int index, struct file_struct **fptr)
-{
-	/*  for debugging    show_flist(flist->count, flist->files * */
-
-	int i;
-	for (i = 0; i < index; i++) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->flags=%#x\n", fptr[i]->flags);
-		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->modtime=%#lx\n",
-			(long unsigned) fptr[i]->modtime);
-		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->length=%.0f\n",
-			(double) fptr[i]->length);
-		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->mode=%#o\n", (int) fptr[i]->mode);
-		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->basename=%s\n", fptr[i]->basename);
-		if (fptr[i]->dirname)
-			rprintf(FINFO, "flist->dirname=%s\n",
-				fptr[i]->dirname);
-		if (fptr[i]->basedir)
-			rprintf(FINFO, "flist->basedir=%s\n",
-				fptr[i]->basedir);
-	}
-}
-
-void show_argvs(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	/*  for debugging  * */
-
-	int i;
-	rprintf(FINFO, "BATCH.C:show_argvs,argc=%d\n", argc);
-	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
-		/*    if (argv[i])   */
-		rprintf(FINFO, "i=%d,argv[i]=%s\n", i, argv[i]);
-
+	if (!(p = check_for_hostspec(argv[argc - 1], &p, &i)))
+		p = argv[argc - 1];
+	if (write(fd, " ${1:-", 6) != 6
+	 || write_arg(fd, p) < 0)
+		err = 1;
+	write_byte(fd, '}');
+	if (filter_list.head)
+		write_filter_rules(fd);
+	if (write(fd, "\n", 1) != 1 || close(fd) < 0 || err) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Batch file %s write error",
+			filename);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 	}
 }

byteorder.h

@@ -1,27 +1,29 @@
-/* 
-   simple byteorder handling
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1992-1995
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * Simple byteorder handling.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1992-1995 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #undef CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT
+#undef AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE
 
-/* we know that the x86 can handle misalignment and has the "right" 
-   byteorder */
-#ifdef __i386__
+/* We know that the x86 can handle misalignment and has the same
+ * byte order (LSB-first) as the 32-bit numbers we transmit. */
+#if defined __i386__ || defined __i486__ || defined __i586__ || defined __i686__ || __amd64
 #define CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT 0
 #endif
 
@@ -30,25 +32,93 @@
 #endif
 
 #define CVAL(buf,pos) (((unsigned char *)(buf))[pos])
-#define PVAL(buf,pos) ((unsigned)CVAL(buf,pos))
-#define SCVAL(buf,pos,val) (CVAL(buf,pos) = (val))
-
+#define UVAL(buf,pos) ((uint32)CVAL(buf,pos))
 
 #if CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT
-#define SVAL(buf,pos) (PVAL(buf,pos)|PVAL(buf,(pos)+1)<<8)
-#define IVAL(buf,pos) (SVAL(buf,pos)|SVAL(buf,(pos)+2)<<16)
+
+#define PVAL(buf,pos) (UVAL(buf,pos)|UVAL(buf,(pos)+1)<<8)
+#define IVAL(buf,pos) (PVAL(buf,pos)|PVAL(buf,(pos)+2)<<16)
+#define IVAL64(buf,pos) (IVAL(buf,pos)|(int64)IVAL(buf,(pos)+4)<<32)
 #define SSVALX(buf,pos,val) (CVAL(buf,pos)=(val)&0xFF,CVAL(buf,pos+1)=(val)>>8)
 #define SIVALX(buf,pos,val) (SSVALX(buf,pos,val&0xFFFF),SSVALX(buf,pos+2,val>>16))
-#define SIVAL(buf,pos,val) SIVALX((buf),(pos),((uint32)(val)))
-#else
-/* this handles things for architectures like the 386 that can handle
-   alignment errors */
-/*
-   WARNING: This section is dependent on the length of int32
-   being correct. set CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT if it is not.
-*/
+#define SIVAL(buf,pos,val) SIVALX(buf,pos,(uint32)(val))
+#define SIVAL64(buf,pos,val) (SIVAL(buf,pos,val),SIVAL(buf,(pos)+4,(val)>>32))
+
+#define IVALu(buf,pos) IVAL(buf,pos)
+#define SIVALu(buf,pos,val) SIVAL(buf,pos,val)
+
+#else /* !CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT */
+
+/* This handles things for architectures like the 386 that can handle alignment errors.
+ * WARNING: This section is dependent on the length of an int32 (and thus a uint32)
+ * being correct (4 bytes)!  Set CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT if it is not. */
+
+# ifdef AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE
+
 #define IVAL(buf,pos) (*(uint32 *)((char *)(buf) + (pos)))
 #define SIVAL(buf,pos,val) IVAL(buf,pos)=((uint32)(val))
-#endif
 
+#define IVALu(buf,pos) IVAL(buf,pos)
+#define SIVALu(buf,pos,val) SIVAL(buf,pos,val)
 
+# else /* !AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE */
+
+static inline uint32
+IVALu(const uchar *buf, int pos)
+{
+	union {
+		const uchar *b;
+		const uint32 *num;
+	} u;
+	u.b = buf + pos;
+	return *u.num;
+}
+
+static inline void
+SIVALu(uchar *buf, int pos, uint32 val)
+{
+	union {
+		uchar *b;
+		uint32 *num;
+	} u;
+	u.b = buf + pos;
+	*u.num = val;
+}
+
+static inline uint32
+IVAL(const char *buf, int pos)
+{
+	return IVALu((uchar*)buf, pos);
+}
+
+static inline void
+SIVAL(char *buf, int pos, uint32 val)
+{
+	SIVALu((uchar*)buf, pos, val);
+}
+
+static inline int64
+IVAL64(const char *buf, int pos)
+{
+	union {
+		const char *b;
+		const int64 *num;
+	} u;
+	u.b = buf + pos;
+	return *u.num;
+}
+
+static inline void
+SIVAL64(char *buf, int pos, int64 val)
+{
+	union {
+		char *b;
+		int64 *num;
+	} u;
+	u.b = buf + pos;
+	*u.num = val;
+}
+
+# endif /* !AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE */
+
+#endif /* !CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT */

case_N.h

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ * Allow an arbitrary sequence of case labels.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2006-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+/* This is included multiple times, once for every segement in a switch statement.
+ * This produces the next "case N:" statement in sequence. */
+
+#if !defined CASE_N_STATE_0
+#define CASE_N_STATE_0
+	case 0:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_1
+#define CASE_N_STATE_1
+	case 1:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_2
+#define CASE_N_STATE_2
+	case 2:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_3
+#define CASE_N_STATE_3
+	case 3:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_4
+#define CASE_N_STATE_4
+	case 4:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_5
+#define CASE_N_STATE_5
+	case 5:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_6
+#define CASE_N_STATE_6
+	case 6:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_7
+#define CASE_N_STATE_7
+	case 7:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_8
+#define CASE_N_STATE_8
+	case 8:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_9
+#define CASE_N_STATE_9
+	case 9:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_10
+#define CASE_N_STATE_10
+	case 10:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_11
+#define CASE_N_STATE_11
+	case 11:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_12
+#define CASE_N_STATE_12
+	case 12:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_13
+#define CASE_N_STATE_13
+	case 13:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_14
+#define CASE_N_STATE_14
+	case 14:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_15
+#define CASE_N_STATE_15
+	case 15:
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_16
+#define CASE_N_STATE_16
+	case 16:
+#else
+#error Need to add more case statements!
+#endif

checksum.c

@@ -1,46 +1,45 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * Routines to support checksumming of bytes.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-int csum_length=2; /* initial value */
-
-#define CSUM_CHUNK 64
-
-int checksum_seed = 0;
-extern int remote_version;
+extern int checksum_seed;
+extern int protocol_version;
+extern int proper_seed_order;
 
 /*
   a simple 32 bit checksum that can be upadted from either end
   (inspired by Mark Adler's Adler-32 checksum)
   */
-uint32 get_checksum1(char *buf1,int len)
+uint32 get_checksum1(char *buf1, int32 len)
 {
-    int i;
+    int32 i;
     uint32 s1, s2;
     schar *buf = (schar *)buf1;
 
     s1 = s2 = 0;
     for (i = 0; i < (len-4); i+=4) {
-	s2 += 4*(s1 + buf[i]) + 3*buf[i+1] + 2*buf[i+2] + buf[i+3] + 
+	s2 += 4*(s1 + buf[i]) + 3*buf[i+1] + 2*buf[i+2] + buf[i+3] +
 	  10*CHAR_OFFSET;
-	s1 += (buf[i+0] + buf[i+1] + buf[i+2] + buf[i+3] + 4*CHAR_OFFSET); 
+	s1 += (buf[i+0] + buf[i+1] + buf[i+2] + buf[i+3] + 4*CHAR_OFFSET);
     }
     for (; i < len; i++) {
 	s1 += (buf[i]+CHAR_OFFSET); s2 += s1;
@@ -49,132 +48,185 @@ uint32 get_checksum1(char *buf1,int len)
 }
 
 
-void get_checksum2(char *buf,int len,char *sum)
+void get_checksum2(char *buf, int32 len, char *sum)
 {
-	int i;
-	static char *buf1;
-	static int len1;
-	struct mdfour m;
+	md_context m;
 
-	if (len > len1) {
-		if (buf1) free(buf1);
-		buf1 = (char *)malloc(len+4);
-		len1 = len;
-		if (!buf1) out_of_memory("get_checksum2");
+	if (protocol_version >= 30) {
+		uchar seedbuf[4];
+		md5_begin(&m);
+		if (proper_seed_order) {
+			if (checksum_seed) {
+				SIVALu(seedbuf, 0, checksum_seed);
+				md5_update(&m, seedbuf, 4);
+			}
+			md5_update(&m, (uchar *)buf, len);
+		} else {
+			md5_update(&m, (uchar *)buf, len);
+			if (checksum_seed) {
+				SIVALu(seedbuf, 0, checksum_seed);
+				md5_update(&m, seedbuf, 4);
+			}
+		}
+		md5_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
+	} else {
+		int32 i;
+		static char *buf1;
+		static int32 len1;
+
+		mdfour_begin(&m);
+
+		if (len > len1) {
+			if (buf1)
+				free(buf1);
+			buf1 = new_array(char, len+4);
+			len1 = len;
+			if (!buf1)
+				out_of_memory("get_checksum2");
+		}
+
+		memcpy(buf1, buf, len);
+		if (checksum_seed) {
+			SIVAL(buf1,len,checksum_seed);
+			len += 4;
+		}
+
+		for (i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK)
+			mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), CSUM_CHUNK);
+
+		/*
+		 * Prior to version 27 an incorrect MD4 checksum was computed
+		 * by failing to call mdfour_tail() for block sizes that
+		 * are multiples of 64.  This is fixed by calling mdfour_update()
+		 * even when there are no more bytes.
+		 */
+		if (len - i > 0 || protocol_version >= 27)
+			mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), len-i);
+
+		mdfour_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
 	}
-	
-	mdfour_begin(&m);
-	
-	memcpy(buf1,buf,len);
-	if (checksum_seed) {
-		SIVAL(buf1,len,checksum_seed);
-		len += 4;
-	}
-	
-	for(i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
-		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), CSUM_CHUNK);
-	}
-	if (len - i > 0) {
-		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), (len-i));
-	}
-	
-	mdfour_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
 }
 
-
-void file_checksum(char *fname,char *sum,OFF_T size)
+void file_checksum(const char *fname, const STRUCT_STAT *st_p, char *sum)
 {
-	OFF_T i;
 	struct map_struct *buf;
+	OFF_T i, len = st_p->st_size;
+	md_context m;
+	int32 remainder;
 	int fd;
-	OFF_T len = size;
-	char tmpchunk[CSUM_CHUNK];
-	struct mdfour m;
-	
-	memset(sum,0,MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
-	
+
+	memset(sum, 0, MAX_DIGEST_LEN);
+
 	fd = do_open(fname, O_RDONLY, 0);
-	if (fd == -1) return;
-	
-	buf = map_file(fd,size);
-	
-	mdfour_begin(&m);
+	if (fd == -1)
+		return;
 
-	for(i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
-		memcpy(tmpchunk, map_ptr(buf,i,CSUM_CHUNK), CSUM_CHUNK);
-		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)tmpchunk, CSUM_CHUNK);
+	buf = map_file(fd, len, MAX_MAP_SIZE, CSUM_CHUNK);
+
+	if (protocol_version >= 30) {
+		md5_begin(&m);
+
+		for (i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
+			md5_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, CSUM_CHUNK),
+				   CSUM_CHUNK);
+		}
+
+		remainder = (int32)(len - i);
+		if (remainder > 0)
+			md5_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, remainder), remainder);
+
+		md5_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
+	} else {
+		mdfour_begin(&m);
+
+		for (i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
+			mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, CSUM_CHUNK),
+				      CSUM_CHUNK);
+		}
+
+		/* Prior to version 27 an incorrect MD4 checksum was computed
+		 * by failing to call mdfour_tail() for block sizes that
+		 * are multiples of 64.  This is fixed by calling mdfour_update()
+		 * even when there are no more bytes. */
+		remainder = (int32)(len - i);
+		if (remainder > 0 || protocol_version >= 27)
+			mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, remainder), remainder);
+
+		mdfour_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
 	}
 
-	if (len - i > 0) {
-		memcpy(tmpchunk, map_ptr(buf,i,len-i), len-i);
-		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)tmpchunk, (len-i));
-	}
-
-	mdfour_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
-
 	close(fd);
 	unmap_file(buf);
 }
 
+static int32 sumresidue;
+static md_context md;
 
-void checksum_init(void)
-{
-  if (remote_version >= 14)
-    csum_length = 2; /* adaptive */
-  else
-    csum_length = SUM_LENGTH;
-}
-
-
-
-static int sumresidue;
-static char sumrbuf[CSUM_CHUNK];
-static struct mdfour md;
-
-void sum_init(void)
+void sum_init(int seed)
 {
 	char s[4];
-	mdfour_begin(&md);
-	sumresidue=0;
-	SIVAL(s,0,checksum_seed);
-	sum_update(s,4);
+
+	if (protocol_version >= 30)
+		md5_begin(&md);
+	else {
+		mdfour_begin(&md);
+		sumresidue = 0;
+		SIVAL(s, 0, seed);
+		sum_update(s, 4);
+	}
 }
 
-void sum_update(char *p,int len)
+/**
+ * Feed data into an MD4 accumulator, md.  The results may be
+ * retrieved using sum_end().  md is used for different purposes at
+ * different points during execution.
+ *
+ * @todo Perhaps get rid of md and just pass in the address each time.
+ * Very slightly clearer and slower.
+ **/
+void sum_update(const char *p, int32 len)
 {
-	int i;
+	if (protocol_version >= 30) {
+		md5_update(&md, (uchar *)p, len);
+		return;
+	}
+
 	if (len + sumresidue < CSUM_CHUNK) {
-		memcpy(sumrbuf+sumresidue, p, len);
+		memcpy(md.buffer + sumresidue, p, len);
 		sumresidue += len;
 		return;
 	}
 
 	if (sumresidue) {
-		i = MIN(CSUM_CHUNK-sumresidue,len);
-		memcpy(sumrbuf+sumresidue,p,i);
-		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)sumrbuf, (i+sumresidue));
+		int32 i = CSUM_CHUNK - sumresidue;
+		memcpy(md.buffer + sumresidue, p, i);
+		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)md.buffer, CSUM_CHUNK);
 		len -= i;
 		p += i;
 	}
 
-	for(i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
-		memcpy(sumrbuf,p+i,CSUM_CHUNK);
-		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)sumrbuf, CSUM_CHUNK);
+	while (len >= CSUM_CHUNK) {
+		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)p, CSUM_CHUNK);
+		len -= CSUM_CHUNK;
+		p += CSUM_CHUNK;
 	}
 
-	if (len - i > 0) {
-		sumresidue = len-i;
-		memcpy(sumrbuf,p+i,sumresidue);
-	} else {
-		sumresidue = 0;    
-	}
+	sumresidue = len;
+	if (sumresidue)
+		memcpy(md.buffer, p, sumresidue);
 }
 
-void sum_end(char *sum)
+int sum_end(char *sum)
 {
-	if (sumresidue) {
-		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)sumrbuf, sumresidue);
+	if (protocol_version >= 30) {
+		md5_result(&md, (uchar *)sum);
+		return MD5_DIGEST_LEN;
 	}
 
+	if (sumresidue || protocol_version >= 27)
+		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)md.buffer, sumresidue);
+
 	mdfour_result(&md, (uchar *)sum);
+
+	return MD4_DIGEST_LEN;
 }

chmod.c

@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/*
+ * Implement the core of the --chmod option.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Scott Howard
+ * Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+#include "itypes.h"
+
+extern mode_t orig_umask;
+
+#define FLAG_X_KEEP (1<<0)
+#define FLAG_DIRS_ONLY (1<<1)
+#define FLAG_FILES_ONLY (1<<2)
+
+struct chmod_mode_struct {
+	struct chmod_mode_struct *next;
+	int ModeAND, ModeOR;
+	char flags;
+};
+
+#define CHMOD_ADD 1
+#define CHMOD_SUB 2
+#define CHMOD_EQ  3
+#define CHMOD_SET 4
+
+#define STATE_ERROR 0
+#define STATE_1ST_HALF 1
+#define STATE_2ND_HALF 2
+#define STATE_OCTAL_NUM 3
+
+/* Parse a chmod-style argument, and break it down into one or more AND/OR
+ * pairs in a linked list.  We return a pointer to new items on succcess
+ * (appending the items to the specified list), or NULL on error. */
+struct chmod_mode_struct *parse_chmod(const char *modestr,
+				      struct chmod_mode_struct **root_mode_ptr)
+{
+	int state = STATE_1ST_HALF;
+	int where = 0, what = 0, op = 0, topbits = 0, topoct = 0, flags = 0;
+	struct chmod_mode_struct *first_mode = NULL, *curr_mode = NULL,
+				 *prev_mode = NULL;
+
+	while (state != STATE_ERROR) {
+		if (!*modestr || *modestr == ',') {
+			int bits;
+
+			if (!op) {
+				state = STATE_ERROR;
+				break;
+			}
+			prev_mode = curr_mode;
+			curr_mode = new_array(struct chmod_mode_struct, 1);
+			if (prev_mode)
+				prev_mode->next = curr_mode;
+			else
+				first_mode = curr_mode;
+			curr_mode->next = NULL;
+
+			if (where)
+				bits = where * what;
+			else {
+				where = 0111;
+				bits = (where * what) & ~orig_umask;
+			}
+
+			switch (op) {
+			case CHMOD_ADD:
+				curr_mode->ModeAND = CHMOD_BITS;
+				curr_mode->ModeOR  = bits + topoct;
+				break;
+			case CHMOD_SUB:
+				curr_mode->ModeAND = CHMOD_BITS - bits - topoct;
+				curr_mode->ModeOR  = 0;
+				break;
+			case CHMOD_EQ:
+				curr_mode->ModeAND = CHMOD_BITS - (where * 7) - (topoct ? topbits : 0);
+				curr_mode->ModeOR  = bits + topoct;
+				break;
+			case CHMOD_SET:
+				curr_mode->ModeAND = 0;
+				curr_mode->ModeOR  = bits;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			curr_mode->flags = flags;
+
+			if (!*modestr)
+				break;
+			modestr++;
+
+			state = STATE_1ST_HALF;
+			where = what = op = topoct = topbits = flags = 0;
+		}
+
+		switch (state) {
+		case STATE_1ST_HALF:
+			switch (*modestr) {
+			case 'D':
+				if (flags & FLAG_FILES_ONLY)
+					state = STATE_ERROR;
+				flags |= FLAG_DIRS_ONLY;
+				break;
+			case 'F':
+				if (flags & FLAG_DIRS_ONLY)
+					state = STATE_ERROR;
+				flags |= FLAG_FILES_ONLY;
+				break;
+			case 'u':
+				where |= 0100;
+				topbits |= 04000;
+				break;
+			case 'g':
+				where |= 0010;
+				topbits |= 02000;
+				break;
+			case 'o':
+				where |= 0001;
+				break;
+			case 'a':
+				where |= 0111;
+				break;
+			case '+':
+				op = CHMOD_ADD;
+				state = STATE_2ND_HALF;
+				break;
+			case '-':
+				op = CHMOD_SUB;
+				state = STATE_2ND_HALF;
+				break;
+			case '=':
+				op = CHMOD_EQ;
+				state = STATE_2ND_HALF;
+				break;
+			default:
+				if (isDigit(modestr) && *modestr < '8' && !where) {
+					op = CHMOD_SET;
+					state =  STATE_OCTAL_NUM;
+					where = 1;
+					what = *modestr - '0';
+				} else
+					state = STATE_ERROR;
+				break;
+			}
+			break;
+		case STATE_2ND_HALF:
+			switch (*modestr) {
+			case 'r':
+				what |= 4;
+				break;
+			case 'w':
+				what |= 2;
+				break;
+			case 'X':
+				flags |= FLAG_X_KEEP;
+				/* FALL THROUGH */
+			case 'x':
+				what |= 1;
+				break;
+			case 's':
+				if (topbits)
+					topoct |= topbits;
+				else
+					topoct = 04000;
+				break;
+			case 't':
+				topoct |= 01000;
+				break;
+			default:
+				state = STATE_ERROR;
+				break;
+			}
+			break;
+		case STATE_OCTAL_NUM:
+			if (isDigit(modestr) && *modestr < '8') {
+				what = what*8 + *modestr - '0';
+				if (what > CHMOD_BITS)
+					state = STATE_ERROR;
+			} else
+				state = STATE_ERROR;
+			break;
+		}
+		modestr++;
+	}
+
+	if (state == STATE_ERROR) {
+		free_chmod_mode(first_mode);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (!(curr_mode = *root_mode_ptr))
+		*root_mode_ptr = first_mode;
+	else {
+		while (curr_mode->next)
+			curr_mode = curr_mode->next;
+		curr_mode->next = first_mode;
+	}
+
+	return first_mode;
+}
+
+
+/* Takes an existing file permission and a list of AND/OR changes, and
+ * create a new permissions. */
+int tweak_mode(int mode, struct chmod_mode_struct *chmod_modes)
+{
+	int IsX = mode & 0111;
+	int NonPerm = mode & ~CHMOD_BITS;
+
+	for ( ; chmod_modes; chmod_modes = chmod_modes->next) {
+		if ((chmod_modes->flags & FLAG_DIRS_ONLY) && !S_ISDIR(NonPerm))
+			continue;
+		if ((chmod_modes->flags & FLAG_FILES_ONLY) && S_ISDIR(NonPerm))
+			continue;
+		mode &= chmod_modes->ModeAND;
+		if ((chmod_modes->flags & FLAG_X_KEEP) && !IsX && !S_ISDIR(NonPerm))
+			mode |= chmod_modes->ModeOR & ~0111;
+		else
+			mode |= chmod_modes->ModeOR;
+	}
+
+	return mode | NonPerm;
+}
+
+/* Free the linked list created by parse_chmod. */
+int free_chmod_mode(struct chmod_mode_struct *chmod_modes)
+{
+	struct chmod_mode_struct *next;
+
+	while (chmod_modes) {
+		next = chmod_modes->next;
+		free(chmod_modes);
+		chmod_modes = next;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}

cleanup.c

@@ -1,108 +1,294 @@
-/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
-   
-   Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * End-of-run cleanup routines.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-/* handling the cleanup when a transfer is interrupted is tricky when
-   --partial is selected. We need to ensure that the partial file is
-   kept if any real data has been transferred */
-int cleanup_got_literal=0;
-
-static char *cleanup_fname;
-static char *cleanup_new_fname;
-static struct file_struct *cleanup_file;
-static int cleanup_fd1, cleanup_fd2;
-static struct map_struct *cleanup_buf;
-static int cleanup_pid = 0;
+extern int dry_run;
+extern int am_server;
+extern int am_daemon;
+extern int am_receiver;
 extern int io_error;
+extern int keep_partial;
+extern int got_xfer_error;
+extern int protocol_version;
+extern int output_needs_newline;
+extern char *partial_dir;
+extern char *logfile_name;
+
+BOOL shutting_down = False;
+BOOL flush_ok_after_signal = False;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SIGACTION
+static struct sigaction sigact;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Close all open sockets and files, allowing a (somewhat) graceful
+ * shutdown() of socket connections.  This eliminates the abortive
+ * TCP RST sent by a Winsock-based system when the close() occurs.
+ **/
+void close_all(void)
+{
+#ifdef SHUTDOWN_ALL_SOCKETS
+	int max_fd;
+	int fd;
+	int ret;
+	STRUCT_STAT st;
+
+	max_fd = sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX) - 1;
+	for (fd = max_fd; fd >= 0; fd--) {
+		if ((ret = do_fstat(fd, &st)) == 0) {
+			if (is_a_socket(fd))
+				ret = shutdown(fd, 2);
+			ret = close(fd);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * @file cleanup.c
+ *
+ * Code for handling interrupted transfers.  Depending on the @c
+ * --partial option, we may either delete the temporary file, or go
+ * ahead and overwrite the destination.  This second behaviour only
+ * occurs if we've sent literal data and therefore hopefully made
+ * progress on the transfer.
+ **/
+
+/**
+ * Set to True once literal data has been sent across the link for the
+ * current file. (????)
+ *
+ * Handling the cleanup when a transfer is interrupted is tricky when
+ * --partial is selected.  We need to ensure that the partial file is
+ * kept if any real data has been transferred.
+ **/
+int cleanup_got_literal = 0;
+
+static const char *cleanup_fname;
+static const char *cleanup_new_fname;
+static struct file_struct *cleanup_file;
+static int cleanup_fd_r = -1, cleanup_fd_w = -1;
+static pid_t cleanup_pid = 0;
 
 pid_t cleanup_child_pid = -1;
 
-/*
- * Code is one of the RERR_* codes from errcode.h.
- */
-void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
+/**
+ * Eventually calls exit(), passing @p code, therefore does not return.
+ *
+ * @param code one of the RERR_* codes from errcode.h.
+ **/
+NORETURN void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
 {
-	extern int keep_partial;
-	extern int log_got_error;
+	static int switch_step = 0;
+	static int exit_code = 0, exit_line = 0;
+	static const char *exit_file = NULL;
+	static int first_code = 0;
 
-	signal(SIGUSR1, SIG_IGN);
-	signal(SIGUSR2, SIG_IGN);
+	SIGACTION(SIGUSR1, SIG_IGN);
+	SIGACTION(SIGUSR2, SIG_IGN);
 
-	if (cleanup_child_pid != -1) {
-		int status;
-		if (waitpid(cleanup_child_pid, &status, WNOHANG) == cleanup_child_pid) {
-			status = WEXITSTATUS(status);
-			if (status > code) code = status;
+	if (!exit_code) { /* Preserve first error exit info when recursing. */
+		exit_code = code;
+		exit_file = file;
+		exit_line = line < 0 ? -line : line;
+	}
+
+	/* If this is the exit at the end of the run, the server side
+	 * should not attempt to output a message (see log_exit()). */
+	if (am_server && code == 0)
+		am_server = 2;
+
+	/* Some of our actions might cause a recursive call back here, so we
+	 * keep track of where we are in the cleanup and never repeat a step. */
+	switch (switch_step) {
+#include "case_N.h" /* case 0: */
+		switch_step++;
+
+		first_code = code;
+
+		if (output_needs_newline) {
+			fputc('\n', stdout);
+			output_needs_newline = 0;
 		}
-	}
 
-	if (cleanup_got_literal && cleanup_fname && keep_partial) {
-		char *fname = cleanup_fname;
-		cleanup_fname = NULL;
-		if (cleanup_buf) unmap_file(cleanup_buf);
-		if (cleanup_fd1 != -1) close(cleanup_fd1);
-		if (cleanup_fd2 != -1) close(cleanup_fd2);
-		finish_transfer(cleanup_new_fname, fname, cleanup_file);
-	}
-	io_flush();
-	if (cleanup_fname)
-		do_unlink(cleanup_fname);
-	if (code) {
-		kill_all(SIGUSR1);
-	}
-	if ((cleanup_pid != 0) && (cleanup_pid == (int) getpid())) {
-		char *pidf = lp_pid_file();
-		if (pidf && *pidf) {
-			unlink(lp_pid_file());
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(EXIT, 2)) {
+			rprintf(FINFO,
+				"[%s] _exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): entered\n",
+				who_am_i(), code, file, line);
 		}
+
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#include "case_N.h"
+		switch_step++;
+
+		if (cleanup_child_pid != -1) {
+			int status;
+			int pid = wait_process(cleanup_child_pid, &status, WNOHANG);
+			if (pid == cleanup_child_pid) {
+				status = WEXITSTATUS(status);
+				if (status > exit_code)
+					exit_code = status;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#include "case_N.h"
+		switch_step++;
+
+		if (cleanup_got_literal && (cleanup_fname || cleanup_fd_w != -1)) {
+			if (cleanup_fd_r != -1) {
+				close(cleanup_fd_r);
+				cleanup_fd_r = -1;
+			}
+			if (cleanup_fd_w != -1) {
+				flush_write_file(cleanup_fd_w);
+				close(cleanup_fd_w);
+				cleanup_fd_w = -1;
+			}
+			if (cleanup_fname && cleanup_new_fname && keep_partial
+			 && handle_partial_dir(cleanup_new_fname, PDIR_CREATE)) {
+				int tweak_modtime = 0;
+				const char *fname = cleanup_fname;
+				cleanup_fname = NULL;
+				if (!partial_dir) {
+				    /* We don't want to leave a partial file with a modern time or it
+				     * could be skipped via --update.  Setting the time to something
+				     * really old also helps it to stand out as unfinished in an ls. */
+				    tweak_modtime = 1;
+				    cleanup_file->modtime = 0;
+				}
+				finish_transfer(cleanup_new_fname, fname, NULL, NULL,
+						cleanup_file, tweak_modtime, !partial_dir);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#include "case_N.h"
+		switch_step++;
+
+		if (flush_ok_after_signal) {
+			flush_ok_after_signal = False;
+			if (code == RERR_SIGNAL)
+				io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
+		}
+		if (!exit_code && !code)
+			io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
+
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#include "case_N.h"
+		switch_step++;
+
+		if (cleanup_fname)
+			do_unlink(cleanup_fname);
+		if (exit_code)
+			kill_all(SIGUSR1);
+		if (cleanup_pid && cleanup_pid == getpid()) {
+			char *pidf = lp_pid_file();
+			if (pidf && *pidf)
+				unlink(lp_pid_file());
+		}
+
+		if (exit_code == 0) {
+			if (code)
+				exit_code = code;
+			if (io_error & IOERR_DEL_LIMIT)
+				exit_code = RERR_DEL_LIMIT;
+			if (io_error & IOERR_VANISHED)
+				exit_code = RERR_VANISHED;
+			if (io_error & IOERR_GENERAL || got_xfer_error)
+				exit_code = RERR_PARTIAL;
+		}
+
+		/* If line < 0, this exit is after a MSG_ERROR_EXIT event, so
+		 * we don't want to output a duplicate error. */
+		if ((exit_code && line > 0)
+		 || am_daemon || (logfile_name && (am_server || !INFO_GTE(STATS, 1))))
+			log_exit(exit_code, exit_file, exit_line);
+
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#include "case_N.h"
+		switch_step++;
+
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(EXIT, 1)) {
+			rprintf(FINFO,
+				"[%s] _exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): "
+				"about to call exit(%d)%s\n",
+				who_am_i(), first_code, exit_file, exit_line, exit_code,
+				dry_run ? " (DRY RUN)" : "");
+		}
+
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#include "case_N.h"
+		switch_step++;
+
+		if (exit_code && exit_code != RERR_SOCKETIO && exit_code != RERR_STREAMIO && exit_code != RERR_SIGNAL1
+		 && exit_code != RERR_TIMEOUT && !shutting_down && (protocol_version >= 31 || am_receiver)) {
+			if (line > 0) {
+				if (DEBUG_GTE(EXIT, 3)) {
+					rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] sending MSG_ERROR_EXIT with exit_code %d\n",
+						who_am_i(), exit_code);
+				}
+				send_msg_int(MSG_ERROR_EXIT, exit_code);
+			}
+			noop_io_until_death();
+		}
+
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#include "case_N.h"
+		switch_step++;
+
+		if (am_server && exit_code)
+			msleep(100);
+		close_all();
+
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+		break;
 	}
 
-	if (code == 0 && (io_error || log_got_error)) {
-		code = RERR_PARTIAL;
-	}
-
-	if (code) log_exit(code, file, line);
-
-	exit(code);
+	exit(exit_code);
 }
 
 void cleanup_disable(void)
 {
-	cleanup_fname = NULL;
+	cleanup_fname = cleanup_new_fname = NULL;
+	cleanup_fd_r = cleanup_fd_w = -1;
 	cleanup_got_literal = 0;
 }
 
 
-void cleanup_set(char *fnametmp, char *fname, struct file_struct *file,
-		 struct map_struct *buf, int fd1, int fd2)
+void cleanup_set(const char *fnametmp, const char *fname, struct file_struct *file,
+		 int fd_r, int fd_w)
 {
 	cleanup_fname = fnametmp;
-	cleanup_new_fname = fname;
+	cleanup_new_fname = fname; /* can be NULL on a partial-dir failure */
 	cleanup_file = file;
-	cleanup_buf = buf;
-	cleanup_fd1 = fd1;
-	cleanup_fd2 = fd2;
+	cleanup_fd_r = fd_r;
+	cleanup_fd_w = fd_w;
 }
 
-void cleanup_set_pid(int pid)
+void cleanup_set_pid(pid_t pid)
 {
 	cleanup_pid = pid;
 }

clientname.c

@@ -1,60 +1,71 @@
-/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
-   
-   rsync -- fast file replication program
-   
-   Copyright (C) 1992-2001 by Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
-   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
-/**
- * @file clientname.c
- * 
+/*
  * Functions for looking up the remote name or addr of a socket.
  *
+ * Copyright (C) 1992-2001 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2002-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+/*
  * This file is now converted to use the new-style getaddrinfo()
  * interface, which supports IPv6 but is also supported on recent
  * IPv4-only machines.  On systems that don't have that interface, we
  * emulate it using the KAME implementation.
- **/
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 static const char default_name[] = "UNKNOWN";
+extern int am_server;
 
 
 /**
- * Return the IP addr of the client as a string 
+ * Return the IP addr of the client as a string
  **/
 char *client_addr(int fd)
 {
-	struct sockaddr_storage ss;
-	socklen_t length = sizeof ss;
 	static char addr_buf[100];
 	static int initialised;
+	struct sockaddr_storage ss;
+	socklen_t length = sizeof ss;
 
-	if (initialised) return addr_buf;
+	if (initialised)
+		return addr_buf;
 
 	initialised = 1;
 
-	client_sockaddr(fd, &ss, &length);
+	if (am_server) {	/* daemon over --rsh mode */
+		char *env_str;
+		strlcpy(addr_buf, "0.0.0.0", sizeof addr_buf);
+		if ((env_str = getenv("REMOTE_HOST")) != NULL
+		 || (env_str = getenv("SSH_CONNECTION")) != NULL
+		 || (env_str = getenv("SSH_CLIENT")) != NULL
+		 || (env_str = getenv("SSH2_CLIENT")) != NULL) {
+			char *p;
+			strlcpy(addr_buf, env_str, sizeof addr_buf);
+			/* Truncate the value to just the IP address. */
+			if ((p = strchr(addr_buf, ' ')) != NULL)
+				*p = '\0';
+		}
+	} else {
+		client_sockaddr(fd, &ss, &length);
+		getnameinfo((struct sockaddr *)&ss, length,
+			    addr_buf, sizeof addr_buf, NULL, 0, NI_NUMERICHOST);
+	}
 
-	getnameinfo((struct sockaddr *)&ss, length,
-		    addr_buf, sizeof(addr_buf), NULL, 0, NI_NUMERICHOST);
-	
 	return addr_buf;
 }
 
@@ -74,24 +85,70 @@ static int get_sockaddr_family(const struct sockaddr_storage *ss)
  * If anything goes wrong, including the name->addr->name check, then
  * we just use "UNKNOWN", so you can use that value in hosts allow
  * lines.
+ *
+ * After translation from sockaddr to name we do a forward lookup to
+ * make sure nobody is spoofing PTR records.
  **/
 char *client_name(int fd)
 {
-	struct sockaddr_storage ss;
-	socklen_t ss_len = sizeof ss;
 	static char name_buf[100];
 	static char port_buf[100];
 	static int initialised;
+	struct sockaddr_storage ss;
+	socklen_t ss_len;
 
-	if (initialised) return name_buf;
+	if (initialised)
+		return name_buf;
 
-	strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+	strlcpy(name_buf, default_name, sizeof name_buf);
 	initialised = 1;
 
-	client_sockaddr(fd, &ss, &ss_len);
+	memset(&ss, 0, sizeof ss);
 
-	if (!lookup_name(fd, &ss, ss_len, name_buf, sizeof name_buf, port_buf, sizeof port_buf))
-		check_name(fd, &ss, ss_len, name_buf, port_buf);
+	if (am_server) {	/* daemon over --rsh mode */
+		char *addr = client_addr(fd);
+		struct addrinfo hint, *answer;
+		int err;
+
+		if (strcmp(addr, "0.0.0.0") == 0)
+			return name_buf;
+
+		memset(&hint, 0, sizeof hint);
+
+#ifdef AI_NUMERICHOST
+		hint.ai_flags = AI_NUMERICHOST;
+#endif
+		hint.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
+
+		if ((err = getaddrinfo(addr, NULL, &hint, &answer)) != 0) {
+			rprintf(FLOG, "malformed address %s: %s\n",
+			        addr, gai_strerror(err));
+			return name_buf;
+		}
+
+		switch (answer->ai_family) {
+		case AF_INET:
+			ss_len = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in);
+			memcpy(&ss, answer->ai_addr, ss_len);
+			break;
+#ifdef INET6
+		case AF_INET6:
+			ss_len = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in6);
+			memcpy(&ss, answer->ai_addr, ss_len);
+			break;
+#endif
+		default:
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_SOCKETIO);
+		}
+		freeaddrinfo(answer);
+	} else {
+		ss_len = sizeof ss;
+		client_sockaddr(fd, &ss, &ss_len);
+	}
+
+	if (lookup_name(fd, &ss, ss_len, name_buf, sizeof name_buf,
+			port_buf, sizeof port_buf) == 0)
+		check_name(fd, &ss, name_buf, sizeof name_buf);
 
 	return name_buf;
 }
@@ -108,15 +165,16 @@ void client_sockaddr(int fd,
 		     struct sockaddr_storage *ss,
 		     socklen_t *ss_len)
 {
+	memset(ss, 0, sizeof *ss);
+
 	if (getpeername(fd, (struct sockaddr *) ss, ss_len)) {
 		/* FIXME: Can we really not continue? */
-		rprintf(FERROR, RSYNC_NAME ": getpeername on fd%d failed: %s\n",
-			fd, strerror(errno));
+		rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "getpeername on fd%d failed", fd);
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_SOCKETIO);
 	}
 
 #ifdef INET6
-        if (get_sockaddr_family(ss) == AF_INET6 && 
+	if (get_sockaddr_family(ss) == AF_INET6 &&
 	    IN6_IS_ADDR_V4MAPPED(&((struct sockaddr_in6 *)ss)->sin6_addr)) {
 		/* OK, so ss is in the IPv6 family, but it is really
 		 * an IPv4 address: something like
@@ -127,12 +185,12 @@ void client_sockaddr(int fd,
 		struct sockaddr_in6 sin6;
 		struct sockaddr_in *sin;
 
-		memcpy(&sin6, ss, sizeof(sin6));
+		memcpy(&sin6, ss, sizeof sin6);
 		sin = (struct sockaddr_in *)ss;
-		memset(sin, 0, sizeof(*sin));
+		memset(sin, 0, sizeof *sin);
 		sin->sin_family = AF_INET;
-		*ss_len = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
-#ifdef HAVE_SOCKADDR_LEN
+		*ss_len = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in);
+#ifdef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN_LEN
 		sin->sin_len = *ss_len;
 #endif
 		sin->sin_port = sin6.sin6_port;
@@ -141,32 +199,33 @@ void client_sockaddr(int fd,
 		 * (IN6_V4MAPPED_TO_SINADDR ?), but it does not seem
 		 * to be present in the Linux headers. */
 		memcpy(&sin->sin_addr, &sin6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[12],
-			sizeof(sin->sin_addr));
-        }
+		    sizeof sin->sin_addr);
+	}
 #endif
 }
 
 
 /**
  * Look up a name from @p ss into @p name_buf.
+ *
+ * @param fd file descriptor for client socket.
  **/
 int lookup_name(int fd, const struct sockaddr_storage *ss,
 		socklen_t ss_len,
-		char *name_buf, size_t name_buf_len,
-		char *port_buf, size_t port_buf_len)
+		char *name_buf, size_t name_buf_size,
+		char *port_buf, size_t port_buf_size)
 {
 	int name_err;
-	
+
 	/* reverse lookup */
 	name_err = getnameinfo((struct sockaddr *) ss, ss_len,
-			       name_buf, name_buf_len,
-			       port_buf, port_buf_len,
+			       name_buf, name_buf_size,
+			       port_buf, port_buf_size,
 			       NI_NAMEREQD | NI_NUMERICSERV);
 	if (name_err != 0) {
-		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
-		rprintf(FERROR, RSYNC_NAME ": name lookup failed for %s: %s\n",
-			client_addr(fd),
-			gai_strerror(name_err));
+		strlcpy(name_buf, default_name, name_buf_size);
+		rprintf(FLOG, "name lookup failed for %s: %s\n",
+			client_addr(fd), gai_strerror(name_err));
 		return name_err;
 	}
 
@@ -185,10 +244,9 @@ int compare_addrinfo_sockaddr(const struct addrinfo *ai,
 {
 	int ss_family = get_sockaddr_family(ss);
 	const char fn[] = "compare_addrinfo_sockaddr";
-		      
+
 	if (ai->ai_family != ss_family) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,
-			"%s: response family %d != %d\n",
+		rprintf(FLOG, "%s: response family %d != %d\n",
 			fn, ai->ai_family, ss_family);
 		return 1;
 	}
@@ -199,25 +257,38 @@ int compare_addrinfo_sockaddr(const struct addrinfo *ai,
 
 		sin1 = (const struct sockaddr_in *) ss;
 		sin2 = (const struct sockaddr_in *) ai->ai_addr;
-		
+
 		return memcmp(&sin1->sin_addr, &sin2->sin_addr,
 			      sizeof sin1->sin_addr);
 	}
+
 #ifdef INET6
-	else if (ss_family == AF_INET6) {
+	if (ss_family == AF_INET6) {
 		const struct sockaddr_in6 *sin1, *sin2;
 
 		sin1 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *) ss;
 		sin2 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *) ai->ai_addr;
-		
-		return memcmp(&sin1->sin6_addr, &sin2->sin6_addr,
-			      sizeof sin1->sin6_addr);
+
+		if (ai->ai_addrlen < sizeof (struct sockaddr_in6)) {
+			rprintf(FLOG, "%s: too short sockaddr_in6; length=%d\n",
+				fn, (int)ai->ai_addrlen);
+			return 1;
+		}
+
+		if (memcmp(&sin1->sin6_addr, &sin2->sin6_addr,
+			   sizeof sin1->sin6_addr))
+			return 1;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID
+		if (sin1->sin6_scope_id != sin2->sin6_scope_id)
+			return 1;
+#endif
+		return 0;
 	}
 #endif /* INET6 */
-	else {
-		/* don't know */
-		return 1;
-	}
+
+	/* don't know */
+	return 1;
 }
 
 
@@ -226,31 +297,31 @@ int compare_addrinfo_sockaddr(const struct addrinfo *ai,
  * @p ss -- otherwise we may be being spoofed.  If we suspect we are,
  * then we don't abort the connection but just emit a warning, and
  * change @p name_buf to be "UNKNOWN".
+ *
+ * We don't do anything with the service when checking the name,
+ * because it doesn't seem that it could be spoofed in any way, and
+ * getaddrinfo on random service names seems to cause problems on AIX.
  **/
 int check_name(int fd,
 	       const struct sockaddr_storage *ss,
-	       socklen_t ss_len,
-	       char *name_buf,
-	       const char *port_buf)
+	       char *name_buf, size_t name_buf_size)
 {
 	struct addrinfo hints, *res, *res0;
 	int error;
 	int ss_family = get_sockaddr_family(ss);
 
-	memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
+	memset(&hints, 0, sizeof hints);
 	hints.ai_family = ss_family;
 	hints.ai_flags = AI_CANONNAME;
 	hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
-	error = getaddrinfo(name_buf, port_buf, &hints, &res0);
+	error = getaddrinfo(name_buf, NULL, &hints, &res0);
 	if (error) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,
-			RSYNC_NAME ": forward name lookup for %s failed: %s\n",
+		rprintf(FLOG, "forward name lookup for %s failed: %s\n",
 			name_buf, gai_strerror(error));
-		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+		strlcpy(name_buf, default_name, name_buf_size);
 		return error;
 	}
 
-
 	/* Given all these results, we expect that one of them will be
 	 * the same as ss.  The comparison is a bit complicated. */
 	for (res = res0; res; res = res->ai_next) {
@@ -261,23 +332,17 @@ int check_name(int fd,
 	if (!res0) {
 		/* We hit the end of the list without finding an
 		 * address that was the same as ss. */
-		rprintf(FERROR, RSYNC_NAME
-			": no known address for \"%s\": "
-			"spoofed address?\n",
-			name_buf);
-		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+		rprintf(FLOG, "no known address for \"%s\": "
+			"spoofed address?\n", name_buf);
+		strlcpy(name_buf, default_name, name_buf_size);
 	} else if (res == NULL) {
 		/* We hit the end of the list without finding an
 		 * address that was the same as ss. */
-		rprintf(FERROR, RSYNC_NAME
-			": %s is not a known address for \"%s\": "
-			"spoofed address?\n",
-			client_addr(fd),
-			name_buf);
-		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+		rprintf(FLOG, "%s is not a known address for \"%s\": "
+			"spoofed address?\n", client_addr(fd), name_buf);
+		strlcpy(name_buf, default_name, name_buf_size);
 	}
 
 	freeaddrinfo(res0);
 	return 0;
 }
-

compat.c

@@ -1,75 +1,341 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
-/* compatability routines for older rsync protocol versions */
+/*
+ * Compatibility routines for older rsync protocol versions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
+ * Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-extern int am_server;
+int remote_protocol = 0;
+int file_extra_cnt = 0; /* count of file-list extras that everyone gets */
+int inc_recurse = 0;
+int compat_flags = 0;
+int use_safe_inc_flist = 0;
+int want_xattr_optim = 0;
+int proper_seed_order = 0;
 
-extern int preserve_links;
-extern int preserve_perms;
-extern int preserve_devices;
+extern int am_server;
+extern int am_sender;
+extern int local_server;
+extern int inplace;
+extern int recurse;
+extern int use_qsort;
+extern int allow_inc_recurse;
+extern int preallocate_files;
+extern int append_mode;
+extern int fuzzy_basis;
+extern int read_batch;
+extern int delay_updates;
+extern int checksum_seed;
+extern int basis_dir_cnt;
+extern int prune_empty_dirs;
+extern int protocol_version;
+extern int protect_args;
 extern int preserve_uid;
 extern int preserve_gid;
-extern int preserve_times;
-extern int always_checksum;
-extern int checksum_seed;
+extern int preserve_acls;
+extern int preserve_xattrs;
+extern int need_messages_from_generator;
+extern int delete_mode, delete_before, delete_during, delete_after;
+extern char *shell_cmd;
+extern char *partial_dir;
+extern char *dest_option;
+extern char *files_from;
+extern char *filesfrom_host;
+extern filter_rule_list filter_list;
+extern int need_unsorted_flist;
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+extern iconv_t ic_send, ic_recv;
+extern char *iconv_opt;
+#endif
 
+/* These index values are for the file-list's extra-attribute array. */
+int uid_ndx, gid_ndx, acls_ndx, xattrs_ndx, unsort_ndx;
 
-extern int remote_version;
-extern int verbose;
+int receiver_symlink_times = 0; /* receiver can set the time on a symlink */
+int sender_symlink_iconv = 0;	/* sender should convert symlink content */
 
-extern int read_batch;  /* dw */
-extern int write_batch;  /* dw */
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+int filesfrom_convert = 0;
+#endif
+
+#define CF_INC_RECURSE	 (1<<0)
+#define CF_SYMLINK_TIMES (1<<1)
+#define CF_SYMLINK_ICONV (1<<2)
+#define CF_SAFE_FLIST	 (1<<3)
+#define CF_AVOID_XATTR_OPTIM (1<<4)
+#define CF_CHKSUM_SEED_FIX (1<<5)
+
+static const char *client_info;
+
+/* The server makes sure that if either side only supports a pre-release
+ * version of a protocol, that both sides must speak a compatible version
+ * of that protocol for it to be advertised as available. */
+static void check_sub_protocol(void)
+{
+	char *dot;
+	int their_protocol, their_sub;
+#if SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION != 0
+	int our_sub = protocol_version < PROTOCOL_VERSION ? 0 : SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION;
+#else
+	int our_sub = 0;
+#endif
+
+	/* client_info starts with VER.SUB string if client is a pre-release. */
+	if (!(their_protocol = atoi(client_info))
+	 || !(dot = strchr(client_info, '.'))
+	 || !(their_sub = atoi(dot+1))) {
+#if SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION != 0
+		if (our_sub)
+			protocol_version--;
+#endif
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (their_protocol < protocol_version) {
+		if (their_sub)
+			protocol_version = their_protocol - 1;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (their_protocol > protocol_version)
+		their_sub = 0; /* 0 == final version of older protocol */
+	if (their_sub != our_sub)
+		protocol_version--;
+}
+
+void set_allow_inc_recurse(void)
+{
+	client_info = shell_cmd ? shell_cmd : "";
+
+	if (!recurse || use_qsort)
+		allow_inc_recurse = 0;
+	else if (!am_sender
+	 && (delete_before || delete_after
+	  || delay_updates || prune_empty_dirs))
+		allow_inc_recurse = 0;
+	else if (am_server && !local_server
+	 && (strchr(client_info, 'i') == NULL))
+		allow_inc_recurse = 0;
+}
 
 void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 {
-	if (remote_version == 0) {
-		if (am_server) {
-			remote_version = read_int(f_in);
-			write_int(f_out,PROTOCOL_VERSION);
-		} else {
-			write_int(f_out,PROTOCOL_VERSION);
-			remote_version = read_int(f_in);
-		}
+	if (am_sender)
+		file_extra_cnt += PTR_EXTRA_CNT;
+	else
+		file_extra_cnt++;
+	if (preserve_uid)
+		uid_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
+	if (preserve_gid)
+		gid_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
+	if (preserve_acls && !am_sender)
+		acls_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
+	if (preserve_xattrs)
+		xattrs_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
+
+	if (am_server)
+		set_allow_inc_recurse();
+
+	if (remote_protocol == 0) {
+		if (am_server && !local_server)
+			check_sub_protocol();
+		if (!read_batch)
+			write_int(f_out, protocol_version);
+		remote_protocol = read_int(f_in);
+		if (protocol_version > remote_protocol)
+			protocol_version = remote_protocol;
+	}
+	if (read_batch && remote_protocol > protocol_version) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "The protocol version in the batch file is too new (%d > %d).\n",
+			remote_protocol, protocol_version);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 	}
 
-	if (remote_version < MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION ||
-	    remote_version > MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"protocol version mismatch - is your shell clean?\n");
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(PROTO, 1)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "(%s) Protocol versions: remote=%d, negotiated=%d\n",
+			am_server? "Server" : "Client", remote_protocol, protocol_version);
+	}
+	if (remote_protocol < MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION
+	 || remote_protocol > MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
+		rprintf(FERROR,"protocol version mismatch -- is your shell clean?\n");
 		rprintf(FERROR,"(see the rsync man page for an explanation)\n");
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
-	}	
-	
-	if (remote_version >= 12) {
-		if (am_server) {
-		    if (read_batch || write_batch) /* dw */
-			checksum_seed = 32761;
-		    else
-			checksum_seed = time(NULL);
-			write_int(f_out,checksum_seed);
-		} else {
-			checksum_seed = read_int(f_in);
+	}
+	if (remote_protocol < OLD_PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
+		rprintf(FINFO,"%s is very old version of rsync, upgrade recommended.\n",
+			am_server? "Client" : "Server");
+	}
+	if (protocol_version < MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "--protocol must be at least %d on the %s.\n",
+			MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION, am_server? "Server" : "Client");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+	}
+	if (protocol_version > PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "--protocol must be no more than %d on the %s.\n",
+			PROTOCOL_VERSION, am_server? "Server" : "Client");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+	}
+	if (read_batch)
+		check_batch_flags();
+
+#ifndef SUPPORT_PREALLOCATION
+	if (preallocate_files && !am_sender) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "preallocation is not supported on this %s\n",
+			am_server ? "Server" : "Client");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (protocol_version < 30) {
+		if (append_mode == 1)
+			append_mode = 2;
+		if (preserve_acls && !local_server) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "--acls requires protocol 30 or higher"
+			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+		if (preserve_xattrs && !local_server) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "--xattrs requires protocol 30 or higher"
+			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 		}
 	}
-	
-	checksum_init();
-}
 
+	if (delete_mode && !(delete_before+delete_during+delete_after)) {
+		if (protocol_version < 30)
+			delete_before = 1;
+		else
+			delete_during = 1;
+	}
+
+	if (protocol_version < 29) {
+		if (fuzzy_basis) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "--fuzzy requires protocol 29 or higher"
+			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+
+		if (basis_dir_cnt && inplace) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "%s with --inplace requires protocol 29 or higher"
+			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    dest_option, protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+
+		if (basis_dir_cnt > 1) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "Using more than one %s option requires protocol"
+			    " 29 or higher (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    dest_option, protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+
+		if (prune_empty_dirs) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "--prune-empty-dirs requires protocol 29 or higher"
+			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+	} else if (protocol_version >= 30) {
+		if (am_server) {
+			compat_flags = allow_inc_recurse ? CF_INC_RECURSE : 0;
+#ifdef CAN_SET_SYMLINK_TIMES
+			compat_flags |= CF_SYMLINK_TIMES;
+#endif
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+			compat_flags |= CF_SYMLINK_ICONV;
+#endif
+			if (local_server || strchr(client_info, 'f') != NULL)
+				compat_flags |= CF_SAFE_FLIST;
+			if (local_server || strchr(client_info, 'x') != NULL)
+				compat_flags |= CF_AVOID_XATTR_OPTIM;
+			if (local_server || strchr(client_info, 'C') != NULL)
+				compat_flags |= CF_CHKSUM_SEED_FIX;
+			write_byte(f_out, compat_flags);
+		} else
+			compat_flags = read_byte(f_in);
+		/* The inc_recurse var MUST be set to 0 or 1. */
+		inc_recurse = compat_flags & CF_INC_RECURSE ? 1 : 0;
+		want_xattr_optim = protocol_version >= 31 && !(compat_flags & CF_AVOID_XATTR_OPTIM);
+		proper_seed_order = compat_flags & CF_CHKSUM_SEED_FIX ? 1 : 0;
+		if (am_sender) {
+			receiver_symlink_times = am_server
+			    ? strchr(client_info, 'L') != NULL
+			    : !!(compat_flags & CF_SYMLINK_TIMES);
+		}
+#ifdef CAN_SET_SYMLINK_TIMES
+		else
+			receiver_symlink_times = 1;
+#endif
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+		sender_symlink_iconv = iconv_opt && (am_server
+		    ? local_server || strchr(client_info, 's') != NULL
+		    : !!(compat_flags & CF_SYMLINK_ICONV));
+#endif
+		if (inc_recurse && !allow_inc_recurse) {
+			/* This should only be able to happen in a batch. */
+			fprintf(stderr,
+			    "Incompatible options specified for inc-recursive %s.\n",
+			    read_batch ? "batch file" : "connection");
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+		}
+		use_safe_inc_flist = (compat_flags & CF_SAFE_FLIST) || protocol_version >= 31;
+		need_messages_from_generator = 1;
+#ifdef CAN_SET_SYMLINK_TIMES
+	} else if (!am_sender) {
+		receiver_symlink_times = 1;
+#endif
+	}
+
+	if (need_unsorted_flist && (!am_sender || inc_recurse))
+		unsort_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
+
+	if (partial_dir && *partial_dir != '/' && (!am_server || local_server)) {
+		int rflags = FILTRULE_NO_PREFIXES | FILTRULE_DIRECTORY;
+		if (!am_sender || protocol_version >= 30)
+			rflags |= FILTRULE_PERISHABLE;
+		parse_filter_str(&filter_list, partial_dir, rule_template(rflags), 0);
+	}
+
+
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+	if (protect_args && files_from) {
+		if (am_sender)
+			filesfrom_convert = filesfrom_host && ic_send != (iconv_t)-1;
+		else
+			filesfrom_convert = !filesfrom_host && ic_recv != (iconv_t)-1;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (am_server) {
+		if (!checksum_seed)
+			checksum_seed = time(NULL) ^ (getpid() << 6);
+		write_int(f_out, checksum_seed);
+	} else {
+		checksum_seed = read_int(f_in);
+	}
+}

configure

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#!/bin/sh -e
+# This configure script ensures that the configure.sh script exists, and
+# if not, it tries to fetch rsync's generated files or build them.  We
+# then transfer control to the configure.sh script to do the real work.
+
+dir=`dirname $0`
+realconfigure="$dir/configure.sh"
+
+if test ! -f "$realconfigure"; then
+    if test -f "$HOME/build_farm/build_test.fns"; then
+	# Test the included popt
+	set -- --with-included-popt "${@}"
+	# Allow the build farm to grab latest files via rsync.
+	actions='build fetch'
+    else
+	actions='build'
+    fi
+    if "$dir/prepare-source" $actions; then
+	:
+    else
+	echo 'Failed to build configure.sh and/or config.h.in -- giving up.' >&2
+	rm -f "$realconfigure"
+	exit 1
+    fi
+fi
+
+exec "$realconfigure" "${@}"

configure.in

@@ -1,558 +0,0 @@
-dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-
-AC_INIT()
-AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([byteorder.h])
-AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
-AC_PREREQ(2.52)
-
-RSYNC_VERSION=2.5.2pre3
-AC_SUBST(RSYNC_VERSION)
-AC_MSG_NOTICE([Configuring rsync $RSYNC_VERSION])
-
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_VERSION, ["$RSYNC_VERSION"], [rsync release version])
-
-LDFLAGS=${LDFLAGS-""}
-
-AC_CANONICAL_TARGET([])
-
-dnl Checks for programs.
-AC_PROG_CC
-AC_PROG_CPP
-AC_PROG_INSTALL
-AC_PROG_CC_STDC
-AC_SUBST(SHELL)
-
-AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE], 1,
-          [Define _GNU_SOURCE so that we get all necessary prototypes])
-
-if test "$xac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" = xno
-then
-	AC_MSG_WARN([rsync requires an ANSI C compiler and you don't seem to have one])
-fi
-
-# We must decide this before testing the compiler.
-
-# Please allow this to default to yes, so that your users have more
-# chance of getting a useful stack trace if problems occur.
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to include debugging symbols])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
-	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug],
-		[including debugging symbols and features (default yes)]),
-		[], [])
-
-if test x"$enable_debug" = x"no"
-then
-    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-    CFLAGS=${CFLAGS-"-O"}
-else
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-    # leave CFLAGS alone; AC_PROG_CC will try to include -g if it can
-    dnl AC_DEFINE(DEBUG, 1, [Define to turn on debugging code that may slow normal operation])
-    dnl CFLAGS=${CFLAGS-"-g"}
-fi
-
-
-
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(profile,
-	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-profile],	
-		[turn on CPU profiling (default no)],
-		[], []))
-if test x"$enable_profile" = xyes
-then
-	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pg"
-fi
-
-
-# This is needed for our included version of popt.  Kind of silly, but
-# I don't want our version too far out of sync.
-CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_CONFIG_H"
-
-# If GCC, turn on warnings.
-if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"
-then
-	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall -W"
-fi
-
-AC_ARG_WITH(included-popt,
-        [  --with-included-popt    use bundled popt library, not from system])
-
-AC_ARG_WITH(rsync-path,
-	[  --with-rsync-path=PATH  set default --rsync-path to PATH (default: \"rsync\")],
-	[ RSYNC_PATH="$with_rsync_path" ],
-	[ RSYNC_PATH="rsync" ])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_PATH, "$RSYNC_PATH", [ ])
-
-AC_CHECK_PROG(HAVE_REMSH, remsh, 1, 0)
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_REMSH, $HAVE_REMSH, [ ])
-
-
-# arrgh. libc in the current debian stable screws up the largefile
-# stuff, getting byte range locking wrong
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken largefile support],rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-
-int main(void) 
-{
-	struct flock lock;
-        int status;
-	int fd = open("conftest.dat", O_CREAT|O_RDWR, 0600);
-	lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
-	lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-	lock.l_start = 0;
-	lock.l_len = 1;
-	lock.l_pid = 0;
-	
-	fcntl(fd,F_SETLK,&lock);
-	if (fork() == 0) {
-		lock.l_start = 1;		
-		exit(fcntl(fd,F_SETLK,&lock) == 0);
-        }
-        wait(&status);
-	unlink("conftest.dat");
-	exit(WEXITSTATUS(status));
-}
-],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE" != x"yes"; then
-   AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
-fi
-
-ipv6type=unknown
-ipv6lib=none
-ipv6trylibc=yes
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6, 
-	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6], [don't even try to use IPv6]))
-
-if test "x$enable_ipv6" != xno
-then
-	AC_MSG_CHECKING([ipv6 stack type])
-	for i in inria kame linux-glibc linux-inet6 toshiba v6d zeta; do
-		case $i in
-		inria)
-			# http://www.kame.net/
-			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
-#include <netinet/in.h>
-#ifdef IPV6_INRIA_VERSION
-yes
-#endif],
-				[ipv6type=$i;
-				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])
-				])
-			;;
-		kame)
-			# http://www.kame.net/
-			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
-#include <netinet/in.h>
-#ifdef __KAME__
-yes
-#endif],
-				[ipv6type=$i; 
-				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
-			;;
-		linux-glibc)
-			# http://www.v6.linux.or.jp/
-			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
-#include <features.h>
-#if defined(__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1
-yes
-#endif],
-				[ipv6type=$i;
-AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
-			;;
-		linux-inet6)
-			# http://www.v6.linux.or.jp/
-			if test -d /usr/inet6 -o -f /usr/inet6/lib/libinet6.a; then
-				ipv6type=$i
-				ipv6lib=inet6
-				ipv6libdir=/usr/inet6/lib
-				ipv6trylibc=yes;
-				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])
-				CFLAGS="-I/usr/inet6/include $CFLAGS"
-			fi
-			;;
-		toshiba)
-			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#ifdef _TOSHIBA_INET6
-yes
-#endif],
-				[ipv6type=$i;
-				ipv6lib=inet6;
-				ipv6libdir=/usr/local/v6/lib;
-				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
-			;;
-		v6d)
-			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
-#include </usr/local/v6/include/sys/v6config.h>
-#ifdef __V6D__
-yes
-#endif],
-				[ipv6type=$i;
-				ipv6lib=v6;
-				ipv6libdir=/usr/local/v6/lib;
-				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
-			;;
-		zeta)
-			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#ifdef _ZETA_MINAMI_INET6
-yes
-#endif],
-				[ipv6type=$i;
-				ipv6lib=inet6;
-				ipv6libdir=/usr/local/v6/lib;
-				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
-			;;
-		esac
-		if test "$ipv6type" != "unknown"; then
-			break
-		fi
-	done
-	AC_MSG_RESULT($ipv6type)
-
-	AC_SEARCH_LIBS(getaddrinfo, inet6)
-fi
-
-AC_C_BIGENDIAN
-AC_HEADER_DIRENT
-AC_HEADER_TIME
-AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/fcntl.h sys/select.h fcntl.h sys/time.h sys/unistd.h unistd.h utime.h grp.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(compat.h sys/param.h ctype.h sys/wait.h sys/ioctl.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/filio.h string.h stdlib.h sys/socket.h sys/mode.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(glob.h alloca.h mcheck.h sys/sysctl.h arpa/inet.h arpa/nameser.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(netdb.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(malloc.h)
-
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long)
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(short)
-
-AC_C_INLINE
-
-AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
-AC_TYPE_UID_T
-AC_TYPE_MODE_T
-AC_TYPE_OFF_T
-AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
-AC_TYPE_PID_T
-AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
-AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
-
-AC_CHECK_TYPE([ino_t], [unsigned])
-TYPE_SOCKLEN_T
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for errno in errno.h],rsync_cv_errno, [
-    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <errno.h>],[int i = errno],
-	rsync_cv_errno=yes,rsync_cv_have_errno_decl=no)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_errno" = x"yes"; then
-   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ERRNO_DECL, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-# The following test taken from the cvs sources
-# If we can't find connect, try looking in -lsocket, -lnsl, and -linet.
-# These need checks to be before checks for any other functions that
-#    might be in the same libraries.
-# The Irix 5 libc.so has connect and gethostbyname, but Irix 5 also has
-# libsocket.so which has a bad implementation of gethostbyname (it
-# only looks in /etc/hosts), so we only look for -lsocket if we need
-# it.
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(connect)
-if test x"$ac_cv_func_connect" = x"no"; then
-    case "$LIBS" in
-    *-lnsl*) ;;
-    *) AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl_s, printf) ;;
-    esac
-    case "$LIBS" in
-    *-lnsl*) ;;
-    *) AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, printf) ;;
-    esac
-    case "$LIBS" in
-    *-lsocket*) ;;
-    *) AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, connect) ;;
-    esac
-    case "$LIBS" in
-    *-linet*) ;;
-    *) AC_CHECK_LIB(inet, connect) ;;
-    esac
-    dnl We can't just call AC_CHECK_FUNCS(connect) here, because the value
-    dnl has been cached.
-    if test x"$ac_cv_lib_socket_connect" = x"yes" || 
-       test x"$ac_cv_lib_inet_connect" = x"yes"; then
-        # ac_cv_func_connect=yes
-        # don't!  it would cause AC_CHECK_FUNC to succeed next time configure is run
-        AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CONNECT, 1, [ ])
-    fi
-fi
-
-AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, inet_ntop)
-
-dnl AC_MSG_NOTICE([Looking in libraries: $LIBS])
-
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_ntop, , AC_LIBOBJ(lib/inet_ntop)) 
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_pton, , AC_LIBOBJ(lib/inet_pton))
-
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getaddrinfo, , AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getaddrinfo)) 
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getnameinfo, , AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getnameinfo))
-
-AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr.sa_len], 
-		[ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_LEN) ],
-		[],
-		[
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/socket.h>
-])
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(struct sockaddr_storage)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/socket.h>],
-[struct sockaddr_storage x;],
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_STORAGE, 1, 
-		[Define if you have strct sockaddr_storage.] ),
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
-
-# if we can't find strcasecmp, look in -lresolv (for Unixware at least)
-#
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strcasecmp)
-if test x"$ac_cv_func_strcasecmp" = x"no"; then
-    AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, strcasecmp)
-fi
-
-dnl At the moment we don't test for a broken memcmp(), because all we
-dnl need to do is test for equality, not comparison, and it seems that
-dnl every platform has a memcmp that can do at least that.  
-dnl AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
-
-AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(waitpid wait4 getcwd strdup strerror chown chmod mknod)
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(fchmod fstat strchr readlink link utime utimes strftime)
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(memmove lchown vsnprintf snprintf asprintf setsid glob strpbrk)
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strlcat strlcpy mtrace mallinfo)
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working socketpair],rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/socket.h>
-
-main() {
-       int fd[2];
-       exit((socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, fd) != -1) ? 0 : 1);
-}],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKETPAIR, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working fnmatch],rsync_cv_HAVE_FNMATCH,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <fnmatch.h>
-main() { exit((fnmatch("*.o", "x.o", FNM_PATHNAME) == 0 &&
-               fnmatch("a/b/*", "a/b/c/d", FNM_PATHNAME) != 0) ? 0: 1); }],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_FNMATCH=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_FNMATCH=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_FNMATCH=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_FNMATCH" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FNMATCH, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-if test x"$with_included_popt" != x"yes"
-then
-    AC_CHECK_LIB(popt, poptGetContext, , [with_included_popt=yes])
-fi
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use included libpopt])
-if test x"$with_included_popt" = x"yes"
-then
-    AC_MSG_RESULT($srcdir/popt)
-    BUILD_POPT='$(popt_OBJS)'
-    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$srcdir/popt"
-else
-    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long long],rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
-main() { long long x = 1000000; x *= x; exit(((x/1000000) == 1000000)? 0: 1); }],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONGLONG, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for off64_t],rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-main() { struct stat64 st; off64_t s; if (sizeof(off_t) == sizeof(off64_t)) exit(1); exit((lstat64("/dev/null", &st)==0)?0:1); }],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OFF64_T, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for short ino_t],rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-main() { if (sizeof(ino_t) < sizeof(unsigned int)) return 0; return 1; }],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHORT_INO_T, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned char],rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
-main() { char c; c=250; exit((c > 0)?0:1); }],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken readdir],rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <dirent.h>
-main() { struct dirent *di; DIR *d = opendir("."); di = readdir(d);
-if (di && di->d_name[-2] == '.' && di->d_name[-1] == 0 &&
-di->d_name[0] == 0) exit(0); exit(1);} ],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for utimbuf],rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF,[
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <utime.h>],
-[struct utimbuf tbuf;  tbuf.actime = 0; tbuf.modtime = 1; exit(utime("foo.c",&tbuf));],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UTIMBUF, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([if gettimeofday takes tz argument],rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-main() { struct timeval tv; exit(gettimeofday(&tv, NULL));}],
-           rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for C99 vsnprintf],rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-void foo(const char *format, ...) { 
-       va_list ap;
-       int len;
-       char buf[5];
-
-       va_start(ap, format);
-       len = vsnprintf(0, 0, format, ap);
-       va_end(ap);
-       if (len != 5) exit(1);
-
-       if (snprintf(buf, 3, "hello") != 5 || strcmp(buf, "he") != 0) exit(1);
-
-       exit(0);
-}
-main() { foo("hello"); }
-],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for secure mkstemp],rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-main() { 
-  struct stat st;
-  char tpl[20]="/tmp/test.XXXXXX"; 
-  int fd = mkstemp(tpl); 
-  if (fd == -1) exit(1);
-  unlink(tpl);
-  if (fstat(fd, &st) != 0) exit(1);
-  if ((st.st_mode & 0777) != 0600) exit(1);
-  exit(0);
-}],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=yes,
-rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=no,
-rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken inet_ntoa],rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <netinet/in.h>
-#include <arpa/inet.h>
-main() { struct in_addr ip; ip.s_addr = 0x12345678;
-if (strcmp(inet_ntoa(ip),"18.52.86.120") &&
-    strcmp(inet_ntoa(ip),"120.86.52.18")) { exit(1); } 
-exit(0);}],
-           rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=no,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=yes,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(REPLACE_INET_NTOA, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken inet_aton],rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <netinet/in.h>
-#include <arpa/inet.h>
-main() { struct in_addr ip; 
-if (inet_aton("example", &ip) == 0) exit(0); exit(1);}],
-           rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON=no,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON=yes,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(REPLACE_INET_ATON, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-#
-# The following test was mostly taken from the tcl/tk plus patches
-#
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether -c -o works],rsync_cv_DASHC_WORKS_WITH_DASHO,[
-rm -rf conftest*
-cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
-int main() { return 0; }
-EOF
-${CC-cc} -c -o conftest..o conftest.$ac_ext
-if test -f conftest..o; then
-    rsync_cv_DASHC_WORKS_WITH_DASHO=yes
-else
-    rsync_cv_DASHC_WORKS_WITH_DASHO=no
-fi
-rm -rf conftest*
-])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_DASHC_WORKS_WITH_DASHO" = x"yes"; then
-    OBJ_SAVE="#"
-    OBJ_RESTORE="#"
-    CC_SHOBJ_FLAG='-o $@'
-else
-    OBJ_SAVE='	@b=`basename $@ .o`;rm -f $$b.o.sav;if test -f $$b.o; then mv $$b.o $$b.o.sav;fi;'
-    OBJ_RESTORE='	@b=`basename $@ .o`;if test "$$b.o" != "$@"; then mv $$b.o $@; if test -f $$b.o.sav; then mv $$b.o.sav $$b.o; fi; fi'
-    CC_SHOBJ_FLAG=""
-fi
-
-AC_SUBST(OBJ_SAVE)
-AC_SUBST(OBJ_RESTORE)
-AC_SUBST(CC_SHOBJ_FLAG)
-AC_SUBST(BUILD_POPT)
-
-AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile lib/dummy zlib/dummy popt/dummy shconfig])
-AC_OUTPUT
-
-AC_MSG_RESULT()
-AC_MSG_RESULT([    rsync ${RSYNC_VERSION} configuration successful])
-AC_MSG_RESULT()

connection.c

@@ -1,49 +1,46 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * Support the max connections option.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
-/* support the max connections option */
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-
-/****************************************************************************
-simple routine to do connection counting
-****************************************************************************/
-int claim_connection(char *fname,int max_connections)
+/* A simple routine to do connection counting.  This returns 1 on success
+ * and 0 on failure, with errno also being set if the open() failed (errno
+ * will be 0 if the lock request failed). */
+int claim_connection(char *fname, int max_connections)
 {
 	int fd, i;
 
-	if (max_connections <= 0)
+	if (max_connections == 0)
 		return 1;
 
-	fd = open(fname,O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0600);
-
-	if (fd == -1) {
+	if ((fd = open(fname, O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0600)) < 0)
 		return 0;
+
+	/* Find a free spot. */
+	for (i = 0; i < max_connections; i++) {
+		if (lock_range(fd, i*4, 4))
+			return 1;
 	}
 
-	/* find a free spot */
-	for (i=0;i<max_connections;i++) {
-		if (lock_range(fd, i*4, 4)) return 1;
-	}		
-
-	/* only interested in open failures */
-	errno = 0;
-
 	close(fd);
+
+	/* A lock failure needs to return an errno of 0. */
+	errno = 0;
 	return 0;
 }

csprotocol.txt

@@ -3,21 +3,22 @@ basically a summary of clientserver.c and authenticate.c.
 
  -- Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
 
-$Id$
-
-
-
 
 This is the protocol used for rsync --daemon; i.e. connections to port
 873 rather than invocations over a remote shell.
 
 When the server accepts a connection, it prints a greeting
 
-  @RSYNCD: <version>
+  @RSYNCD: <version>.<subprotocol>
 
-where <version> is the numeric version; currently 24.  It follows this
-with a free text message-of-the-day.  It expects to see a similar
-greeting back from the client.
+where <version> is the numeric version (see PROTOCOL_VERSION in rsync.h)
+'.' is a literal period, and <subprotocol> is the numeric subprotocol
+version (see SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION -- it will be 0 for final releases).
+Protocols prior to 30 only output <version> alone.  The daemon expects
+to see a similar greeting back from the client.  For protocols prior to
+30, an absent ".<subprotocol>" value is assumed to be 0.  For protocol
+30, an absent value is a fatal error.  The daemon then follows this line
+with a free-format text message-of-the-day (if any is defined).
 
 The server is now in the connected state.  The client can either send
 the command
@@ -75,8 +76,13 @@ stay tuned (or write it yourself!).
 ------------
 Protocol version changes
 
-25	 (2001-08-20, 2.4.7pre2) 
+30	(2007-10-04, 3.0.0pre1)
 
-	 Send an explicit "@RSYNC EXIT" command at the end of the
-	 module listing.  We never intentionally end the transmission
-	 by just closing the socket anymore.
+	The use of a ".<subprotocol>" number was added to
+	@RSYNCD: <version>.<subprotocol>
+
+25	(2001-08-20, 2.4.7pre2) 
+
+	Send an explicit "@RSYNC EXIT" command at the end of the
+	module listing.  We never intentionally end the transmission
+	by just closing the socket anymore.

delete.c

@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/*
+ * Deletion routines used in rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+extern int am_root;
+extern int make_backups;
+extern int max_delete;
+extern char *backup_dir;
+extern char *backup_suffix;
+extern int backup_suffix_len;
+extern struct stats stats;
+
+int ignore_perishable = 0;
+int non_perishable_cnt = 0;
+int skipped_deletes = 0;
+
+static inline int is_backup_file(char *fn)
+{
+	int k = strlen(fn) - backup_suffix_len;
+	return k > 0 && strcmp(fn+k, backup_suffix) == 0;
+}
+
+/* The directory is about to be deleted: if DEL_RECURSE is given, delete all
+ * its contents, otherwise just checks for content.  Returns DR_SUCCESS or
+ * DR_NOT_EMPTY.  Note that fname must point to a MAXPATHLEN buffer!  (The
+ * buffer is used for recursion, but returned unchanged.)
+ */
+static enum delret delete_dir_contents(char *fname, uint16 flags)
+{
+	struct file_list *dirlist;
+	enum delret ret;
+	unsigned remainder;
+	void *save_filters;
+	int j, dlen;
+	char *p;
+
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DEL, 3)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "delete_dir_contents(%s) flags=%d\n",
+			fname, flags);
+	}
+
+	dlen = strlen(fname);
+	save_filters = push_local_filters(fname, dlen);
+
+	non_perishable_cnt = 0;
+	dirlist = get_dirlist(fname, dlen, 0);
+	ret = non_perishable_cnt ? DR_NOT_EMPTY : DR_SUCCESS;
+
+	if (!dirlist->used)
+		goto done;
+
+	if (!(flags & DEL_RECURSE)) {
+		ret = DR_NOT_EMPTY;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	p = fname + dlen;
+	if (dlen != 1 || *fname != '/')
+		*p++ = '/';
+	remainder = MAXPATHLEN - (p - fname);
+
+	/* We do our own recursion, so make delete_item() non-recursive. */
+	flags = (flags & ~(DEL_RECURSE|DEL_MAKE_ROOM|DEL_NO_UID_WRITE))
+	      | DEL_DIR_IS_EMPTY;
+
+	for (j = dirlist->used; j--; ) {
+		struct file_struct *fp = dirlist->files[j];
+
+		if (fp->flags & FLAG_MOUNT_DIR && S_ISDIR(fp->mode)) {
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(DEL, 1)) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+				    "mount point, %s, pins parent directory\n",
+				    f_name(fp, NULL));
+			}
+			ret = DR_NOT_EMPTY;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		strlcpy(p, fp->basename, remainder);
+		if (!(fp->mode & S_IWUSR) && !am_root && fp->flags & FLAG_OWNED_BY_US)
+			do_chmod(fname, fp->mode | S_IWUSR);
+		/* Save stack by recursing to ourself directly. */
+		if (S_ISDIR(fp->mode)) {
+			if (delete_dir_contents(fname, flags | DEL_RECURSE) != DR_SUCCESS)
+				ret = DR_NOT_EMPTY;
+		}
+		if (delete_item(fname, fp->mode, flags) != DR_SUCCESS)
+			ret = DR_NOT_EMPTY;
+	}
+
+	fname[dlen] = '\0';
+
+  done:
+	flist_free(dirlist);
+	pop_local_filters(save_filters);
+
+	if (ret == DR_NOT_EMPTY) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "cannot delete non-empty directory: %s\n",
+			fname);
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+/* Delete a file or directory.  If DEL_RECURSE is set in the flags, this will
+ * delete recursively.
+ *
+ * Note that fbuf must point to a MAXPATHLEN buffer if the mode indicates it's
+ * a directory! (The buffer is used for recursion, but returned unchanged.)
+ */
+enum delret delete_item(char *fbuf, uint16 mode, uint16 flags)
+{
+	enum delret ret;
+	char *what;
+	int ok;
+
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DEL, 2)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "delete_item(%s) mode=%o flags=%d\n",
+			fbuf, (int)mode, (int)flags);
+	}
+
+	if (flags & DEL_NO_UID_WRITE)
+		do_chmod(fbuf, mode | S_IWUSR);
+
+	if (S_ISDIR(mode) && !(flags & DEL_DIR_IS_EMPTY)) {
+		/* This only happens on the first call to delete_item() since
+		 * delete_dir_contents() always calls us w/DEL_DIR_IS_EMPTY. */
+		ignore_perishable = 1;
+		/* If DEL_RECURSE is not set, this just reports emptiness. */
+		ret = delete_dir_contents(fbuf, flags);
+		ignore_perishable = 0;
+		if (ret == DR_NOT_EMPTY || ret == DR_AT_LIMIT)
+			goto check_ret;
+		/* OK: try to delete the directory. */
+	}
+
+	if (!(flags & DEL_MAKE_ROOM) && max_delete >= 0 && stats.deleted_files >= max_delete) {
+		skipped_deletes++;
+		return DR_AT_LIMIT;
+	}
+
+	if (S_ISDIR(mode)) {
+		what = "rmdir";
+		ok = do_rmdir(fbuf) == 0;
+	} else {
+		if (make_backups > 0 && !(flags & DEL_FOR_BACKUP) && (backup_dir || !is_backup_file(fbuf))) {
+			what = "make_backup";
+			ok = make_backup(fbuf, True);
+			if (ok == 2) {
+				what = "unlink";
+				ok = robust_unlink(fbuf) == 0;
+			}
+		} else {
+			what = "unlink";
+			ok = robust_unlink(fbuf) == 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (ok) {
+		if (!(flags & DEL_MAKE_ROOM)) {
+			log_delete(fbuf, mode);
+			stats.deleted_files++;
+			if (S_ISREG(mode)) {
+				/* Nothing more to count */
+			} else if (S_ISDIR(mode))
+				stats.deleted_dirs++;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
+			else if (S_ISLNK(mode))
+				stats.deleted_symlinks++;
+#endif
+			else if (IS_DEVICE(mode))
+				stats.deleted_symlinks++;
+			else
+				stats.deleted_specials++;
+		}
+		ret = DR_SUCCESS;
+	} else {
+		if (S_ISDIR(mode) && errno == ENOTEMPTY) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "cannot delete non-empty directory: %s\n",
+				fbuf);
+			ret = DR_NOT_EMPTY;
+		} else if (errno != ENOENT) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "delete_file: %s(%s) failed",
+				what, fbuf);
+			ret = DR_FAILURE;
+		} else
+			ret = DR_SUCCESS;
+	}
+
+  check_ret:
+	if (ret != DR_SUCCESS && flags & DEL_MAKE_ROOM) {
+		const char *desc;
+		switch (flags & DEL_MAKE_ROOM) {
+		case DEL_FOR_FILE: desc = "regular file"; break;
+		case DEL_FOR_DIR: desc = "directory"; break;
+		case DEL_FOR_SYMLINK: desc = "symlink"; break;
+		case DEL_FOR_DEVICE: desc = "device file"; break;
+		case DEL_FOR_SPECIAL: desc = "special file"; break;
+		default: exit_cleanup(RERR_UNSUPPORTED); /* IMPOSSIBLE */
+		}
+		rprintf(FERROR_XFER, "could not make way for %s %s: %s\n",
+			flags & DEL_FOR_BACKUP ? "backup" : "new",
+			desc, fbuf);
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+uint16 get_del_for_flag(uint16 mode)
+{
+	if (S_ISREG(mode))
+		return DEL_FOR_FILE;
+	if (S_ISDIR(mode))
+		return DEL_FOR_DIR;
+	if (S_ISLNK(mode))
+		return DEL_FOR_SYMLINK;
+	if (IS_DEVICE(mode))
+		return DEL_FOR_DEVICE;
+	if (IS_SPECIAL(mode))
+		return DEL_FOR_SPECIAL;
+	exit_cleanup(RERR_UNSUPPORTED); /* IMPOSSIBLE */
+}

doc/README-SGML

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Handling the rsync SGML documentation
+
+rsync documentation is now primarily in Docbook format.  Docbook is an
+SGML/XML documentation format that is becoming standard on free
+operating systems.  It's also used for Samba documentation.
+
+The SGML files are source code that can be translated into various
+useful output formats, primarily PDF, HTML, Postscript and plain text.  
+
+To do this transformation on Debian, you should install the
+docbook-utils package.  Having done that, you can say 
+
+  docbook2pdf rsync.sgml
+
+and so on.
+
+On other systems you probably need James Clark's "sp" and "JadeTeX"
+packages.  Work it out for yourself and send a note to the mailing
+list.
+

doc/profile.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+Notes on rsync profiling
+
+strlcpy is hot:
+
+                0.00    0.00       1/7735635     push_dir [68]
+                0.00    0.00       1/7735635     pop_dir [71]
+                0.00    0.00       1/7735635     send_file_list [15]
+                0.01    0.00   18857/7735635     send_files [4]
+                0.04    0.00  129260/7735635     send_file_entry [18]
+                0.04    0.00  129260/7735635     make_file [20]
+                0.04    0.00  141666/7735635     send_directory <cycle 1> [36]
+                2.29    0.00 7316589/7735635     f_name [13]
+[14]    11.7    2.42    0.00 7735635         strlcpy [14]
+
+
+Here's the top few functions:
+
+ 46.23      9.57     9.57 13160929     0.00     0.00  mdfour64
+ 14.78     12.63     3.06 13160929     0.00     0.00  copy64
+ 11.69     15.05     2.42  7735635     0.00     0.00  strlcpy
+ 10.05     17.13     2.08    41438     0.05     0.38  sum_update
+  4.11     17.98     0.85 13159996     0.00     0.00  mdfour_update
+  1.50     18.29     0.31                             file_compare
+  1.45     18.59     0.30   129261     0.00     0.01  send_file_entry
+  1.23     18.84     0.26  2557585     0.00     0.00  f_name
+  1.11     19.07     0.23  1483750     0.00     0.00  u_strcmp
+  1.11     19.30     0.23   118129     0.00     0.00  writefd_unbuffered
+  0.92     19.50     0.19  1085011     0.00     0.00  writefd
+  0.43     19.59     0.09   156987     0.00     0.00  read_timeout
+  0.43     19.68     0.09   129261     0.00     0.00  clean_fname
+  0.39     19.75     0.08    32887     0.00     0.38  matched
+  0.34     19.82     0.07        1    70.00 16293.92  send_files
+  0.29     19.89     0.06   129260     0.00     0.00  make_file
+  0.29     19.95     0.06    75430     0.00     0.00  read_unbuffered
+
+
+
+mdfour could perhaps be made faster:
+
+/* NOTE: This code makes no attempt to be fast!  */
+
+There might be an optimized version somewhere that we can borrow.

doc/rsync.sgml

@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN">
+<book id="rsync">
+  <bookinfo>
+    <title>rsync</title>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>1996 -- 2002</year>
+      <holder>Martin Pool</holder>
+      <holder>Andrew Tridgell</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    <author>
+      <firstname>Martin</firstname>
+      <surname>Pool</surname>
+    </author>
+  </bookinfo>
+
+  <chapter>
+    <title>Introduction</title>
+
+    <para>rsync is a flexible program for efficiently copying files or
+      directory trees.
+
+    <para>rsync has many options to select which files will be copied
+      and how they are to be transferred.  It may be used as an
+      alternative to ftp, http, scp or rcp.
+
+    <para>The rsync remote-update protocol allows rsync to transfer just
+      the differences between two sets of files across the network link,
+      using an efficient checksum-search algorithm described in the
+      technical report that accompanies this package.</para>
+
+    <para>Some of the additional features of rsync are:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      
+      <listitem>
+	<para>support for copying links, devices, owners, groups and
+	  permissions
+	</para>
+      </listitem>
+      
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  exclude and exclude-from options similar to GNU tar
+	</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  a CVS exclude mode for ignoring the same files that CVS would ignore
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  can use any transparent remote shell, including rsh or ssh
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  does not require root privileges
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  pipelining of file transfers to minimize latency costs
+      </listitem>
+		
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  support for anonymous or authenticated rsync servers (ideal for
+	  mirroring)
+	</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </chapter>
+
+
+
+  <chapter>
+    <title>Using rsync</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>
+	Introductory example
+      </title>
+      
+      <para>
+	Probably the most common case of rsync usage is to copy files
+	to or from a remote machine using
+	<application>ssh</application> as a network transport.  In
+	this situation rsync is a good alternative to
+	<application>scp</application>.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>
+	The most commonly used arguments for rsync are
+      </para>
+
+      <variablelist>
+	<varlistentry>
+	  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+	  <listitem>
+	    <para>Be verbose.  Primarily, display the name of each file as it is copied.</para>
+	  </listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+
+
+	<varlistentry>
+	  <term><option>-a</option></term>
+	  <listitem>
+	    <para>
+	      Reproduce the structure and attributes of the origin files as exactly
+	      as possible: this includes copying subdirectories, symlinks, special
+	      files, ownership and permissions.  (@xref{Attributes to
+	      copy}.)
+	    </para>
+	  </listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+      </variablelist>
+
+
+	
+      <para><option>-v </option>
+      
+      <para><option>-z</option>
+	Compress network traffic, using a modified version of the
+	@command{zlib} library.</para>
+      
+      <para><option>-P</option>
+	Display a progress indicator while files are transferred.  This should
+	normally be ommitted if rsync is not run on a terminal.
+      </para>
+    </section>
+
+
+
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Local and remote</title>
+      
+      <para>There are six different ways of using rsync. They
+      are:</para>
+
+      
+
+      <!-- one of (CALLOUTLIST GLOSSLIST ITEMIZEDLIST ORDEREDLIST SEGMENTEDLIST SIMPLELIST VARIABLELIST CAUTION IMPORTANT NOTE TIP WARNING LITERALLAYOUT PROGRAMLISTING PROGRAMLISTINGCO SCREEN SCREENCO SCREENSHOT SYNOPSIS CMDSYNOPSIS FUNCSYNOPSIS CLASSSYNOPSIS FIELDSYNOPSIS CONSTRUCTORSYNOPSIS DESTRUCTORSYNOPSIS METHODSYNOPSIS FORMALPARA PARA SIMPARA ADDRESS BLOCKQUOTE GRAPHIC GRAPHICCO MEDIAOBJECT MEDIAOBJECTCO INFORMALEQUATION INFORMALEXAMPLE INFORMALFIGURE INFORMALTABLE EQUATION EXAMPLE FIGURE TABLE MSGSET PROCEDURE SIDEBAR QANDASET ANCHOR BRIDGEHEAD REMARK HIGHLIGHTS ABSTRACT AUTHORBLURB EPIGRAPH INDEXTERM REFENTRY SECTION) -->
+      <orderedlist>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for copying local files. This is invoked when neither
+	    source nor destination path contains a @code{:} separator
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for copying from the local machine to a remote machine using
+	    a remote shell program as the transport (such as rsh or
+	    ssh). This is invoked when the destination path contains a
+	    single @code{:} separator.
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for copying from a remote machine to the local machine
+	    using a remote shell program. This is invoked when the source
+	    contains a @code{:} separator.
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for copying from a remote rsync server to the local
+	    machine. This is invoked when the source path contains a @code{::}
+	    separator or a @code{rsync://} URL.
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for copying from the local machine to a remote rsync
+	    server. This is invoked when the destination path contains a @code{::}
+	    separator.
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for listing files on a remote machine. This is done the
+	    same way as rsync transfers except that you leave off the
+	    local destination.  
+
+	</listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+	  <para>
+Note that in all cases (other than listing) at least one of the source
+and destination paths must be local.
+
+	  <para>
+Any one invocation of rsync makes a copy in a single direction.  rsync
+currently has no equivalent of @command{ftp}'s interactive mode.
+
+@cindex @sc{nfs}
+@cindex network filesystems
+@cindex remote filesystems
+
+	  <para>
+rsync's network protocol is generally faster at copying files than
+network filesystems such as @sc{nfs} or @sc{cifs}.  It is better to
+run rsync on the file server either as a daemon or over ssh than
+running rsync giving the network directory.
+      </para>
+    </section>
+  </chapter>
+
+
+
+  <chapter>
+    <title>Frequently asked questions</title>
+
+    
+    <!-- one of (CALLOUTLIST GLOSSLIST ITEMIZEDLIST ORDEREDLIST SEGMENTEDLIST SIMPLELIST VARIABLELIST CAUTION IMPORTANT NOTE TIP WARNING LITERALLAYOUT PROGRAMLISTING PROGRAMLISTINGCO SCREEN SCREENCO SCREENSHOT SYNOPSIS CMDSYNOPSIS FUNCSYNOPSIS CLASSSYNOPSIS FIELDSYNOPSIS CONSTRUCTORSYNOPSIS DESTRUCTORSYNOPSIS METHODSYNOPSIS FORMALPARA PARA SIMPARA ADDRESS BLOCKQUOTE GRAPHIC GRAPHICCO MEDIAOBJECT MEDIAOBJECTCO INFORMALEQUATION INFORMALEXAMPLE INFORMALFIGURE INFORMALTABLE EQUATION EXAMPLE FIGURE TABLE MSGSET PROCEDURE SIDEBAR QANDASET ANCHOR BRIDGEHEAD REMARK HIGHLIGHTS ABSTRACT AUTHORBLURB EPIGRAPH INDEXTERM SECTION SIMPLESECT REFENTRY SECT1) -->
+    <qandaset>
+      <!-- one of (QANDADIV QANDAENTRY) -->
+
+      <qandaentry>
+	<question>
+	  <!-- one of (CALLOUTLIST GLOSSLIST ITEMIZEDLIST ORDEREDLIST
+	  SEGMENTEDLIST SIMPLELIST VARIABLELIST CAUTION IMPORTANT NOTE
+	  TIP WARNING LITERALLAYOUT PROGRAMLISTING PROGRAMLISTINGCO
+	  SCREEN SCREENCO SCREENSHOT SYNOPSIS CMDSYNOPSIS FUNCSYNOPSIS
+	  CLASSSYNOPSIS FIELDSYNOPSIS CONSTRUCTORSYNOPSIS
+	  DESTRUCTORSYNOPSIS METHODSYNOPSIS FORMALPARA PARA SIMPARA
+	  ADDRESS BLOCKQUOTE GRAPHIC GRAPHICCO MEDIAOBJECT
+	  MEDIAOBJECTCO INFORMALEQUATION INFORMALEXAMPLE
+	  INFORMALFIGURE INFORMALTABLE EQUATION EXAMPLE FIGURE TABLE
+	  PROCEDURE ANCHOR BRIDGEHEAD REMARK HIGHLIGHTS INDEXTERM) -->
+	  <para>Are there mailing lists for rsync?
+	</question>
+
+	<answer>
+	  <para>Yes, and you can subscribe and unsubscribe through a
+	  web interface at
+	    <ulink
+	      url="http://lists.samba.org/">http://lists.samba.org/</ulink>
+	  </para>
+
+	  <para>
+	    If you are having trouble with the mailing list, please
+	    send mail to the administrator
+	    
+	    <email>rsync-admin@lists.samba.org</email>
+
+	    not to the list itself.
+	  </para>
+
+	  <para>
+	    The mailing list archives are searchable.  Use 
+	    <ulink url="http://google.com/">Google</ulink> and prepend
+	    the search with <userinput>site:lists.samba.org
+	    rsync</userinput>, plus relevant keywords.
+	  </para>
+	</answer>
+      </qandaentry>
+
+
+      <qandaentry>
+	<question>
+	  <para>
+	    Why is rsync so much bigger when I build it with
+	    <command>gcc</command>?
+	  </para>
+	</question>
+	<answer>
+	  <para>
+	    On gcc, rsync builds by default with debug symbols
+	    included.  If you strip both executables, they should end
+	    up about the same size.  (Use <command>make
+	    install-strip</command>.)
+	  </para>
+	</answer>
+      </qandaentry>
+
+      
+      <qandaentry>
+	<question>
+	  <para>Is rsync useful for a single large file like an ISO image?</para>
+	</question>
+	<answer>
+	  <para>
+	    Yes, but note the following:
+
+	  <para>
+   Background: A common use of rsync is to update a file (or set of files) in one location from a more
+   correct or up-to-date copy in another location, taking advantage of portions of the files that are
+   identical to speed up the process. (Note that rsync will transfer a file in its entirety if no copy
+   exists at the destination.)
+
+	  <para>
+   (This discussion is written in terms of updating a local copy of a file from a correct file in a
+   remote location, although rsync can work in either direction.)
+
+	  <para>
+   The file to be updated (the local file) must be in a destination directory that has enough space for
+   two copies of the file. (In addition, keep an extra copy of the file to be updated in a different
+   location for safety -- see the discussion (below) about rsync's behavior when the rsync process is
+   interrupted before completion.)
+
+	  <para>
+   The local file must have the same name as the remote file being sync'd to (I think?). If you are
+   trying to upgrade an iso from, for example, beta1 to beta2, rename the local file to the same name
+   as the beta2 file. *(This is a useful thing to do -- only the changed portions will be
+   transmitted.)*
+
+	  <para>
+   The extra copy of the local file kept in a different location is because of rsync's behavior if
+   interrupted before completion:
+
+	  <para>
+   * If you specify the --partial option and rsync is interrupted, rsync will save the partially
+   rsync'd file and throw away the original local copy. (The partially rsync'd file is correct but
+   truncated.) If rsync is restarted, it will not have a local copy of the file to check for duplicate
+   blocks beyond the section of the file that has already been rsync'd, thus the remainder of the rsync
+   process will be a "pure transfer" of the file rather than taking advantage of the rsync algorithm.
+
+	  <para>
+   * If you don't specify the --partial option and rsync is interrupted, rsync will throw away the
+   partially rsync'd file, and, when rsync is restarted starts the rsync process over from the
+   beginning.
+
+	  <para>
+   Which of these is most desirable depends on the degree of commonality between the local and remote
+   copies of the file *and how much progress was made before the interruption*.
+
+	  <para>
+   The ideal approach after an interruption would be to create a new file by taking the original file
+   and deleting a portion equal in size to the portion already rsync'd and then appending *the
+   remaining* portion to the portion of the file that has already been rsync'd. (There has been some
+   discussion about creating an option to do this automatically.)
+
+   The --compare-dest option is useful when transferring multiple files, but is of no benefit in
+   transferring a single file. (AFAIK)
+
+   *Other potentially useful information can be found at:
+   -[3]http://twiki.org/cgi-bin/view/Wikilearn/RsyncingALargeFile
+
+   This answer, formatted with "real" bullets, can be found at:
+   -[4]http://twiki.org/cgi-bin/view/Wikilearn/RsyncingALargeFileFAQ*
+
+	  </para>
+	</answer>
+      </qandaentry>
+    </qandaset>
+  </chapter>
+
+
+  <appendix>
+    <title>Other Resources</title>
+    
+    <para><ulink url="http://www.ccp14.ac.uk/ccp14admin/rsync/"></ulink></para>
+  </appendix>
+</book>

errcode.h

@@ -1,44 +1,51 @@
-/* -*- c-file-style: "linux"; -*-
-   
-   Copyright (C) 1998-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
 /*
- * error codes returned by rsync.  If you change these, please also update the
- * string mappings in log.c
+ * Error codes returned by rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
  */
 
+/* If you change these, please also update the string mappings in log.c and
+ * the EXIT VALUES in rsync.yo. */
+
+#define RERR_OK         0
 #define RERR_SYNTAX     1       /* syntax or usage error */
 #define RERR_PROTOCOL   2       /* protocol incompatibility */
 #define RERR_FILESELECT 3       /* errors selecting input/output files, dirs */
-#define RERR_UNSUPPORTED 4       /* requested action not supported */
+#define RERR_UNSUPPORTED 4      /* requested action not supported */
+#define RERR_STARTCLIENT 5      /* error starting client-server protocol */
 
 #define RERR_SOCKETIO   10      /* error in socket IO */
 #define RERR_FILEIO     11      /* error in file IO */
 #define RERR_STREAMIO   12      /* error in rsync protocol data stream */
 #define RERR_MESSAGEIO  13      /* errors with program diagnostics */
 #define RERR_IPC        14      /* error in IPC code */
+#define RERR_CRASHED    15      /* sibling crashed */
+#define RERR_TERMINATED 16      /* sibling terminated abnormally */
 
-#define RERR_SIGNAL     20      /* status returned when sent SIGUSR1, SIGINT */
+#define RERR_SIGNAL1    19      /* status returned when sent SIGUSR1 */
+#define RERR_SIGNAL     20      /* status returned when sent SIGINT, SIGTERM, SIGHUP */
 #define RERR_WAITCHILD  21      /* some error returned by waitpid() */
 #define RERR_MALLOC     22      /* error allocating core memory buffers */
 #define RERR_PARTIAL    23      /* partial transfer */
+#define RERR_VANISHED   24      /* file(s) vanished on sender side */
+#define RERR_DEL_LIMIT  25      /* skipped some deletes due to --max-delete */
 
 #define RERR_TIMEOUT    30      /* timeout in data send/receive */
+#define RERR_CONTIMEOUT 35      /* timeout waiting for daemon connection */
 
 /* Although it doesn't seem to be specified anywhere,
  * ssh and the shell seem to return these values:

fileio.c

@@ -1,87 +1,160 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
 /*
-  File IO utilities used in rsync 
-  */
-#include "rsync.h"
+ * File IO utilities used in rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+#include "inums.h"
+
+#ifndef ENODATA
+#define ENODATA EAGAIN
+#endif
+
+/* We want all reads to be aligned on 1K boundries. */
+#define ALIGN_BOUNDRY 1024
+/* How far past the boundary is an offset? */
+#define ALIGNED_OVERSHOOT(oft) ((oft) & (ALIGN_BOUNDRY-1))
+/* Round up a length to the next boundary */
+#define ALIGNED_LENGTH(len) ((((len) - 1) | (ALIGN_BOUNDRY-1)) + 1)
 
-static char last_byte;
-static int last_sparse;
 extern int sparse_files;
 
-int sparse_end(int f)
+static OFF_T sparse_seek = 0;
+
+int sparse_end(int f, OFF_T size)
 {
-	if (last_sparse) {
-		do_lseek(f,-1,SEEK_CUR);
-		return (write(f,&last_byte,1) == 1 ? 0 : -1);
+	int ret;
+
+	if (!sparse_seek)
+		return 0;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FTRUNCATE
+	ret = do_ftruncate(f, size);
+#else
+	if (do_lseek(f, sparse_seek-1, SEEK_CUR) != size-1)
+		ret = -1;
+	else {
+		do {
+			ret = write(f, "", 1);
+		} while (ret < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+
+		ret = ret <= 0 ? -1 : 0;
 	}
-	last_sparse = 0;
-	return 0;
+#endif
+
+	sparse_seek = 0;
+
+	return ret;
 }
 
 
-static int write_sparse(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
+static int write_sparse(int f, char *buf, int len)
 {
-	int l1=0,l2=0;
+	int l1 = 0, l2 = 0;
 	int ret;
 
-	for (l1=0;l1<len && buf[l1]==0;l1++) ;
-	for (l2=0;l2<(len-l1) && buf[len-(l2+1)]==0;l2++) ;
+	for (l1 = 0; l1 < len && buf[l1] == 0; l1++) {}
+	for (l2 = 0; l2 < len-l1 && buf[len-(l2+1)] == 0; l2++) {}
 
-	last_byte = buf[len-1];
+	sparse_seek += l1;
 
-	if (l1 == len || l2 > 0)
-		last_sparse=1;
-
-	if (l1 > 0) {
-		do_lseek(f,l1,SEEK_CUR);  
-	}
-
-	if (l1 == len) 
+	if (l1 == len)
 		return len;
 
-	if ((ret=write(f,buf+l1,len-(l1+l2))) != len-(l1+l2)) {
-		if (ret == -1 || ret == 0) return ret;
-		return (l1+ret);
+	if (sparse_seek)
+		do_lseek(f, sparse_seek, SEEK_CUR);
+	sparse_seek = l2;
+
+	while ((ret = write(f, buf + l1, len - (l1+l2))) <= 0) {
+		if (ret < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+			continue;
+		sparse_seek = 0;
+		return ret;
+	}
+
+	if (ret != (int)(len - (l1+l2))) {
+		sparse_seek = 0;
+		return l1+ret;
 	}
 
-	if (l2 > 0)
-		do_lseek(f,l2,SEEK_CUR);
-	
 	return len;
 }
 
 
+static char *wf_writeBuf;
+static size_t wf_writeBufSize;
+static size_t wf_writeBufCnt;
 
-int write_file(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
+int flush_write_file(int f)
+{
+	int ret = 0;
+	char *bp = wf_writeBuf;
+
+	while (wf_writeBufCnt > 0) {
+		if ((ret = write(f, bp, wf_writeBufCnt)) < 0) {
+			if (errno == EINTR)
+				continue;
+			return ret;
+		}
+		wf_writeBufCnt -= ret;
+		bp += ret;
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * write_file does not allow incomplete writes.  It loops internally
+ * until len bytes are written or errno is set.
+ */
+int write_file(int f, char *buf, int len)
 {
 	int ret = 0;
 
-	if (!sparse_files) {
-		return write(f,buf,len);
-	}
-
-	while (len>0) {
-		int len1 = MIN(len, SPARSE_WRITE_SIZE);
-		int r1 = write_sparse(f, buf, len1);
+	while (len > 0) {
+		int r1;
+		if (sparse_files > 0) {
+			int len1 = MIN(len, SPARSE_WRITE_SIZE);
+			r1 = write_sparse(f, buf, len1);
+		} else {
+			if (!wf_writeBuf) {
+				wf_writeBufSize = WRITE_SIZE * 8;
+				wf_writeBufCnt  = 0;
+				wf_writeBuf = new_array(char, wf_writeBufSize);
+				if (!wf_writeBuf)
+					out_of_memory("write_file");
+			}
+			r1 = (int)MIN((size_t)len, wf_writeBufSize - wf_writeBufCnt);
+			if (r1) {
+				memcpy(wf_writeBuf + wf_writeBufCnt, buf, r1);
+				wf_writeBufCnt += r1;
+			}
+			if (wf_writeBufCnt == wf_writeBufSize) {
+				if (flush_write_file(f) < 0)
+					return -1;
+				if (!r1 && len)
+					continue;
+			}
+		}
 		if (r1 <= 0) {
-			if (ret > 0) return ret;
+			if (ret > 0)
+				return ret;
 			return r1;
 		}
 		len -= r1;
@@ -92,80 +165,68 @@ int write_file(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
 }
 
 
-
-/* this provides functionality somewhat similar to mmap() but using
-   read(). It gives sliding window access to a file. mmap() is not
-   used because of the possibility of another program (such as a
-   mailer) truncating the file thus giving us a SIGBUS */
-struct map_struct *map_file(int fd,OFF_T len)
+/* This provides functionality somewhat similar to mmap() but using read().
+ * It gives sliding window access to a file.  mmap() is not used because of
+ * the possibility of another program (such as a mailer) truncating the
+ * file thus giving us a SIGBUS. */
+struct map_struct *map_file(int fd, OFF_T len, int32 read_size, int32 blk_size)
 {
 	struct map_struct *map;
-	map = (struct map_struct *)malloc(sizeof(*map));
-	if (!map) out_of_memory("map_file");
+
+	if (!(map = new0(struct map_struct)))
+		out_of_memory("map_file");
+
+	if (blk_size && (read_size % blk_size))
+		read_size += blk_size - (read_size % blk_size);
 
 	map->fd = fd;
 	map->file_size = len;
-	map->p = NULL;
-	map->p_size = 0;
-	map->p_offset = 0;
-	map->p_fd_offset = 0;
-	map->p_len = 0;
+	map->def_window_size = ALIGNED_LENGTH(read_size);
 
 	return map;
 }
 
+
 /* slide the read window in the file */
-char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map,OFF_T offset,int len)
+char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map, OFF_T offset, int32 len)
 {
-	int nread;
 	OFF_T window_start, read_start;
-	int window_size, read_size, read_offset;
+	int32 window_size, read_size, read_offset, align_fudge;
 
-	if (len == 0) {
+	if (len == 0)
 		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	/* can't go beyond the end of file */
-	if (len > (map->file_size - offset)) {
-		len = map->file_size - offset;
+	if (len < 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "invalid len passed to map_ptr: %ld\n",
+			(long)len);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 	}
 
 	/* in most cases the region will already be available */
-	if (offset >= map->p_offset && 
-	    offset+len <= map->p_offset+map->p_len) {
-		return (map->p + (offset - map->p_offset));
-	}
-
+	if (offset >= map->p_offset && offset+len <= map->p_offset+map->p_len)
+		return map->p + (offset - map->p_offset);
 
 	/* nope, we are going to have to do a read. Work out our desired window */
-	if (offset > 2*CHUNK_SIZE) {
-		window_start = offset - 2*CHUNK_SIZE;
-		window_start &= ~((OFF_T)(CHUNK_SIZE-1)); /* assumes power of 2 */
-	} else {
-		window_start = 0;
-	}
-	window_size = MAX_MAP_SIZE;
-	if (window_start + window_size > map->file_size) {
-		window_size = map->file_size - window_start;
-	}
-	if (offset + len > window_start + window_size) {
-		window_size = (offset+len) - window_start;
-	}
+	align_fudge = (int32)ALIGNED_OVERSHOOT(offset);
+	window_start = offset - align_fudge;
+	window_size = map->def_window_size;
+	if (window_start + window_size > map->file_size)
+		window_size = (int32)(map->file_size - window_start);
+	if (window_size < len + align_fudge)
+		window_size = ALIGNED_LENGTH(len + align_fudge);
 
 	/* make sure we have allocated enough memory for the window */
 	if (window_size > map->p_size) {
-		map->p = (char *)Realloc(map->p, window_size);
-		if (!map->p) out_of_memory("map_ptr");
+		map->p = realloc_array(map->p, char, window_size);
+		if (!map->p)
+			out_of_memory("map_ptr");
 		map->p_size = window_size;
 	}
 
-	/* now try to avoid re-reading any bytes by reusing any bytes from the previous
-	   buffer. */
-	if (window_start >= map->p_offset &&
-	    window_start < map->p_offset + map->p_len &&
-	    window_start + window_size >= map->p_offset + map->p_len) {
+	/* Now try to avoid re-reading any bytes by reusing any bytes from the previous buffer. */
+	if (window_start >= map->p_offset && window_start < map->p_offset + map->p_len
+	 && window_start + window_size >= map->p_offset + map->p_len) {
 		read_start = map->p_offset + map->p_len;
-		read_offset = read_start - window_start;
+		read_offset = (int32)(read_start - window_start);
 		read_size = window_size - read_offset;
 		memmove(map->p, map->p + (map->p_len - read_offset), read_offset);
 	} else {
@@ -175,39 +236,53 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map,OFF_T offset,int len)
 	}
 
 	if (read_size <= 0) {
-		rprintf(FINFO,"Warning: unexpected read size of %d in map_ptr\n", read_size);
-	} else {
-		if (map->p_fd_offset != read_start) {
-			if (do_lseek(map->fd,read_start,SEEK_SET) != read_start) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"lseek failed in map_ptr\n");
-				exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
-			}
-			map->p_fd_offset = read_start;
-		}
-
-		if ((nread=read(map->fd,map->p + read_offset,read_size)) != read_size) {
-			if (nread < 0) nread = 0;
-			/* the best we can do is zero the buffer - the file
-			   has changed mid transfer! */
-			memset(map->p+read_offset+nread, 0, read_size - nread);
-		}
-		map->p_fd_offset += nread;
+		rprintf(FERROR, "invalid read_size of %ld in map_ptr\n",
+			(long)read_size);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 	}
 
+	if (map->p_fd_offset != read_start) {
+		OFF_T ret = do_lseek(map->fd, read_start, SEEK_SET);
+		if (ret != read_start) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "lseek returned %s, not %s",
+				big_num(ret), big_num(read_start));
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
+		}
+		map->p_fd_offset = read_start;
+	}
 	map->p_offset = window_start;
 	map->p_len = window_size;
-  
-	return map->p + (offset - map->p_offset); 
+
+	while (read_size > 0) {
+		int32 nread = read(map->fd, map->p + read_offset, read_size);
+		if (nread <= 0) {
+			if (!map->status)
+				map->status = nread ? errno : ENODATA;
+			/* The best we can do is zero the buffer -- the file
+			 * has changed mid transfer! */
+			memset(map->p + read_offset, 0, read_size);
+			break;
+		}
+		map->p_fd_offset += nread;
+		read_offset += nread;
+		read_size -= nread;
+	}
+
+	return map->p + align_fudge;
 }
 
 
-void unmap_file(struct map_struct *map)
+int unmap_file(struct map_struct *map)
 {
+	int	ret;
+
 	if (map->p) {
 		free(map->p);
 		map->p = NULL;
 	}
-	memset(map, 0, sizeof(*map));
+	ret = map->status;
+	memset(map, 0, sizeof map[0]);
 	free(map);
-}
 
+	return ret;
+}

getfsdev.c

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	STRUCT_STAT st;
+	int ret;
+
+	while (--argc > 0) {
+#ifdef USE_STAT64_FUNCS
+		ret = stat64(*++argv, &st);
+#else
+		ret = stat(*++argv, &st);
+#endif
+		if (ret < 0) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "Unable to stat `%s'\n", *argv);
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		printf("%ld/%ld\n", (long)major(st.st_dev),
+				    (long)minor(st.st_dev));
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}

getgroups.c

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*
+ * Print out the gids of all groups for the current user.  This is like
+ * `id -G` on Linux, but it's too hard to find a portable equivalent.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 3 as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+int
+main(UNUSED(int argc), UNUSED(char *argv[]))
+{
+	int n, i;
+	gid_t *list;
+	gid_t gid = MY_GID();
+	int gid_in_list = 0;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+	if ((n = getgroups(0, NULL)) < 0) {
+		perror("getgroups");
+		return 1;
+	}
+#else
+	n = 0;
+#endif
+
+	list = (gid_t*)malloc(sizeof (gid_t) * (n + 1));
+	if (!list) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "out of memory!\n");
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+	if (n > 0)
+		n = getgroups(n, list);
+#endif
+
+	for (i = 0; i < n; i++)  {
+		printf("%lu ", (unsigned long)list[i]);
+		if (list[i] == gid)
+			gid_in_list = 1;
+	}
+	/* The default gid might not be in the list on some systems. */
+	if (!gid_in_list)
+		printf("%lu", (unsigned long)gid);
+	printf("\n");
+
+	return 0;
+}

hashtable.c

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/*
+ * Routines to provide a memory-efficient hashtable.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+#define HASH_LOAD_LIMIT(size) ((size)*3/4)
+
+struct hashtable *hashtable_create(int size, int key64)
+{
+	int req = size;
+	struct hashtable *tbl;
+	int node_size = key64 ? sizeof (struct ht_int64_node)
+			      : sizeof (struct ht_int32_node);
+
+	/* Pick a power of 2 that can hold the requested size. */
+	if (size & (size-1) || size < 16) {
+		size = 16;
+		while (size < req)
+			size *= 2;
+	}
+
+	if (!(tbl = new(struct hashtable))
+	 || !(tbl->nodes = new_array0(char, size * node_size)))
+		out_of_memory("hashtable_create");
+	tbl->size = size;
+	tbl->entries = 0;
+	tbl->node_size = node_size;
+	tbl->key64 = key64 ? 1 : 0;
+
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(HASH, 1)) {
+		char buf[32];
+		if (req != size)
+			snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "req: %d, ", req);
+		else
+			*buf = '\0';
+		rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] created hashtable %lx (%ssize: %d, keys: %d-bit)\n",
+			who_am_i(), (long)tbl, buf, size, key64 ? 64 : 32);
+	}
+
+	return tbl;
+}
+
+void hashtable_destroy(struct hashtable *tbl)
+{
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(HASH, 1)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] destroyed hashtable %lx (size: %d, keys: %d-bit)\n",
+			who_am_i(), (long)tbl, tbl->size, tbl->key64 ? 64 : 32);
+	}
+	free(tbl->nodes);
+	free(tbl);
+}
+
+/* This returns the node for the indicated key, either newly created or
+ * already existing.  Returns NULL if not allocating and not found. */
+void *hashtable_find(struct hashtable *tbl, int64 key, int allocate_if_missing)
+{
+	int key64 = tbl->key64;
+	struct ht_int32_node *node;
+	uint32 ndx;
+
+	if (key64 ? key == 0 : (int32)key == 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Internal hashtable error: illegal key supplied!\n");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
+	}
+
+	if (allocate_if_missing && tbl->entries > HASH_LOAD_LIMIT(tbl->size)) {
+		void *old_nodes = tbl->nodes;
+		int size = tbl->size * 2;
+		int i;
+
+		if (!(tbl->nodes = new_array0(char, size * tbl->node_size)))
+			out_of_memory("hashtable_node");
+		tbl->size = size;
+		tbl->entries = 0;
+
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(HASH, 1)) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] growing hashtable %lx (size: %d, keys: %d-bit)\n",
+				who_am_i(), (long)tbl, size, key64 ? 64 : 32);
+		}
+
+		for (i = size / 2; i-- > 0; ) {
+			struct ht_int32_node *move_node = HT_NODE(tbl, old_nodes, i);
+			int64 move_key = HT_KEY(move_node, key64);
+			if (move_key == 0)
+				continue;
+			node = hashtable_find(tbl, move_key, 1);
+			node->data = move_node->data;
+		}
+
+		free(old_nodes);
+	}
+
+	if (!key64) {
+		/* Based on Jenkins One-at-a-time hash. */
+		uchar buf[4], *keyp = buf;
+		int i;
+
+		SIVALu(buf, 0, key);
+		for (ndx = 0, i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+			ndx += keyp[i];
+			ndx += (ndx << 10);
+			ndx ^= (ndx >> 6);
+		}
+		ndx += (ndx << 3);
+		ndx ^= (ndx >> 11);
+		ndx += (ndx << 15);
+	} else {
+		/* Based on Jenkins hashword() from lookup3.c. */
+		uint32 a, b, c;
+
+		/* Set up the internal state */
+		a = b = c = 0xdeadbeef + (8 << 2);
+
+#define rot(x,k) (((x)<<(k)) ^ ((x)>>(32-(k))))
+#if SIZEOF_INT64 >= 8
+		b += (uint32)(key >> 32);
+#endif
+		a += (uint32)key;
+		c ^= b; c -= rot(b, 14);
+		a ^= c; a -= rot(c, 11);
+		b ^= a; b -= rot(a, 25);
+		c ^= b; c -= rot(b, 16);
+		a ^= c; a -= rot(c, 4);
+		b ^= a; b -= rot(a, 14);
+		c ^= b; c -= rot(b, 24);
+#undef rot
+		ndx = c;
+	}
+
+	/* If it already exists, return the node.  If we're not
+	 * allocating, return NULL if the key is not found. */
+	while (1) {
+		int64 nkey;
+
+		ndx &= tbl->size - 1;
+		node = HT_NODE(tbl, tbl->nodes, ndx);
+		nkey = HT_KEY(node, key64);
+
+		if (nkey == key)
+			return node;
+		if (nkey == 0) {
+			if (!allocate_if_missing)
+				return NULL;
+			break;
+		}
+		ndx++;
+	}
+
+	/* Take over this empty spot and then return the node. */
+	if (key64)
+		((struct ht_int64_node*)node)->key = key;
+	else
+		node->key = (int32)key;
+	tbl->entries++;
+	return node;
+}

hlink.c

@@ -1,179 +1,571 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * Routines to support hard-linking.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "inums.h"
+#include "ifuncs.h"
 
 extern int dry_run;
-extern int verbose;
+extern int list_only;
+extern int am_sender;
+extern int inc_recurse;
+extern int do_xfers;
+extern int link_dest;
+extern int preserve_acls;
+extern int preserve_xattrs;
+extern int protocol_version;
+extern int remove_source_files;
+extern int stdout_format_has_i;
+extern int maybe_ATTRS_REPORT;
+extern int unsort_ndx;
+extern char *basis_dir[MAX_BASIS_DIRS+1];
+extern struct file_list *cur_flist;
 
-#if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-static int hlink_compare(struct file_struct *f1, struct file_struct *f2)
+#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
+
+/* Starting with protocol 30, we use a simple hashtable on the sending side
+ * for hashing the st_dev and st_ino info.  The receiving side gets told
+ * (via flags and a "group index") which items are hard-linked together, so
+ * we can avoid the pool of dev+inode data.  For incremental recursion mode,
+ * the receiver will use a ndx hash to remember old pathnames. */
+
+static struct hashtable *dev_tbl;
+
+static struct hashtable *prior_hlinks;
+
+static struct file_list *hlink_flist;
+
+void init_hard_links(void)
 {
-	if (!S_ISREG(f1->mode) && !S_ISREG(f2->mode))
-		return 0;
-	if (!S_ISREG(f1->mode))
-		return -1;
-	if (!S_ISREG(f2->mode))
-		return 1;
-
-	if (f1->dev != f2->dev)
-		return (int) (f1->dev > f2->dev ? 1 : -1);
-
-	if (f1->inode != f2->inode)
-		return (int) (f1->inode > f2->inode ? 1 : -1);
-
-	return file_compare(&f1, &f2);
+	if (am_sender || protocol_version < 30)
+		dev_tbl = hashtable_create(16, 1);
+	else if (inc_recurse)
+		prior_hlinks = hashtable_create(1024, 0);
 }
 
-
-static struct file_struct *hlink_list;
-static int hlink_count;
-#endif
-
-void init_hard_links(struct file_list *flist)
+struct ht_int64_node *idev_find(int64 dev, int64 ino)
+{
+	static struct ht_int64_node *dev_node = NULL;
+	struct hashtable *tbl;
+
+	/* Note that some OSes have a dev == 0, so increment to avoid storing a 0. */
+	if (!dev_node || dev_node->key != dev+1) {
+		/* We keep a separate hash table of inodes for every device. */
+		dev_node = hashtable_find(dev_tbl, dev+1, 1);
+		if (!(tbl = dev_node->data)) {
+			tbl = dev_node->data = hashtable_create(512, 1);
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 3)) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+				    "[%s] created hashtable for dev %s\n",
+				    who_am_i(), big_num(dev));
+			}
+		}
+	} else
+		tbl = dev_node->data;
+
+	return hashtable_find(tbl, ino, 1);
+}
+
+void idev_destroy(void)
 {
-#if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
 	int i;
-	if (flist->count < 2)
-		return;
 
-	if (hlink_list)
-		free(hlink_list);
+	for (i = 0; i < dev_tbl->size; i++) {
+		struct ht_int32_node *node = HT_NODE(dev_tbl, dev_tbl->nodes, i);
+		if (node->data)
+			hashtable_destroy(node->data);
+	}
 
-	if (!(hlink_list =
-	      (struct file_struct *) malloc(sizeof(hlink_list[0]) *
-					    flist->count)))
-		out_of_memory("init_hard_links");
-
-	for (i = 0; i < flist->count; i++)
-		memcpy(&hlink_list[i], flist->files[i],
-		       sizeof(hlink_list[0]));
-
-	qsort(hlink_list, flist->count,
-	      sizeof(hlink_list[0]), (int (*)()) hlink_compare);
-
-	hlink_count = flist->count;
-#endif
+	hashtable_destroy(dev_tbl);
 }
 
-/* check if a file should be skipped because it is the same as an
-   earlier hard link */
-int check_hard_link(struct file_struct *file)
+static int hlink_compare_gnum(int *int1, int *int2)
 {
-#if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-	int low = 0, high = hlink_count - 1;
-	int ret = 0;
+	struct file_struct *f1 = hlink_flist->sorted[*int1];
+	struct file_struct *f2 = hlink_flist->sorted[*int2];
+	int32 gnum1 = F_HL_GNUM(f1);
+	int32 gnum2 = F_HL_GNUM(f2);
 
-	if (!hlink_list || !S_ISREG(file->mode))
+	if (gnum1 != gnum2)
+		return gnum1 > gnum2 ? 1 : -1;
+
+	return *int1 > *int2 ? 1 : -1;
+}
+
+static void match_gnums(int32 *ndx_list, int ndx_count)
+{
+	int32 from, prev;
+	struct file_struct *file, *file_next;
+	struct ht_int32_node *node = NULL;
+	int32 gnum, gnum_next;
+
+	qsort(ndx_list, ndx_count, sizeof ndx_list[0],
+	     (int (*)()) hlink_compare_gnum);
+
+	for (from = 0; from < ndx_count; from++) {
+		file = hlink_flist->sorted[ndx_list[from]];
+		gnum = F_HL_GNUM(file);
+		if (inc_recurse) {
+			node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 1);
+			if (!node->data) {
+				if (!(node->data = new_array0(char, 5)))
+					out_of_memory("match_gnums");
+				assert(gnum >= hlink_flist->ndx_start);
+				file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_FIRST;
+				prev = -1;
+			} else if (CVAL(node->data, 0) == 0) {
+				struct file_list *flist;
+				prev = IVAL(node->data, 1);
+				flist = flist_for_ndx(prev, NULL);
+				if (flist)
+					flist->files[prev - flist->ndx_start]->flags &= ~FLAG_HLINK_LAST;
+				else {
+					/* We skipped all prior files in this
+					 * group, so mark this as a "first". */
+					file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_FIRST;
+					prev = -1;
+				}
+			} else
+				prev = -1;
+		} else {
+			file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_FIRST;
+			prev = -1;
+		}
+		for ( ; from < ndx_count-1; file = file_next, gnum = gnum_next, from++) { /*SHARED ITERATOR*/
+			file_next = hlink_flist->sorted[ndx_list[from+1]];
+			gnum_next = F_HL_GNUM(file_next);
+			if (gnum != gnum_next)
+				break;
+			F_HL_PREV(file) = prev;
+			/* The linked list uses over-the-wire ndx values. */
+			if (unsort_ndx)
+				prev = F_NDX(file);
+			else
+				prev = ndx_list[from] + hlink_flist->ndx_start;
+		}
+		if (prev < 0 && !inc_recurse) {
+			/* Disable hard-link bit and set DONE so that
+			 * HLINK_BUMP()-dependent values are unaffected. */
+			file->flags &= ~(FLAG_HLINKED | FLAG_HLINK_FIRST);
+			file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_LAST;
+		F_HL_PREV(file) = prev;
+		if (inc_recurse && CVAL(node->data, 0) == 0) {
+			if (unsort_ndx)
+				prev = F_NDX(file);
+			else
+				prev = ndx_list[from] + hlink_flist->ndx_start;
+			SIVAL(node->data, 1, prev);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/* Analyze the hard-links in the file-list by creating a list of all the
+ * items that have hlink data, sorting them, and matching up identical
+ * values into clusters.  These will be a single linked list from last
+ * to first when we're done. */
+void match_hard_links(struct file_list *flist)
+{
+	if (!list_only && flist->used) {
+		int i, ndx_count = 0;
+		int32 *ndx_list;
+
+		if (!(ndx_list = new_array(int32, flist->used)))
+			out_of_memory("match_hard_links");
+
+		for (i = 0; i < flist->used; i++) {
+			if (F_IS_HLINKED(flist->sorted[i]))
+				ndx_list[ndx_count++] = i;
+		}
+
+		hlink_flist = flist;
+
+		if (ndx_count)
+			match_gnums(ndx_list, ndx_count);
+
+		free(ndx_list);
+	}
+	if (protocol_version < 30)
+		idev_destroy();
+}
+
+static int maybe_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, int ndx,
+			   char *fname, int statret, stat_x *sxp,
+			   const char *oldname, STRUCT_STAT *old_stp,
+			   const char *realname, int itemizing, enum logcode code)
+{
+	if (statret == 0) {
+		if (sxp->st.st_dev == old_stp->st_dev
+		 && sxp->st.st_ino == old_stp->st_ino) {
+			if (itemizing) {
+				itemize(fname, file, ndx, statret, sxp,
+					ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE | ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS,
+					0, "");
+			}
+			if (INFO_GTE(NAME, 2) && maybe_ATTRS_REPORT)
+				rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s is uptodate\n", fname);
+			file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (atomic_create(file, fname, NULL, oldname, MAKEDEV(0, 0), sxp, statret == 0 ? DEL_FOR_FILE : 0)) {
+		if (itemizing) {
+			itemize(fname, file, ndx, statret, sxp,
+				ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE | ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS, 0,
+				realname);
+		}
+		if (code != FNONE && INFO_GTE(NAME, 1))
+			rprintf(code, "%s => %s\n", fname, realname);
 		return 0;
+	}
 
-	while (low != high) {
-		int mid = (low + high) / 2;
-		ret = hlink_compare(&hlink_list[mid], file);
-		if (ret == 0) {
-			low = mid;
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/* Figure out if a prior entry is still there or if we just have a
+ * cached name for it. */
+static char *check_prior(struct file_struct *file, int gnum,
+			 int *prev_ndx_p, struct file_list **flist_p)
+{
+	struct file_struct *fp;
+	struct ht_int32_node *node;
+	int prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(file);
+
+	while (1) {
+		struct file_list *flist;
+		if (prev_ndx < 0
+		 || (flist = flist_for_ndx(prev_ndx, NULL)) == NULL)
 			break;
+		fp = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+		if (!(fp->flags & FLAG_SKIP_HLINK)) {
+			*prev_ndx_p = prev_ndx;
+			*flist_p = flist;
+			return NULL;
 		}
-		if (ret > 0)
-			high = mid;
-		else
-			low = mid + 1;
+		F_HL_PREV(file) = prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(fp);
 	}
 
-	if (hlink_compare(&hlink_list[low], file) != 0)
+	if (inc_recurse
+	 && (node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 0)) != NULL) {
+		assert(node->data != NULL);
+		if (CVAL(node->data, 0) != 0) {
+			*prev_ndx_p = -1;
+			*flist_p = NULL;
+			return node->data;
+		}
+		/* The prior file must have been skipped. */
+		F_HL_PREV(file) = -1;
+	}
+
+	*prev_ndx_p = -1;
+	*flist_p = NULL;
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Only called if FLAG_HLINKED is set and FLAG_HLINK_FIRST is not.  Returns:
+ * 0 = process the file, 1 = skip the file, -1 = error occurred. */
+int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, char *fname,
+		    int statret, stat_x *sxp, int itemizing,
+		    enum logcode code)
+{
+	STRUCT_STAT prev_st;
+	char namebuf[MAXPATHLEN], altbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char *realname, *prev_name;
+	struct file_list *flist;
+	int gnum = inc_recurse ? F_HL_GNUM(file) : -1;
+	int prev_ndx;
+
+	prev_name = realname = check_prior(file, gnum, &prev_ndx, &flist);
+
+	if (!prev_name) {
+		struct file_struct *prev_file;
+
+		if (!flist) {
+			/* The previous file was skipped, so this one is
+			 * treated as if it were the first in its group. */
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 2)) {
+				rprintf(FINFO, "hlink for %d (%s,%d): virtual first\n",
+					ndx, f_name(file, NULL), gnum);
+			}
+			return 0;
+		}
+
+		prev_file = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+
+		/* Is the previous link not complete yet? */
+		if (!(prev_file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_DONE)) {
+			/* Is the previous link being transferred? */
+			if (prev_file->flags & FLAG_FILE_SENT) {
+				/* Add ourselves to the list of files that will
+				 * be updated when the transfer completes, and
+				 * mark ourself as waiting for the transfer. */
+				F_HL_PREV(file) = F_HL_PREV(prev_file);
+				F_HL_PREV(prev_file) = ndx;
+				file->flags |= FLAG_FILE_SENT;
+				cur_flist->in_progress++;
+				if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 2)) {
+					rprintf(FINFO, "hlink for %d (%s,%d): waiting for %d\n",
+						ndx, f_name(file, NULL), gnum, F_HL_PREV(file));
+				}
+				return 1;
+			}
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 2)) {
+				rprintf(FINFO, "hlink for %d (%s,%d): looking for a leader\n",
+					ndx, f_name(file, NULL), gnum);
+			}
+			return 0;
+		}
+
+		/* There is a finished file to link with! */
+		if (!(prev_file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_FIRST)) {
+			/* The previous previous is FIRST when prev is not. */
+			prev_name = realname = check_prior(prev_file, gnum, &prev_ndx, &flist);
+			/* Update our previous pointer to point to the FIRST. */
+			F_HL_PREV(file) = prev_ndx;
+		}
+
+		if (!prev_name) {
+			int alt_dest;
+
+			assert(flist != NULL);
+			prev_file = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+			/* F_HL_PREV() is alt_dest value when DONE && FIRST. */
+			alt_dest = F_HL_PREV(prev_file);
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 2)) {
+				rprintf(FINFO, "hlink for %d (%s,%d): found flist match (alt %d)\n",
+					ndx, f_name(file, NULL), gnum, alt_dest);
+			}
+
+			if (alt_dest >= 0 && dry_run) {
+				pathjoin(namebuf, MAXPATHLEN, basis_dir[alt_dest],
+					 f_name(prev_file, NULL));
+				prev_name = namebuf;
+				realname = f_name(prev_file, altbuf);
+			} else {
+				prev_name = f_name(prev_file, namebuf);
+				realname = prev_name;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 2)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "hlink for %d (%s,%d): leader is %d (%s)\n",
+			ndx, f_name(file, NULL), gnum, prev_ndx, prev_name);
+	}
+
+	if (link_stat(prev_name, &prev_st, 0) < 0) {
+		if (!dry_run || errno != ENOENT) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "stat %s failed", full_fname(prev_name));
+			return -1;
+		}
+		/* A new hard-link will get a new dev & inode, so approximate
+		 * those values in dry-run mode by zeroing them. */
+		memset(&prev_st, 0, sizeof prev_st);
+	}
+
+	if (statret < 0 && basis_dir[0] != NULL) {
+		/* If we match an alt-dest item, we don't output this as a change. */
+		char cmpbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+		stat_x alt_sx;
+		int j = 0;
+		init_stat_x(&alt_sx);
+		do {
+			pathjoin(cmpbuf, MAXPATHLEN, basis_dir[j], fname);
+			if (link_stat(cmpbuf, &alt_sx.st, 0) < 0)
+				continue;
+			if (link_dest) {
+				if (prev_st.st_dev != alt_sx.st.st_dev
+				 || prev_st.st_ino != alt_sx.st.st_ino)
+					continue;
+				statret = 1;
+				if (stdout_format_has_i == 0
+				 || (!INFO_GTE(NAME, 2) && stdout_format_has_i < 2)) {
+					itemizing = 0;
+					code = FNONE;
+					if (INFO_GTE(NAME, 2) && maybe_ATTRS_REPORT)
+						rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s is uptodate\n", fname);
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+			if (!unchanged_file(cmpbuf, file, &alt_sx.st))
+				continue;
+			statret = 1;
+			if (unchanged_attrs(cmpbuf, file, &alt_sx))
+				break;
+		} while (basis_dir[++j] != NULL);
+		if (statret == 1) {
+			sxp->st = alt_sx.st;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+			if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
+				free_acl(sxp);
+				if (!ACL_READY(alt_sx))
+					get_acl(cmpbuf, sxp);
+				else {
+					sxp->acc_acl = alt_sx.acc_acl;
+					sxp->def_acl = alt_sx.def_acl;
+					alt_sx.acc_acl = alt_sx.def_acl = NULL;
+				}
+			}
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+			if (preserve_xattrs) {
+				free_xattr(sxp);
+				if (!XATTR_READY(alt_sx))
+					get_xattr(cmpbuf, sxp);
+				else {
+					sxp->xattr = alt_sx.xattr;
+					alt_sx.xattr = NULL;
+				}
+			}
+#endif
+		} else
+			free_stat_x(&alt_sx);
+	}
+
+	if (maybe_hard_link(file, ndx, fname, statret, sxp, prev_name, &prev_st,
+			    realname, itemizing, code) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	if (remove_source_files == 1 && do_xfers)
+		send_msg_int(MSG_SUCCESS, ndx);
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+int hard_link_one(struct file_struct *file, const char *fname,
+		  const char *oldname, int terse)
+{
+	if (do_link(oldname, fname) < 0) {
+		enum logcode code;
+		if (terse) {
+			if (!INFO_GTE(NAME, 1))
+				return 0;
+			code = FINFO;
+		} else
+			code = FERROR_XFER;
+		rsyserr(code, errno, "link %s => %s failed",
+			full_fname(fname), oldname);
 		return 0;
-
-	if (low > 0 &&
-	    S_ISREG(hlink_list[low - 1].mode) &&
-	    file->dev == hlink_list[low - 1].dev &&
-	    file->inode == hlink_list[low - 1].inode)
-		return 1;
-#endif
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-
-#if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-static void hard_link_one(int i)
-{
-	STRUCT_STAT st1, st2;
-
-	if (link_stat(f_name(&hlink_list[i - 1]), &st1) != 0)
-		return;
-
-	if (link_stat(f_name(&hlink_list[i]), &st2) != 0) {
-		if (do_link
-		    (f_name(&hlink_list[i - 1]),
-		     f_name(&hlink_list[i])) != 0) {
-			if (verbose > 0)
-				rprintf(FINFO, "link %s => %s : %s\n",
-					f_name(&hlink_list[i]),
-					f_name(&hlink_list[i - 1]),
-					strerror(errno));
-			return;
-		}
-	} else {
-		if (st2.st_dev == st1.st_dev && st2.st_ino == st1.st_ino)
-			return;
-
-		if (robust_unlink(f_name(&hlink_list[i])) != 0 ||
-		    do_link(f_name(&hlink_list[i - 1]),
-			    f_name(&hlink_list[i])) != 0) {
-			if (verbose > 0)
-				rprintf(FINFO, "link %s => %s : %s\n",
-					f_name(&hlink_list[i]),
-					f_name(&hlink_list[i - 1]),
-					strerror(errno));
-			return;
-		}
 	}
-	if (verbose > 0)
-		rprintf(FINFO, "%s => %s\n",
-			f_name(&hlink_list[i]),
-			f_name(&hlink_list[i - 1]));
+
+	file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
+
+	return 1;
 }
-#endif
 
-
-
-/**
- * Create any hard links in the global hlink_list.  They were put
- * there by running init_hard_links on the filelist.
- **/
-void do_hard_links(void)
+void finish_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, const char *fname, int fin_ndx,
+		      STRUCT_STAT *stp, int itemizing, enum logcode code,
+		      int alt_dest)
 {
-#if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-	int i;
+	stat_x prev_sx;
+	STRUCT_STAT st;
+	char prev_name[MAXPATHLEN], alt_name[MAXPATHLEN];
+	const char *our_name;
+	struct file_list *flist;
+	int prev_statret, ndx, prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(file);
 
-	if (!hlink_list)
-		return;
-
-	for (i = 1; i < hlink_count; i++) {
-		if (S_ISREG(hlink_list[i].mode) &&
-		    S_ISREG(hlink_list[i - 1].mode) &&
-		    hlink_list[i].basename && hlink_list[i - 1].basename &&
-		    hlink_list[i].dev == hlink_list[i - 1].dev &&
-		    hlink_list[i].inode == hlink_list[i - 1].inode) {
-			hard_link_one(i);
+	if (stp == NULL && prev_ndx >= 0) {
+		if (link_stat(fname, &st, 0) < 0 && !dry_run) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "stat %s failed",
+				full_fname(fname));
+			return;
 		}
+		stp = &st;
+	}
+
+	/* FIRST combined with DONE means we were the first to get done. */
+	file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_FIRST | FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
+	F_HL_PREV(file) = alt_dest;
+	if (alt_dest >= 0 && dry_run) {
+		pathjoin(alt_name, MAXPATHLEN, basis_dir[alt_dest],
+			 f_name(file, NULL));
+		our_name = alt_name;
+	} else
+		our_name = fname;
+
+	init_stat_x(&prev_sx);
+
+	while ((ndx = prev_ndx) >= 0) {
+		int val;
+		flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx, "finish_hard_link");
+		file = flist->files[ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+		file->flags = (file->flags & ~FLAG_HLINK_FIRST) | FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
+		prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(file);
+		F_HL_PREV(file) = fin_ndx;
+		prev_statret = link_stat(f_name(file, prev_name), &prev_sx.st, 0);
+		val = maybe_hard_link(file, ndx, prev_name, prev_statret, &prev_sx,
+				      our_name, stp, fname, itemizing, code);
+		flist->in_progress--;
+		free_stat_x(&prev_sx);
+		if (val < 0)
+			continue;
+		if (remove_source_files == 1 && do_xfers)
+			send_msg_int(MSG_SUCCESS, ndx);
+	}
+
+	if (inc_recurse) {
+		int gnum = F_HL_GNUM(file);
+		struct ht_int32_node *node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 0);
+		if (node == NULL) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "Unable to find a hlink node for %d (%s)\n", gnum, f_name(file, prev_name));
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
+		}
+		if (node->data == NULL) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "Hlink node data for %d is NULL (%s)\n", gnum, f_name(file, prev_name));
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
+		}
+		if (CVAL(node->data, 0) != 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "Hlink node data for %d already has path=%s (%s)\n",
+				gnum, (char*)node->data, f_name(file, prev_name));
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
+		}
+		free(node->data);
+		if (!(node->data = strdup(our_name)))
+			out_of_memory("finish_hard_link");
 	}
-#endif
 }
+
+int skip_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, struct file_list **flist_p)
+{
+	struct file_list *flist;
+	int prev_ndx;
+
+	file->flags |= FLAG_SKIP_HLINK;
+	if (!(file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_LAST))
+		return -1;
+
+	check_prior(file, F_HL_GNUM(file), &prev_ndx, &flist);
+	if (prev_ndx >= 0) {
+		file = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+		if (file->flags & (FLAG_HLINK_DONE|FLAG_FILE_SENT))
+			return -1;
+		file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_LAST;
+		*flist_p = flist;
+	}
+
+	return prev_ndx;
+}
+#endif

ifuncs.h

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* Inline functions for rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+static inline void
+alloc_xbuf(xbuf *xb, size_t sz)
+{
+	if (!(xb->buf = new_array(char, sz)))
+		out_of_memory("alloc_xbuf");
+	xb->size = sz;
+	xb->len = xb->pos = 0;
+}
+
+static inline void
+realloc_xbuf(xbuf *xb, size_t sz)
+{
+	char *bf = realloc_array(xb->buf, char, sz);
+	if (!bf)
+		out_of_memory("realloc_xbuf");
+	xb->buf = bf;
+	xb->size = sz;
+}
+
+static inline void
+free_xbuf(xbuf *xb)
+{
+	if (xb->buf)
+		free(xb->buf);
+	memset(xb, 0, sizeof (xbuf));
+}
+
+static inline int
+to_wire_mode(mode_t mode)
+{
+#ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
+#if _S_IFLNK != 0120000
+	if (S_ISLNK(mode))
+		return (mode & ~(_S_IFMT)) | 0120000;
+#endif
+#endif
+	return mode;
+}
+
+static inline mode_t
+from_wire_mode(int mode)
+{
+#if _S_IFLNK != 0120000
+	if ((mode & (_S_IFMT)) == 0120000)
+		return (mode & ~(_S_IFMT)) | _S_IFLNK;
+#endif
+	return mode;
+}
+
+static inline char *
+d_name(struct dirent *di)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR
+	return (di->d_name - 2);
+#else
+	return di->d_name;
+#endif
+}
+
+static inline void
+init_stat_x(stat_x *sx_p)
+{
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+	sx_p->acc_acl = sx_p->def_acl = NULL;
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+	sx_p->xattr = NULL;
+#endif
+}
+
+static inline void
+free_stat_x(stat_x *sx_p)
+{
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+    {
+	extern int preserve_acls;
+	if (preserve_acls)
+		free_acl(sx_p);
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+    {
+	extern int preserve_xattrs;
+	if (preserve_xattrs)
+		free_xattr(sx_p);
+    }
+#endif
+}

install-sh

@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ else
 
 # Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
 
-	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+	dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
 
 # Move or copy the file name to the temp name
 

inums.h

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Inline functions for rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+static inline char *
+big_num(int64 num)
+{
+	return do_big_num(num, 0, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline char *
+comma_num(int64 num)
+{
+	extern int human_readable;
+	return do_big_num(num, human_readable != 0, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline char *
+human_num(int64 num)
+{
+	extern int human_readable;
+	return do_big_num(num, human_readable, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline char *
+big_dnum(double dnum, int decimal_digits)
+{
+	return do_big_dnum(dnum, 0, decimal_digits);
+}
+
+static inline char *
+comma_dnum(double dnum, int decimal_digits)
+{
+	extern int human_readable;
+	return do_big_dnum(dnum, human_readable != 0, decimal_digits);
+}
+
+static inline char *
+human_dnum(double dnum, int decimal_digits)
+{
+	extern int human_readable;
+	return do_big_dnum(dnum, human_readable, decimal_digits);
+}

io.h

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+extern int protocol_version;
+
+static inline int32
+read_varint30(int f)
+{
+	if (protocol_version < 30)
+		return read_int(f);
+	return read_varint(f);
+}
+
+static inline int64
+read_varlong30(int f, uchar min_bytes)
+{
+	if (protocol_version < 30)
+		return read_longint(f);
+	return read_varlong(f, min_bytes);
+}
+
+static inline void
+write_varint30(int f, int32 x)
+{
+	if (protocol_version < 30)
+		write_int(f, x);
+	else
+		write_varint(f, x);
+}
+
+static inline void
+write_varlong30(int f, int64 x, uchar min_bytes)
+{
+	if (protocol_version < 30)
+		write_longint(f, x);
+	else
+		write_varlong(f, x, min_bytes);
+}

itypes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Inline functions for rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+static inline int
+isDigit(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return isdigit(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+isPrint(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return isprint(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+isSpace(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return isspace(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+isLower(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return islower(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+isUpper(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return isupper(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+toLower(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return tolower(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+toUpper(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return toupper(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-.cvsignore
-Makefile
-a
-b
-config.cache
-config.h
-config.log
-config.status
-dist.tar.gz
-dummy
-rsync
-rsync-0.1
-rsync-0.1
-rsync-0.1
-rsync-0.1.tar.gz
-rsync-0.2
-rsync-0.2
-rsync-0.2.tar.gz
-rsync-0.3
-rsync-0.3
-rsync-0.3.tar.gz
-rsync-0.4
-rsync-0.4
-rsync-0.4.tar.gz
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5.tar.gz
-rsync-0.6
-rsync-0.7
-rsync-0.7
-rsync-0.8
-rsync-0.8
-rsync-0.8
-rsync-0.8
-rsync-ERSION
-rsync.aux
-rsync.dvi
-rsync.log
-tech_report.aux
-tech_report.dvi
-tech_report.log
-tech_report.ps
-test

lib/addrinfo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/*
+PostgreSQL Database Management System
+(formerly known as Postgres, then as Postgres95)
+
+Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2005, The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+
+Portions Copyright (c) 1994, The Regents of the University of California
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written agreement
+is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph
+and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies.
+
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR
+DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING
+LOST PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION,
+EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,
+INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
+ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATIONS
+TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
+
+*/
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * getaddrinfo.h
+ *	  Support getaddrinfo() on platforms that don't have it.
+ *
+ * Note: we use our own routines on platforms that don't HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO,
+ * whether or not the library routine getaddrinfo() can be found.  This
+ * policy is needed because on some platforms a manually installed libbind.a
+ * may provide getaddrinfo(), yet the system headers may not provide the
+ * struct definitions needed to call it.  To avoid conflict with the libbind
+ * definition in such cases, we rename our routines to pg_xxx() via macros.
+ *
+ * This code will also work on platforms where struct addrinfo is defined
+ * in the system headers but no getaddrinfo() can be located.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2007, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef ADDRINFO_H
+#define ADDRINFO_H
+
+
+/* Various macros that ought to be in <netdb.h>, but might not be */
+
+#ifndef EAI_FAIL
+#define EAI_BADFLAGS	(-1)
+#define EAI_NONAME		(-2)
+#define EAI_AGAIN		(-3)
+#define EAI_FAIL		(-4)
+#define EAI_FAMILY		(-6)
+#define EAI_SOCKTYPE	(-7)
+#define EAI_SERVICE		(-8)
+#define EAI_MEMORY		(-10)
+#define EAI_SYSTEM		(-11)
+#endif   /* !EAI_FAIL */
+
+#ifndef AI_PASSIVE
+#define AI_PASSIVE		0x0001
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AI_NUMERICHOST
+/*
+ * some platforms don't support AI_NUMERICHOST; define as zero if using
+ * the system version of getaddrinfo...
+ */
+#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO) && defined(HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
+#define AI_NUMERICHOST	0
+#else
+#define AI_NUMERICHOST	0x0004
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AI_CANONNAME
+#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO) && defined(HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
+#define AI_CANONNAME 0
+#else
+#define AI_CANONNAME 0x0008
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AI_NUMERICSERV
+#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO) && defined(HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
+#define AI_NUMERICSERV 0
+#else
+#define AI_NUMERICSERV 0x0010
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_NUMERICHOST
+#define NI_NUMERICHOST	1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_NUMERICSERV
+#define NI_NUMERICSERV	2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_NOFQDN
+#define NI_NOFQDN	4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_NAMEREQD
+#define NI_NAMEREQD 	8
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_DGRAM
+#define NI_DGRAM	16
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef NI_MAXHOST
+#define NI_MAXHOST	1025
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_MAXSERV
+#define NI_MAXSERV	32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO
+struct addrinfo
+{
+	int			ai_flags;
+	int			ai_family;
+	int			ai_socktype;
+	int			ai_protocol;
+	size_t		ai_addrlen;
+	struct sockaddr *ai_addr;
+	char	   *ai_canonname;
+	struct addrinfo *ai_next;
+};
+#endif   /* !HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
+struct sockaddr_storage {
+	unsigned short ss_family;
+	unsigned long ss_align;
+	char ss_padding[128 - sizeof (unsigned long)];
+};
+#endif	/* !HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
+
+/* Rename private copies per comments above */
+#ifdef getaddrinfo
+#undef getaddrinfo
+#endif
+#define getaddrinfo pg_getaddrinfo
+
+#ifdef freeaddrinfo
+#undef freeaddrinfo
+#endif
+#define freeaddrinfo pg_freeaddrinfo
+
+#ifdef gai_strerror
+#undef gai_strerror
+#endif
+#define gai_strerror pg_gai_strerror
+
+#ifdef getnameinfo
+#undef getnameinfo
+#endif
+#define getnameinfo pg_getnameinfo
+
+extern int getaddrinfo(const char *node, const char *service,
+			const struct addrinfo * hints, struct addrinfo ** res);
+extern void freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo * res);
+extern const char *gai_strerror(int errcode);
+extern int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr * sa, socklen_t salen,
+			char *node, size_t nodelen,
+			char *service, size_t servicelen, int flags);
+#endif   /* !HAVE_GETADDRINFO */
+
+#endif   /* ADDRINFO_H */

lib/compat.c

@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
 /*
-  compatibility functions - replacing functions for platforms that don't
-  have them.
+ * Reimplementations of standard functions for platforms that don't have them.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
-  */
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "itypes.h"
 
+static char number_separator;
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRDUP
  char *strdup(char *s)
 {
-  int l = strlen(s) + 1;
-  char *ret = (char *)malloc(l);
-  if (ret)
-    strcpy(ret,s);
-  return ret;
+	int len = strlen(s) + 1;
+	char *ret = (char *)malloc(len);
+	if (ret)
+		memcpy(ret, s, len);
+	return ret;
 }
 #endif
 
@@ -78,9 +78,11 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK
-/* Find the first ocurrence in S of any character in ACCEPT.  
-   derived from glibc 
-*/
+/**
+ * Find the first ocurrence in @p s of any character in @p accept.
+ *
+ * Derived from glibc
+ **/
  char *strpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept)
 {
 	while (*s != '\0')  {
@@ -97,36 +99,45 @@
 
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRLCPY
-/* Like strncpy but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null 
- * terminates. bufsize is the size of the destination buffer.
+/**
+ * Like strncpy but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null
+ * terminates.
  *
- * Returns the index of the terminating byte. */
+ * @param bufsize is the size of the destination buffer.
+ *
+ * @return index of the terminating byte.
+ **/
  size_t strlcpy(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize)
 {
 	size_t len = strlen(s);
 	size_t ret = len;
-	if (bufsize <= 0) return 0;
-	if (len >= bufsize) len = bufsize-1;
-	memcpy(d, s, len);
-	d[len] = 0;
+	if (bufsize > 0) {
+		if (len >= bufsize)
+			len = bufsize-1;
+		memcpy(d, s, len);
+		d[len] = 0;
+	}
 	return ret;
 }
 #endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRLCAT
-/* like strncat but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null 
-   terminates. bufsize is the length of the buffer, which should
-   be one more than the maximum resulting string length */
+/**
+ * Like strncat() but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null
+ * terminates.
+ *
+ * @param bufsize length of the buffer, which should be one more than
+ * the maximum resulting string length.
+ **/
  size_t strlcat(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize)
 {
 	size_t len1 = strlen(d);
 	size_t len2 = strlen(s);
 	size_t ret = len1 + len2;
 
-	if (len1+len2 >= bufsize) {
-		len2 = bufsize - (len1+1);
-	}
-	if (len2 > 0) {
+	if (len1 < bufsize - 1) {
+		if (len2 >= bufsize - len1)
+			len2 = bufsize - len1 - 1;
 		memcpy(d+len1, s, len2);
 		d[len1+len2] = 0;
 	}
@@ -134,55 +145,131 @@
 }
 #endif
 
-#ifdef REPLACE_INET_NTOA
- char *rep_inet_ntoa(struct in_addr ip)
-{
-	unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)&ip.s_addr;
-	static char buf[18];
-#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-	snprintf(buf, 18, "%d.%d.%d.%d", 
-		 (int)p[0], (int)p[1], (int)p[2], (int)p[3]);
-#else
-	snprintf(buf, 18, "%d.%d.%d.%d", 
-		 (int)p[3], (int)p[2], (int)p[1], (int)p[0]);
-#endif
-	return buf;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef REPLACE_INET_ATON
- int inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr *inp)
-{
-	unsigned int a1, a2, a3, a4;
-	unsigned long ret;
-
-	if (strcmp(cp, "255.255.255.255") == 0) {
-		inp->s_addr = (unsigned) -1;
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	if (sscanf(cp, "%u.%u.%u.%u", &a1, &a2, &a3, &a4) != 4 ||
-	    a1 > 255 || a2 > 255 || a3 > 255 || a4 > 255) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	ret = (a1 << 24) | (a2 << 16) | (a3 << 8) | a4;
-
-	inp->s_addr = htonl(ret);
-	
-	if (inp->s_addr == (unsigned) -1) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
 /* some systems don't take the 2nd argument */
 int sys_gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv)
 {
-#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ
+#ifdef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ
 	return gettimeofday(tv, NULL);
 #else
 	return gettimeofday(tv);
 #endif
 }
+
+#define HUMANIFY(mult) \
+	do { \
+		if (num >= mult || num <= -mult) { \
+			double dnum = (double)num / mult; \
+			char units; \
+			if (num < 0) \
+				dnum = -dnum; \
+			if (dnum < mult) \
+				units = 'K'; \
+			else if ((dnum /= mult) < mult) \
+				units = 'M'; \
+			else if ((dnum /= mult) < mult) \
+				units = 'G'; \
+			else { \
+				dnum /= mult; \
+				units = 'T'; \
+			} \
+			if (num < 0) \
+				dnum = -dnum; \
+			snprintf(bufs[n], sizeof bufs[0], "%.2f%c", dnum, units); \
+			return bufs[n]; \
+		} \
+	} while (0)
+
+/* Return the int64 number as a string.  If the human_flag arg is non-zero,
+ * we may output the number in K, M, G, or T units.  If we don't add a unit
+ * suffix, we will append the fract string, if it is non-NULL.  We can
+ * return up to 4 buffers at a time. */
+char *do_big_num(int64 num, int human_flag, const char *fract)
+{
+	static char bufs[4][128]; /* more than enough room */
+	static unsigned int n;
+	char *s;
+	int len, negated;
+
+	if (human_flag && !number_separator) {
+		char buf[32];
+		snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "%f", 3.14);
+		if (strchr(buf, '.') != NULL)
+			number_separator = ',';
+		else
+			number_separator = '.';
+	}
+
+	n = (n + 1) % (sizeof bufs / sizeof bufs[0]);
+
+	if (human_flag > 1) {
+		if (human_flag == 2)
+			HUMANIFY(1000);
+		else
+			HUMANIFY(1024);
+	}
+
+	s = bufs[n] + sizeof bufs[0] - 1;
+	if (fract) {
+		len = strlen(fract);
+		s -= len;
+		strlcpy(s, fract, len + 1);
+	} else
+		*s = '\0';
+
+	len = 0;
+
+	if (!num)
+		*--s = '0';
+	if (num < 0) {
+		/* A maximum-size negated number can't fit as a positive,
+		 * so do one digit in negated form to start us off. */
+		*--s = (char)(-(num % 10)) + '0';
+		num = -(num / 10);
+		len++;
+		negated = 1;
+	} else
+		negated = 0;
+
+	while (num) {
+		if (human_flag) {
+			if (len == 3) {
+				*--s = number_separator;
+				len = 1;
+			} else
+				len++;
+		}
+		*--s = (char)(num % 10) + '0';
+		num /= 10;
+	}
+
+	if (negated)
+		*--s = '-';
+
+	return s;
+}
+
+/* Return the double number as a string.  If the human_flag option is > 1,
+ * we may output the number in K, M, G, or T units.  The buffer we use for
+ * our result is either a single static buffer defined here, or a buffer
+ * we get from do_big_num(). */
+char *do_big_dnum(double dnum, int human_flag, int decimal_digits)
+{
+	static char tmp_buf[128];
+#if SIZEOF_INT64 >= 8
+	char *fract;
+
+	snprintf(tmp_buf, sizeof tmp_buf, "%.*f", decimal_digits, dnum);
+
+	if (!human_flag || (dnum < 1000.0 && dnum > -1000.0))
+		return tmp_buf;
+
+	for (fract = tmp_buf+1; isDigit(fract); fract++) {}
+
+	return do_big_num((int64)dnum, human_flag, fract);
+#else
+	/* A big number might lose digits converting to a too-short int64,
+	 * so let's just return the raw double conversion. */
+	snprintf(tmp_buf, sizeof tmp_buf, "%.*f", decimal_digits, dnum);
+	return tmp_buf;
+#endif
+}

lib/fnmatch.c

@@ -1,482 +0,0 @@
-#include "../rsync.h"
-#ifndef HAVE_FNMATCH
-
-/* ----- THE FOLLOWING UP TO 'END' is glibc-2.1.2 posix/fnmatch.c
-     except for the parts with '#if 0' */
-
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if 0	/* header files included better by ../rsync.h */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h.  */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fnmatch.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-/* For platform which support the ISO C amendement 1 functionality we
-   support user defined character classes.  */
-#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-/* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>.  */
-# include <wchar.h>
-# include <wctype.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if 1
-
-# if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
-#  define ISASCII(c) 1
-# else
-#  define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
-# endif
-
-#ifdef isblank
-# define ISBLANK(c) (ISASCII (c) && isblank (c))
-#else
-# define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
-#endif
-#ifdef isgraph
-# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c))
-#else
-# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
-#endif
-
-#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
-#define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isdigit (c))
-#define ISALNUM(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalnum (c))
-#define ISALPHA(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalpha (c))
-#define ISCNTRL(c) (ISASCII (c) && iscntrl (c))
-#define ISLOWER(c) (ISASCII (c) && islower (c))
-#define ISPUNCT(c) (ISASCII (c) && ispunct (c))
-#define ISSPACE(c) (ISASCII (c) && isspace (c))
-#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
-#define ISXDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isxdigit (c))
-
-# define STREQ(s1, s2) ((strcmp (s1, s2) == 0))
-
-# if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-/* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes
-   and the functions from ISO C amendement 1.  */
-#  ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
-#   define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
-#  else
-/* This shouldn't happen but some implementation might still have this
-   problem.  Use a reasonable default value.  */
-#   define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 256
-#  endif
-
-#  ifdef _LIBC
-#   define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) __wctype (string)
-#  else
-#   define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) wctype (string)
-#  endif
-# else
-#  define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH  6 /* Namely, `xdigit'.  */
-
-#  define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string)						      \
-   (STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper")			      \
-    || STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank"))
-# endif
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
-   whose names are inconsistent.  */
-
-# if !defined _LIBC && !defined getenv
-extern char *getenv ();
-# endif
-
-# ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-# endif
-
-/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
-   it matches, nonzero if not.  */
-static int
-#ifdef _LIBC
-internal_function
-#endif
-internal_fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string,
-		  int no_leading_period, int flags)
-{
-  register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
-  register unsigned char c;
-
-/* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
-# ifdef _LIBC
-#  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? tolower (c) : (c))
-# else
-#  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
-# endif
-
-  while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
-    {
-      c = FOLD (c);
-
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case '?':
-	  if (*n == '\0')
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  else if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  else if (*n == '.' && no_leading_period
-		   && (n == string
-		       || (n[-1] == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  break;
-
-	case '\\':
-	  if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
-	    {
-	      c = *p++;
-	      if (c == '\0')
-		/* Trailing \ loses.  */
-		return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	      c = FOLD (c);
-	    }
-	  if (FOLD ((unsigned char) *n) != c)
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  break;
-
-	case '*':
-	  if (*n == '.' && no_leading_period
-	      && (n == string
-		  || (n[-1] == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++)
-	    {
-	      if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-		/* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_FILE_NAME.  */
-		return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	      else if (c == '?')
-		{
-		  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
-		  if (*n == '\0')
-		    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
-		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		  else
-		    /* One character of the string is consumed in matching
-		       this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
-		       less than three characters.  */
-		    ++n;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  if (c == '\0')
-	    /* The wildcard(s) is/are the last element of the pattern.
-	       If the name is a file name and contains another slash
-	       this does mean it cannot match.  */
-	    return ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && strchr (n, '/') != NULL
-		    ? FNM_NOMATCH : 0);
-	  else
-	    {
-	      const char *endp;
-
-#if 0
-	      endp = __strchrnul (n, (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) ? '/' : '\0');
-#else
-/* replace call to internal glibc function with equivalent */
-	      if (!(flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) || ((endp = strchr(n, '/')) == NULL))
-		endp = n + strlen(n);
-#endif
-
-	      if (c == '[')
-		{
-		  int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
-				? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
-
-		  for (--p; n < endp; ++n)
-		    if (internal_fnmatch (p, n,
-					  (no_leading_period
-					   && (n == string
-					       || (n[-1] == '/'
-						   && (flags
-						       & FNM_FILE_NAME)))),
-					  flags2)
-			== 0)
-		      return 0;
-		}
-	      else if (c == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-		{
-		  while (*n != '\0' && *n != '/')
-		    ++n;
-		  if (*n == '/'
-		      && (internal_fnmatch (p, n + 1, flags & FNM_PERIOD,
-					    flags) == 0))
-		    return 0;
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
-				? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
-
-		  if (c == '\\' && !(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
-		    c = *p;
-		  c = FOLD (c);
-		  for (--p; n < endp; ++n)
-		    if (FOLD ((unsigned char) *n) == c
-			&& (internal_fnmatch (p, n,
-					      (no_leading_period
-					       && (n == string
-						   || (n[-1] == '/'
-						       && (flags
-							   & FNM_FILE_NAME)))),
-					      flags2) == 0))
-		      return 0;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  /* If we come here no match is possible with the wildcard.  */
-	  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	case '[':
-	  {
-	    /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted.  */
-	    static int posixly_correct;
-	    register int not;
-	    char cold;
-
-	    if (posixly_correct == 0)
-	      posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1;
-
-	    if (*n == '\0')
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	    if (*n == '.' && no_leading_period && (n == string
-						   || (n[-1] == '/'
-						       && (flags
-							   & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	    if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-	      /* `/' cannot be matched.  */
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	    not = (*p == '!' || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == '^'));
-	    if (not)
-	      ++p;
-
-	    c = *p++;
-	    for (;;)
-	      {
-		unsigned char fn = FOLD ((unsigned char) *n);
-
-		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
-		  {
-		    if (*p == '\0')
-		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		    c = FOLD ((unsigned char) *p);
-		    ++p;
-
-		    if (c == fn)
-		      goto matched;
-		  }
-		else if (c == '[' && *p == ':')
-		  {
-		    /* Leave room for the null.  */
-		    char str[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
-		    size_t c1 = 0;
-# if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-		    wctype_t wt;
-# endif
-		    const char *startp = p;
-
-		    for (;;)
-		      {
-			if (c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
-			  /* The name is too long and therefore the pattern
-			     is ill-formed.  */
-			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-			c = *++p;
-			if (c == ':' && p[1] == ']')
-			  {
-			    p += 2;
-			    break;
-			  }
-			if (c < 'a' || c >= 'z')
-			  {
-			    /* This cannot possibly be a character class name.
-			       Match it as a normal range.  */
-			    p = startp;
-			    c = '[';
-			    goto normal_bracket;
-			  }
-			str[c1++] = c;
-		      }
-		    str[c1] = '\0';
-
-# if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-		    wt = IS_CHAR_CLASS (str);
-		    if (wt == 0)
-		      /* Invalid character class name.  */
-		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-		    if (__iswctype (__btowc ((unsigned char) *n), wt))
-		      goto matched;
-# else
-		    if ((STREQ (str, "alnum") && ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "alpha") && ISALPHA ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "blank") && ISBLANK ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "cntrl") && ISCNTRL ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "digit") && ISDIGIT ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "graph") && ISGRAPH ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "lower") && ISLOWER ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "print") && ISPRINT ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "punct") && ISPUNCT ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "space") && ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "upper") && ISUPPER ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "xdigit") && ISXDIGIT ((unsigned char) *n)))
-		      goto matched;
-# endif
-		  }
-		else if (c == '\0')
-		  /* [ (unterminated) loses.  */
-		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		else
-		  {
-		  normal_bracket:
-		    if (FOLD (c) == fn)
-		      goto matched;
-
-		    cold = c;
-		    c = *p++;
-
-		    if (c == '-' && *p != ']')
-		      {
-			/* It is a range.  */
-			unsigned char cend = *p++;
-			if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == '\\')
-			  cend = *p++;
-			if (cend == '\0')
-			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-			if (cold <= fn && fn <= FOLD (cend))
-			  goto matched;
-
-			c = *p++;
-		      }
-		  }
-
-		if (c == ']')
-		  break;
-	      }
-
-	    if (!not)
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	    break;
-
-	  matched:
-	    /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched.  */
-	    while (c != ']')
-	      {
-		if (c == '\0')
-		  /* [... (unterminated) loses.  */
-		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-		c = *p++;
-		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
-		  {
-		    if (*p == '\0')
-		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		    /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
-		    ++p;
-		  }
-		else if (c == '[' && *p == ':')
-		  {
-		    do
-		      if (*++p == '\0')
-			return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		    while (*p != ':' || p[1] == ']');
-		    p += 2;
-		    c = *p;
-		  }
-	      }
-	    if (not)
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  }
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  if (c != FOLD ((unsigned char) *n))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	}
-
-      ++n;
-    }
-
-  if (*n == '\0')
-    return 0;
-
-  if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == '/')
-    /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz".  */
-    return 0;
-
-  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-# undef FOLD
-}
-
-
-int
-fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
-     const char *pattern;
-     const char *string;
-     int flags;
-{
-  return internal_fnmatch (pattern, string, flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
-}
-
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
-/* ----- END glibc-2.1.2 posix/fnmatch.c */
-
-#else	/* HAVE_FNMATCH */
-void fnmatch_dummy(void) {}
-#endif

lib/fnmatch.h

@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 96, 97, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef	_FNMATCH_H
-#define	_FNMATCH_H	1
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined WINDOWS32
-# if !defined __GLIBC__ || !defined __P
-#  undef	__P
-#  define __P(protos)	protos
-# endif
-#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
-# undef	__P
-# define __P(protos)	()
-/* We can get away without defining `const' here only because in this file
-   it is used only inside the prototype for `fnmatch', which is elided in
-   non-ANSI C where `const' is problematical.  */
-#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
-
-#ifndef const
-# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
-#  define __const	const
-# else
-#  define __const
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
-   (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>.  */
-#undef	FNM_PATHNAME
-#undef	FNM_NOESCAPE
-#undef	FNM_PERIOD
-
-/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'.  */
-#define	FNM_PATHNAME	(1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'.  */
-#define	FNM_NOESCAPE	(1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars.  */
-#define	FNM_PERIOD	(1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly.  */
-
-#ifndef FNM_FILE_NAME
-# define FNM_FILE_NAME	 FNM_PATHNAME	/* Preferred GNU name.  */
-#endif
-#ifndef FNM_LEADING_DIR
-# define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3)	/* Ignore `/...' after a match.  */
-#endif
-#ifndef FNM_CASEFOLD
-# define FNM_CASEFOLD	 (1 << 4)	/* Compare without regard to case.  */
-#endif
-
-/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN.  */
-#define	FNM_NOMATCH	1
-
-/* This value is returned if the implementation does not support
-   `fnmatch'.  Since this is not the case here it will never be
-   returned but the conformance test suites still require the symbol
-   to be defined.  */
-#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
-# define FNM_NOSYS	(-1)
-#endif
-
-/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
-   returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
-extern int fnmatch __P ((__const char *__pattern, __const char *__string,
-			 int __flags));
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* fnmatch.h */

lib/getaddrinfo.c

@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+/*
+PostgreSQL Database Management System
+(formerly known as Postgres, then as Postgres95)
+
+Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2005, The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+
+Portions Copyright (c) 1994, The Regents of the University of California
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written agreement
+is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph
+and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies.
+
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR
+DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING
+LOST PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION,
+EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,
+INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
+ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATIONS
+TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
+
+*/
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * getaddrinfo.c
+ *	  Support getaddrinfo() on platforms that don't have it.
+ *
+ * We also supply getnameinfo() here, assuming that the platform will have
+ * it if and only if it has getaddrinfo().	If this proves false on some
+ * platform, we'll need to split this file and provide a separate configure
+ * test for getnameinfo().
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2007, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Jeremy Allison.
+ * Modified to return multiple IPv4 addresses for Samba.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+#ifndef SMB_MALLOC
+#define SMB_MALLOC(s) malloc(s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SMB_STRDUP
+#define SMB_STRDUP(s) strdup(s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HOST_NAME_MAX
+#define HOST_NAME_MAX 255
+#endif
+
+static int check_hostent_err(struct hostent *hp)
+{
+#ifndef INET6
+	extern int h_errno;
+#endif
+	if (!hp) {
+		switch (h_errno) {
+			case HOST_NOT_FOUND:
+			case NO_DATA:
+				return EAI_NONAME;
+			case TRY_AGAIN:
+				return EAI_AGAIN;
+			case NO_RECOVERY:
+			default:
+				return EAI_FAIL;
+		}
+	}
+	if (!hp->h_name || hp->h_addrtype != AF_INET) {
+		return EAI_FAIL;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static char *canon_name_from_hostent(struct hostent *hp,
+				int *perr)
+{
+	char *ret = NULL;
+
+	*perr = check_hostent_err(hp);
+	if (*perr) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	ret = SMB_STRDUP(hp->h_name);
+	if (!ret) {
+		*perr = EAI_MEMORY;
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+static char *get_my_canon_name(int *perr)
+{
+	char name[HOST_NAME_MAX+1];
+
+	if (gethostname(name, HOST_NAME_MAX) == -1) {
+		*perr = EAI_FAIL;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	/* Ensure null termination. */
+	name[HOST_NAME_MAX] = '\0';
+	return canon_name_from_hostent(gethostbyname(name), perr);
+}
+
+static char *get_canon_name_from_addr(struct in_addr ip,
+				int *perr)
+{
+	return canon_name_from_hostent(
+			gethostbyaddr((void *)&ip, sizeof ip, AF_INET),
+			perr);
+}
+
+static struct addrinfo *alloc_entry(const struct addrinfo *hints,
+				struct in_addr ip,
+				unsigned short port)
+{
+	struct sockaddr_in *psin = NULL;
+	struct addrinfo *ai = SMB_MALLOC(sizeof(*ai));
+
+	if (!ai) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	memset(ai, '\0', sizeof(*ai));
+
+	psin = SMB_MALLOC(sizeof(*psin));
+	if (!psin) {
+		free(ai);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	memset(psin, '\0', sizeof(*psin));
+
+	psin->sin_family = AF_INET;
+	psin->sin_port = htons(port);
+	psin->sin_addr = ip;
+
+	ai->ai_flags = 0;
+	ai->ai_family = AF_INET;
+	ai->ai_socktype = hints->ai_socktype;
+	ai->ai_protocol = hints->ai_protocol;
+	ai->ai_addrlen = sizeof(*psin);
+	ai->ai_addr = (struct sockaddr *) psin;
+	ai->ai_canonname = NULL;
+	ai->ai_next = NULL;
+
+	return ai;
+}
+
+/*
+ * get address info for a single ipv4 address.
+ *
+ *	Bugs:	- servname can only be a number, not text.
+ */
+
+static int getaddr_info_single_addr(const char *service,
+				uint32 addr,
+				const struct addrinfo *hints,
+				struct addrinfo **res)
+{
+
+	struct addrinfo *ai = NULL;
+	struct in_addr ip;
+	unsigned short port = 0;
+
+	if (service) {
+		port = (unsigned short)atoi(service);
+	}
+	ip.s_addr = htonl(addr);
+
+	ai = alloc_entry(hints, ip, port);
+	if (!ai) {
+		return EAI_MEMORY;
+	}
+
+	/* If we're asked for the canonical name,
+	 * make sure it returns correctly. */
+	if (!(hints->ai_flags & AI_NUMERICSERV) &&
+			hints->ai_flags & AI_CANONNAME) {
+		int err;
+		if (addr == INADDR_LOOPBACK || addr == INADDR_ANY) {
+			ai->ai_canonname = get_my_canon_name(&err);
+		} else {
+			ai->ai_canonname =
+			get_canon_name_from_addr(ip,&err);
+		}
+		if (ai->ai_canonname == NULL) {
+			freeaddrinfo(ai);
+			return err;
+		}
+	}
+
+	*res = ai;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * get address info for multiple ipv4 addresses.
+ *
+ *	Bugs:	- servname can only be a number, not text.
+ */
+
+static int getaddr_info_name(const char *node,
+				const char *service,
+				const struct addrinfo *hints,
+				struct addrinfo **res)
+{
+	struct addrinfo *listp = NULL, *prevp = NULL;
+	char **pptr = NULL;
+	int err;
+	struct hostent *hp = NULL;
+	unsigned short port = 0;
+
+	if (service) {
+		port = (unsigned short)atoi(service);
+	}
+
+	hp = gethostbyname(node);
+	err = check_hostent_err(hp);
+	if (err) {
+		return err;
+	}
+
+	for(pptr = hp->h_addr_list; *pptr; pptr++) {
+		struct in_addr ip = *(struct in_addr *)*pptr;
+		struct addrinfo *ai = alloc_entry(hints, ip, port);
+
+		if (!ai) {
+			freeaddrinfo(listp);
+			return EAI_MEMORY;
+		}
+
+		if (!listp) {
+			listp = ai;
+			prevp = ai;
+			ai->ai_canonname = SMB_STRDUP(hp->h_name);
+			if (!ai->ai_canonname) {
+				freeaddrinfo(listp);
+				return EAI_MEMORY;
+			}
+		} else {
+			prevp->ai_next = ai;
+			prevp = ai;
+		}
+	}
+	*res = listp;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * get address info for ipv4 sockets.
+ *
+ *	Bugs:	- servname can only be a number, not text.
+ */
+
+int getaddrinfo(const char *node,
+		const char *service,
+		const struct addrinfo * hintp,
+		struct addrinfo ** res)
+{
+	struct addrinfo hints;
+
+	/* Setup the hints struct. */
+	if (hintp == NULL) {
+		memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
+		hints.ai_family = AF_INET;
+		hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
+	} else {
+		memcpy(&hints, hintp, sizeof(hints));
+	}
+
+	if (hints.ai_family != AF_INET && hints.ai_family != AF_UNSPEC) {
+		return EAI_FAMILY;
+	}
+
+	if (hints.ai_socktype == 0) {
+		hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
+	}
+
+	if (!node && !service) {
+		return EAI_NONAME;
+	}
+
+	if (node) {
+		if (node[0] == '\0') {
+			return getaddr_info_single_addr(service,
+					INADDR_ANY,
+					&hints,
+					res);
+		} else if (hints.ai_flags & AI_NUMERICHOST) {
+			struct in_addr ip;
+			if (inet_pton(AF_INET, node, &ip) <= 0)
+				return EAI_FAIL;
+			return getaddr_info_single_addr(service,
+					ntohl(ip.s_addr),
+					&hints,
+					res);
+		} else {
+			return getaddr_info_name(node,
+						service,
+						&hints,
+						res);
+		}
+	} else if (hints.ai_flags & AI_PASSIVE) {
+		return getaddr_info_single_addr(service,
+					INADDR_ANY,
+					&hints,
+					res);
+	}
+	return getaddr_info_single_addr(service,
+					INADDR_LOOPBACK,
+					&hints,
+					res);
+}
+
+
+void freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *res)
+{
+	struct addrinfo *next = NULL;
+
+	for (;res; res = next) {
+		next = res->ai_next;
+		if (res->ai_canonname) {
+			free(res->ai_canonname);
+		}
+		if (res->ai_addr) {
+			free(res->ai_addr);
+		}
+		free(res);
+	}
+}
+
+
+const char *gai_strerror(int errcode)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_HSTRERROR
+	int			hcode;
+
+	switch (errcode)
+	{
+		case EAI_NONAME:
+			hcode = HOST_NOT_FOUND;
+			break;
+		case EAI_AGAIN:
+			hcode = TRY_AGAIN;
+			break;
+		case EAI_FAIL:
+		default:
+			hcode = NO_RECOVERY;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return hstrerror(hcode);
+#else							/* !HAVE_HSTRERROR */
+
+	switch (errcode)
+	{
+		case EAI_NONAME:
+			return "Unknown host";
+		case EAI_AGAIN:
+			return "Host name lookup failure";
+#ifdef EAI_BADFLAGS
+		case EAI_BADFLAGS:
+			return "Invalid argument";
+#endif
+#ifdef EAI_FAMILY
+		case EAI_FAMILY:
+			return "Address family not supported";
+#endif
+#ifdef EAI_MEMORY
+		case EAI_MEMORY:
+			return "Not enough memory";
+#endif
+#ifdef EAI_NODATA
+		case EAI_NODATA:
+			return "No host data of that type was found";
+#endif
+#ifdef EAI_SERVICE
+		case EAI_SERVICE:
+			return "Class type not found";
+#endif
+#ifdef EAI_SOCKTYPE
+		case EAI_SOCKTYPE:
+			return "Socket type not supported";
+#endif
+		default:
+			return "Unknown server error";
+	}
+#endif   /* HAVE_HSTRERROR */
+}
+
+static int gethostnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa,
+			char *node,
+			size_t nodelen,
+			int flags)
+{
+	int ret = -1;
+	char *p = NULL;
+
+	if (!(flags & NI_NUMERICHOST)) {
+		struct hostent *hp = gethostbyaddr(
+				(void *)&((struct sockaddr_in *)sa)->sin_addr,
+				sizeof (struct in_addr),
+				sa->sa_family);
+		ret = check_hostent_err(hp);
+		if (ret == 0) {
+			/* Name looked up successfully. */
+			ret = snprintf(node, nodelen, "%s", hp->h_name);
+			if (ret < 0 || (size_t)ret >= nodelen) {
+				return EAI_MEMORY;
+			}
+			if (flags & NI_NOFQDN) {
+				p = strchr(node,'.');
+				if (p) {
+					*p = '\0';
+				}
+			}
+			return 0;
+		}
+
+		if (flags & NI_NAMEREQD) {
+			/* If we require a name and didn't get one,
+			 * automatically fail. */
+			return ret;
+		}
+		/* Otherwise just fall into the numeric host code... */
+	}
+	p = inet_ntoa(((struct sockaddr_in *)sa)->sin_addr);
+	ret = snprintf(node, nodelen, "%s", p);
+	if (ret < 0 || (size_t)ret >= nodelen) {
+		return EAI_MEMORY;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static int getservicenameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa,
+			char *service,
+			size_t servicelen,
+			int flags)
+{
+	int ret = -1;
+	int port = ntohs(((struct sockaddr_in *)sa)->sin_port);
+
+	if (!(flags & NI_NUMERICSERV)) {
+		struct servent *se = getservbyport(
+				port,
+				(flags & NI_DGRAM) ? "udp" : "tcp");
+		if (se && se->s_name) {
+			/* Service name looked up successfully. */
+			ret = snprintf(service, servicelen, "%s", se->s_name);
+			if (ret < 0 || (size_t)ret >= servicelen) {
+				return EAI_MEMORY;
+			}
+			return 0;
+		}
+		/* Otherwise just fall into the numeric service code... */
+	}
+	ret = snprintf(service, servicelen, "%d", port);
+	if (ret < 0 || (size_t)ret >= servicelen) {
+		return EAI_MEMORY;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert an ipv4 address to a hostname.
+ *
+ * Bugs:	- No IPv6 support.
+ */
+int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, socklen_t salen,
+			char *node, size_t nodelen,
+			char *service, size_t servicelen, int flags)
+{
+
+	/* Invalid arguments. */
+	if (sa == NULL || (node == NULL && service == NULL)) {
+		return EAI_FAIL;
+	}
+
+	if (sa->sa_family != AF_INET) {
+		return EAI_FAIL;
+	}
+
+	if (salen < (socklen_t)sizeof (struct sockaddr_in)) {
+		return EAI_FAIL;
+	}
+
+	if (node) {
+		int ret = gethostnameinfo(sa, node, nodelen, flags);
+		if (ret)
+			return ret;
+	}
+
+	if (service) {
+		return getservicenameinfo(sa, service, servicelen, flags);
+	}
+	return 0;
+}

lib/getpass.c

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ * An implementation of getpass for systems that lack one.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Roman Donchenko
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+char *getpass(const char *prompt)
+{
+	static char password[256];
+
+	BOOL tty_changed = False, read_success;
+	struct termios tty_old, tty_new;
+	FILE *in = stdin, *out = stderr;
+	FILE *tty = fopen("/dev/tty", "w+");
+
+	if (tty)
+		in = out = tty;
+
+	if (tcgetattr(fileno(in), &tty_old) == 0) {
+		tty_new = tty_old;
+		tty_new.c_lflag &= ~(ECHO | ISIG);
+
+		if (tcsetattr(fileno(in), TCSAFLUSH, &tty_new) == 0)
+			tty_changed = True;
+	}
+
+	if (!tty_changed)
+		fputs("(WARNING: will be visible) ", out);
+	fputs(prompt, out);
+	fflush(out);
+
+	read_success = fgets(password, sizeof password, in) != NULL;
+
+	/* Print the newline that hasn't been echoed. */
+	fputc('\n', out);
+
+	if (tty_changed)
+		tcsetattr(fileno(in), TCSAFLUSH, &tty_old);
+
+	if (tty)
+		fclose(tty);
+
+	if (read_success) {
+		/* Remove the trailing newline. */
+		size_t password_len = strlen(password);
+		if (password_len && password[password_len - 1] == '\n')
+			password[password_len - 1] = '\0';
+
+		return password;
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}

lib/inet_ntop.c

@@ -75,13 +75,14 @@ inet_ntop4(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, size_t size)
 {
 	static const char *fmt = "%u.%u.%u.%u";
 	char tmp[sizeof "255.255.255.255"];
+	size_t len;
 
-	if ((size_t)sprintf(tmp, fmt, src[0], src[1], src[2], src[3]) >= size)
-	{
+	len = snprintf(tmp, sizeof tmp, fmt, src[0], src[1], src[2], src[3]);
+	if (len >= size) {
 		errno = ENOSPC;
 		return (NULL);
 	}
-	strcpy(dst, tmp);
+	memcpy(dst, tmp, len + 1);
 
 	return (dst);
 }
@@ -106,7 +107,7 @@ inet_ntop6(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, size_t size)
 	char tmp[sizeof "ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:255.255.255.255"], *tp;
 	struct { int base, len; } best, cur;
 	unsigned int words[NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ];
-	int i;
+	int i, inc;
 
 	/*
 	 * Preprocess:
@@ -157,13 +158,14 @@ inet_ntop6(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, size_t size)
 		/* Is this address an encapsulated IPv4? */
 		if (i == 6 && best.base == 0 &&
 		    (best.len == 6 || (best.len == 5 && words[5] == 0xffff))) {
-			if (!inet_ntop4(src+12, tp,
-					sizeof tmp - (tp - tmp)))
+			if (!inet_ntop4(src+12, tp, sizeof tmp - (tp - tmp)))
 				return (NULL);
 			tp += strlen(tp);
 			break;
 		}
-		tp += sprintf(tp, "%x", words[i]);
+		inc = snprintf(tp, 5, "%x", words[i]);
+		assert(inc < 5);
+		tp += inc;
 	}
 	/* Was it a trailing run of 0x00's? */
 	if (best.base != -1 && (best.base + best.len) ==
@@ -178,7 +180,7 @@ inet_ntop6(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, size_t size)
 		errno = ENOSPC;
 		return (NULL);
 	}
-	strcpy(dst, tmp);
+	memcpy(dst, tmp, tp - tmp);
 	return (dst);
 }
 #endif /* AF_INET6 */

lib/inet_pton.c

@@ -27,10 +27,12 @@
  */
 
 static int inet_pton4(const char *src, unsigned char *dst);
+#ifdef INET6
 static int inet_pton6(const char *src, unsigned char *dst);
+#endif
 
 /* int
- * isc_net_pton(af, src, dst)
+ * inet_pton(af, src, dst)
  *	convert from presentation format (which usually means ASCII printable)
  *	to network format (which is usually some kind of binary format).
  * return:

lib/md5.c

@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+/*
+ * RFC 1321 compliant MD5 implementation
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Christophe Devine
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+void md5_begin(md_context *ctx)
+{
+	ctx->A = 0x67452301;
+	ctx->B = 0xEFCDAB89;
+	ctx->C = 0x98BADCFE;
+	ctx->D = 0x10325476;
+
+	ctx->totalN = ctx->totalN2 = 0;
+}
+
+static void md5_process(md_context *ctx, const uchar data[CSUM_CHUNK])
+{
+	uint32 X[16], A, B, C, D;
+
+	A = ctx->A;
+	B = ctx->B;
+	C = ctx->C;
+	D = ctx->D;
+
+	X[0] = IVALu(data, 0);
+	X[1] = IVALu(data, 4);
+	X[2] = IVALu(data, 8);
+	X[3] = IVALu(data, 12);
+	X[4] = IVALu(data, 16);
+	X[5] = IVALu(data, 20);
+	X[6] = IVALu(data, 24);
+	X[7] = IVALu(data, 28);
+	X[8] = IVALu(data, 32);
+	X[9] = IVALu(data, 36);
+	X[10] = IVALu(data, 40);
+	X[11] = IVALu(data, 44);
+	X[12] = IVALu(data, 48);
+	X[13] = IVALu(data, 52);
+	X[14] = IVALu(data, 56);
+	X[15] = IVALu(data, 60);
+
+#define S(x,n) ((x << n) | ((x & 0xFFFFFFFF) >> (32 - n)))
+
+#define P(a,b,c,d,k,s,t) a += F(b,c,d) + X[k] + t, a = S(a,s) + b
+
+#define F(x,y,z) (z ^ (x & (y ^ z)))
+
+	P(A, B, C, D,  0,  7, 0xD76AA478);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  1, 12, 0xE8C7B756);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  2, 17, 0x242070DB);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  3, 22, 0xC1BDCEEE);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  4,  7, 0xF57C0FAF);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  5, 12, 0x4787C62A);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  6, 17, 0xA8304613);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  7, 22, 0xFD469501);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  8,  7, 0x698098D8);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  9, 12, 0x8B44F7AF);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 10, 17, 0xFFFF5BB1);
+	P(B, C, D, A, 11, 22, 0x895CD7BE);
+	P(A, B, C, D, 12,  7, 0x6B901122);
+	P(D, A, B, C, 13, 12, 0xFD987193);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 14, 17, 0xA679438E);
+	P(B, C, D, A, 15, 22, 0x49B40821);
+
+#undef F
+#define F(x,y,z) (y ^ (z & (x ^ y)))
+
+	P(A, B, C, D,  1,  5, 0xF61E2562);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  6,  9, 0xC040B340);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 11, 14, 0x265E5A51);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  0, 20, 0xE9B6C7AA);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  5,  5, 0xD62F105D);
+	P(D, A, B, C, 10,  9, 0x02441453);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 15, 14, 0xD8A1E681);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  4, 20, 0xE7D3FBC8);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  9,  5, 0x21E1CDE6);
+	P(D, A, B, C, 14,  9, 0xC33707D6);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  3, 14, 0xF4D50D87);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  8, 20, 0x455A14ED);
+	P(A, B, C, D, 13,  5, 0xA9E3E905);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  2,  9, 0xFCEFA3F8);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  7, 14, 0x676F02D9);
+	P(B, C, D, A, 12, 20, 0x8D2A4C8A);
+
+#undef F
+#define F(x,y,z) (x ^ y ^ z)
+
+	P(A, B, C, D,  5,  4, 0xFFFA3942);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  8, 11, 0x8771F681);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 11, 16, 0x6D9D6122);
+	P(B, C, D, A, 14, 23, 0xFDE5380C);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  1,  4, 0xA4BEEA44);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  4, 11, 0x4BDECFA9);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  7, 16, 0xF6BB4B60);
+	P(B, C, D, A, 10, 23, 0xBEBFBC70);
+	P(A, B, C, D, 13,  4, 0x289B7EC6);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  0, 11, 0xEAA127FA);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  3, 16, 0xD4EF3085);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  6, 23, 0x04881D05);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  9,  4, 0xD9D4D039);
+	P(D, A, B, C, 12, 11, 0xE6DB99E5);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 15, 16, 0x1FA27CF8);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  2, 23, 0xC4AC5665);
+
+#undef F
+#define F(x,y,z) (y ^ (x | ~z))
+
+	P(A, B, C, D,  0,  6, 0xF4292244);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  7, 10, 0x432AFF97);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 14, 15, 0xAB9423A7);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  5, 21, 0xFC93A039);
+	P(A, B, C, D, 12,  6, 0x655B59C3);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  3, 10, 0x8F0CCC92);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 10, 15, 0xFFEFF47D);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  1, 21, 0x85845DD1);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  8,  6, 0x6FA87E4F);
+	P(D, A, B, C, 15, 10, 0xFE2CE6E0);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  6, 15, 0xA3014314);
+	P(B, C, D, A, 13, 21, 0x4E0811A1);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  4,  6, 0xF7537E82);
+	P(D, A, B, C, 11, 10, 0xBD3AF235);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  2, 15, 0x2AD7D2BB);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  9, 21, 0xEB86D391);
+
+#undef F
+
+	ctx->A += A;
+	ctx->B += B;
+	ctx->C += C;
+	ctx->D += D;
+}
+
+void md5_update(md_context *ctx, const uchar *input, uint32 length)
+{
+	uint32 left, fill;
+
+	if (!length)
+		return;
+
+	left = ctx->totalN & 0x3F;
+	fill = CSUM_CHUNK - left;
+
+	ctx->totalN += length;
+	ctx->totalN &= 0xFFFFFFFF;
+
+	if (ctx->totalN < length)
+		ctx->totalN2++;
+
+	if (left && length >= fill) {
+		memcpy(ctx->buffer + left, input, fill);
+		md5_process(ctx, ctx->buffer);
+		length -= fill;
+		input  += fill;
+		left = 0;
+	}
+
+	while (length >= CSUM_CHUNK) {
+		md5_process(ctx, input);
+		length -= CSUM_CHUNK;
+		input  += CSUM_CHUNK;
+	}
+
+	if (length)
+		memcpy(ctx->buffer + left, input, length);
+}
+
+static uchar md5_padding[CSUM_CHUNK] = { 0x80 };
+
+void md5_result(md_context *ctx, uchar digest[MD5_DIGEST_LEN])
+{
+	uint32 last, padn;
+	uint32 high, low;
+	uchar msglen[8];
+
+	high = (ctx->totalN >> 29)
+	     | (ctx->totalN2 <<  3);
+	low  = (ctx->totalN <<  3);
+
+	SIVALu(msglen, 0, low);
+	SIVALu(msglen, 4, high);
+
+	last = ctx->totalN & 0x3F;
+	padn = last < 56 ? 56 - last : 120 - last;
+
+	md5_update(ctx, md5_padding, padn);
+	md5_update(ctx, msglen, 8);
+
+	SIVALu(digest, 0, ctx->A);
+	SIVALu(digest, 4, ctx->B);
+	SIVALu(digest, 8, ctx->C);
+	SIVALu(digest, 12, ctx->D);
+}
+
+void get_md5(uchar *out, const uchar *input, int n)
+{
+	md_context ctx;
+	md5_begin(&ctx);
+	md5_update(&ctx, input, n);
+	md5_result(&ctx, out);
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST_MD5
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/*
+ * those are the standard RFC 1321 test vectors
+ */
+
+static struct {
+    char *str, *md5;
+} tests[] = {
+ { "",
+   "d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e" },
+ { "a",
+   "0cc175b9c0f1b6a831c399e269772661" },
+ { "abc",
+   "900150983cd24fb0d6963f7d28e17f72" },
+ { "message digest",
+   "f96b697d7cb7938d525a2f31aaf161d0" },
+ { "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz",
+   "c3fcd3d76192e4007dfb496cca67e13b" },
+ { "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789",
+   "d174ab98d277d9f5a5611c2c9f419d9f" },
+ { "12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890",
+   "57edf4a22be3c955ac49da2e2107b67a" },
+ { NULL, NULL }
+};
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	FILE *f;
+	int i, j;
+	char output[33];
+	md_context ctx;
+	uchar buf[1000];
+	uchar md5sum[MD5_DIGEST_LEN];
+
+	if (argc < 2) {
+		printf("\nMD5 Validation Tests:\n\n");
+
+		for (i = 0; tests[i].str; i++) {
+			char *str = tests[i].str;
+			char *chk = tests[i].md5;
+
+			printf("  Test %d ", i + 1);
+
+			get_md5(md5sum, str, strlen(str));
+
+			for (j = 0; j < MD5_DIGEST_LEN; j++)
+				sprintf(output + j * 2, "%02x", md5sum[j]);
+
+			if (memcmp(output, chk, 32)) {
+				printf("failed!\n");
+				return 1;
+			}
+
+			printf("passed.\n");
+		}
+
+		printf("\n");
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	while (--argc) {
+		if (!(f = fopen(*++argv, "rb"))) {
+			perror("fopen");
+			return 1;
+		}
+
+		md5_begin(&ctx);
+
+		while ((i = fread(buf, 1, sizeof buf, f)) > 0)
+			md5_update(&ctx, buf, i);
+
+		md5_result(&ctx, md5sum);
+
+		for (j = 0; j < MD5_DIGEST_LEN; j++)
+			printf("%02x", md5sum[j]);
+
+		printf("  %s\n", *argv);
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#endif

lib/mdfour.c

@@ -1,32 +1,32 @@
 /* 
-   Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
-   Version 1.9.
-   a implementation of MD4 designed for use in the SMB authentication protocol
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1997-1998.
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+ * Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
+ * Version 1.9.
+ * An implementation of MD4 designed for use in the SMB authentication protocol.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1997-1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Wayne Davison
+ * 
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ * 
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ * 
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 /* NOTE: This code makes no attempt to be fast! 
+ *
+ * It assumes that a int is at least 32 bits long. */
 
-   It assumes that a int is at least 32 bits long
-*/
-
-static struct mdfour *m;
+static md_context *m;
 
 #define MASK32 (0xffffffff)
 
@@ -48,32 +48,31 @@ static void mdfour64(uint32 *M)
 	A = m->A; B = m->B; C = m->C; D = m->D; 
 	AA = A; BB = B; CC = C; DD = D;
 
-        ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  1,  7);  
+	ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  1,  7);  
 	ROUND1(C,D,A,B,  2, 11);  ROUND1(B,C,D,A,  3, 19);
-        ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  4,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  5,  7);  
+	ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  4,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  5,  7);  
 	ROUND1(C,D,A,B,  6, 11);  ROUND1(B,C,D,A,  7, 19);
-        ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  8,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  9,  7);  
+	ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  8,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  9,  7);  
 	ROUND1(C,D,A,B, 10, 11);  ROUND1(B,C,D,A, 11, 19);
-        ROUND1(A,B,C,D, 12,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C, 13,  7);  
+	ROUND1(A,B,C,D, 12,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C, 13,  7);  
 	ROUND1(C,D,A,B, 14, 11);  ROUND1(B,C,D,A, 15, 19);	
 
-
-        ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  4,  5);  
+	ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  4,  5);  
 	ROUND2(C,D,A,B,  8,  9);  ROUND2(B,C,D,A, 12, 13);
-        ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  1,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  5,  5);  
+	ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  1,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  5,  5);  
 	ROUND2(C,D,A,B,  9,  9);  ROUND2(B,C,D,A, 13, 13);
-        ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  2,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  6,  5);  
+	ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  2,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  6,  5);  
 	ROUND2(C,D,A,B, 10,  9);  ROUND2(B,C,D,A, 14, 13);
-        ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  3,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  7,  5);  
+	ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  3,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  7,  5);  
 	ROUND2(C,D,A,B, 11,  9);  ROUND2(B,C,D,A, 15, 13);
 
 	ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C,  8,  9);  
 	ROUND3(C,D,A,B,  4, 11);  ROUND3(B,C,D,A, 12, 15);
-        ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  2,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C, 10,  9);  
+	ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  2,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C, 10,  9);  
 	ROUND3(C,D,A,B,  6, 11);  ROUND3(B,C,D,A, 14, 15);
-        ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  1,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C,  9,  9);  
+	ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  1,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C,  9,  9);  
 	ROUND3(C,D,A,B,  5, 11);  ROUND3(B,C,D,A, 13, 15);
-        ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  3,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C, 11,  9);  
+	ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  3,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C, 11,  9);  
 	ROUND3(C,D,A,B,  7, 11);  ROUND3(B,C,D,A, 15, 15);
 
 	A += AA; B += BB; 
@@ -85,16 +84,17 @@ static void mdfour64(uint32 *M)
 	m->A = A; m->B = B; m->C = C; m->D = D;
 }
 
-static void copy64(uint32 *M, unsigned char *in)
+static void copy64(uint32 *M, const uchar *in)
 {
 	int i;
 
-	for (i=0;i<16;i++)
-		M[i] = (in[i*4+3]<<24) | (in[i*4+2]<<16) |
-			(in[i*4+1]<<8) | (in[i*4+0]<<0);
+	for (i = 0; i < MD4_DIGEST_LEN; i++) {
+		M[i] = (in[i*4+3] << 24) | (in[i*4+2] << 16)
+		     | (in[i*4+1] << 8)  | (in[i*4+0] << 0);
+	}
 }
 
-static void copy4(unsigned char *out,uint32 x)
+static void copy4(uchar *out,uint32 x)
 {
 	out[0] = x&0xFF;
 	out[1] = (x>>8)&0xFF;
@@ -102,36 +102,57 @@ static void copy4(unsigned char *out,uint32 x)
 	out[3] = (x>>24)&0xFF;
 }
 
-void mdfour_begin(struct mdfour *md)
+void mdfour_begin(md_context *md)
 {
 	md->A = 0x67452301;
 	md->B = 0xefcdab89;
 	md->C = 0x98badcfe;
 	md->D = 0x10325476;
 	md->totalN = 0;
+	md->totalN2 = 0;
 }
 
-
-static void mdfour_tail(unsigned char *in, int n)
+static void mdfour_tail(const uchar *in, uint32 length)
 {
-	unsigned char buf[128];
+	uchar buf[128];
 	uint32 M[16];
-	uint32 b;
+	extern int protocol_version;
 
-	m->totalN += n;
-
-	b = m->totalN * 8;
+	/*
+	 * Count total number of bits, modulo 2^64
+	 */
+	m->totalN += length << 3;
+	if (m->totalN < (length << 3))
+		m->totalN2++;
+	m->totalN2 += length >> 29;
 
 	memset(buf, 0, 128);
-	if (n) memcpy(buf, in, n);
-	buf[n] = 0x80;
+	if (length)
+		memcpy(buf, in, length);
+	buf[length] = 0x80;
 
-	if (n <= 55) {
-		copy4(buf+56, b);
+	if (length <= 55) {
+		copy4(buf+56, m->totalN);
+		/*
+		 * Prior to protocol version 27 only the number of bits
+		 * modulo 2^32 was included.  MD4 requires the number
+		 * of bits modulo 2^64, which was fixed starting with
+		 * protocol version 27.
+		 */
+		if (protocol_version >= 27)
+			copy4(buf+60, m->totalN2);
 		copy64(M, buf);
 		mdfour64(M);
 	} else {
-		copy4(buf+120, b); 
+		copy4(buf+120, m->totalN); 
+		/*
+		 * Prior to protocol version 27 only the number of bits
+		 * modulo 2^32 was included.  MD4 requires the number
+		 * of bits modulo 2^64, which was fixed starting with
+		 * protocol version 27.
+		 */
+		if (protocol_version >= 27)
+			copy4(buf+124, m->totalN2); 
 		copy64(M, buf);
 		mdfour64(M);
 		copy64(M, buf+64);
@@ -139,51 +160,55 @@ static void mdfour_tail(unsigned char *in, int n)
 	}
 }
 
-void mdfour_update(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *in, int n)
+void mdfour_update(md_context *md, const uchar *in, uint32 length)
 {
 	uint32 M[16];
 
-	if (n == 0) mdfour_tail(in, n);
-
 	m = md;
 
-	while (n >= 64) {
+	if (length == 0)
+		mdfour_tail(in, length);
+
+	while (length >= 64) {
 		copy64(M, in);
 		mdfour64(M);
 		in += 64;
-		n -= 64;
-		m->totalN += 64;
+		length -= 64;
+		m->totalN += 64 << 3;
+		if (m->totalN < 64 << 3)
+			m->totalN2++;
 	}
 
-	if (n) mdfour_tail(in, n);
+	if (length)
+		mdfour_tail(in, length);
 }
 
-
-void mdfour_result(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *out)
+void mdfour_result(md_context *md, uchar digest[MD4_DIGEST_LEN])
 {
 	m = md;
 
-	copy4(out, m->A);
-	copy4(out+4, m->B);
-	copy4(out+8, m->C);
-	copy4(out+12, m->D);
+	copy4(digest, m->A);
+	copy4(digest+4, m->B);
+	copy4(digest+8, m->C);
+	copy4(digest+12, m->D);
 }
 
-
-void mdfour(unsigned char *out, unsigned char *in, int n)
+void mdfour(uchar digest[MD4_DIGEST_LEN], uchar *in, int length)
 {
-	struct mdfour md;
+	md_context md;
 	mdfour_begin(&md);
-	mdfour_update(&md, in, n);
-	mdfour_result(&md, out);
+	mdfour_update(&md, in, length);
+	mdfour_result(&md, digest);
 }
 
 #ifdef TEST_MDFOUR
+int protocol_version = 28;
+
 static void file_checksum1(char *fname)
 {
-	int fd, i;
-	struct mdfour md;
-	unsigned char buf[64*1024], sum[16];
+	int fd, i, was_multiple_of_64 = 1;
+	md_context md;
+	uchar buf[64*1024], sum[MD4_DIGEST_LEN];
 	
 	fd = open(fname,O_RDONLY);
 	if (fd == -1) {
@@ -194,63 +219,28 @@ static void file_checksum1(char *fname)
 	mdfour_begin(&md);
 
 	while (1) {
-		int n = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf));
-		if (n <= 0) break;
+		int n = read(fd, buf, sizeof buf);
+		if (n <= 0)
+			break;
+		was_multiple_of_64 = !(n % 64);
 		mdfour_update(&md, buf, n);
 	}
+	if (was_multiple_of_64 && protocol_version >= 27)
+		mdfour_update(&md, buf, 0);
 
 	close(fd);
 
 	mdfour_result(&md, sum);
 
-	for (i=0;i<16;i++)
+	for (i = 0; i < MD4_DIGEST_LEN; i++)
 		printf("%02X", sum[i]);
 	printf("\n");
 }
 
-#if 0
-#include "../md4.h"
-
-static void file_checksum2(char *fname)
-{
-	int fd, i;
-	MDstruct md;
-	unsigned char buf[64], sum[16];
-
-	fd = open(fname,O_RDONLY);
-	if (fd == -1) {
-		perror("fname");
-		exit(1);
-	}
-	
-	MDbegin(&md);
-
-	while (1) {
-		int n = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf));
-		if (n <= 0) break;
-		MDupdate(&md, buf, n*8);
-	}
-
-	if (!md.done) {
-		MDupdate(&md, buf, 0);
-	}
-
-	close(fd);
-
-	memcpy(sum, md.buffer, 16);
-
-	for (i=0;i<16;i++)
-		printf("%02X", sum[i]);
-	printf("\n");
-}
-#endif
-
  int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
-	file_checksum1(argv[1]);
-#if 0
-	file_checksum2(argv[1]);
-#endif
+	while (--argc)
+		file_checksum1(*++argv);
 	return 0;
 }
 #endif

lib/mdfour.h

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/* 
-   Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
-   Version 1.9.
-   a implementation of MD4 designed for use in the SMB authentication protocol
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1997-1998.
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
-struct mdfour {
-	uint32 A, B, C, D;
-	uint32 totalN;
-};
-
-void mdfour_begin(struct mdfour *md);
-void mdfour_update(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *in, int n);
-void mdfour_result(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *out);
-void mdfour(unsigned char *out, unsigned char *in, int n);
-
-
-
-

lib/mdigest.h

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* The include file for both the MD4 and MD5 routines. */
+
+#define MD4_DIGEST_LEN 16
+#define MD5_DIGEST_LEN 16
+#define MAX_DIGEST_LEN MD5_DIGEST_LEN
+
+#define CSUM_CHUNK 64
+
+typedef struct {
+	uint32 A, B, C, D;
+	uint32 totalN;          /* bit count, lower 32 bits */
+	uint32 totalN2;         /* bit count, upper 32 bits */
+	uchar buffer[CSUM_CHUNK];
+} md_context;
+
+void mdfour_begin(md_context *md);
+void mdfour_update(md_context *md, const uchar *in, uint32 length);
+void mdfour_result(md_context *md, uchar digest[MD4_DIGEST_LEN]);
+
+void get_mdfour(uchar digest[MD4_DIGEST_LEN], const uchar *in, int length);
+
+void md5_begin(md_context *ctx);
+void md5_update(md_context *ctx, const uchar *input, uint32 length);
+void md5_result(md_context *ctx, uchar digest[MD5_DIGEST_LEN]);
+
+void get_md5(uchar digest[MD5_DIGEST_LEN], const uchar *input, int n);

lib/permstring.c

@@ -1,41 +1,39 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * A single utility routine.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2001 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-/**
- * Produce a string representation of Unix mode bits like that used by
- * ls(1).
- *
- * @param buf buffer of at least 11 characters
- **/
-void permstring(char *perms,
-		int mode)
+/* Produce a string representation of Unix mode bits like that used by ls(1).
+ * The "buf" buffer must be at least 11 characters. */
+void permstring(char *perms, mode_t mode)
 {
 	static const char *perm_map = "rwxrwxrwx";
 	int i;
 
-	strcpy(perms, "----------");
-	
-	for (i=0;i<9;i++) {
-		if (mode & (1<<i)) perms[9-i] = perm_map[8-i];
+	strlcpy(perms, "----------", 11);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) {
+		if (mode & (1 << i))
+			perms[9-i] = perm_map[8-i];
 	}
 
 	/* Handle setuid/sticky bits.  You might think the indices are
@@ -46,16 +44,22 @@ void permstring(char *perms,
 
 	if (mode & S_ISGID)
 		perms[6] = (mode & S_IXGRP) ? 's' : 'S';
-	
+
+#ifdef S_ISVTX
 	if (mode & S_ISVTX)
 		perms[9] = (mode & S_IXOTH) ? 't' : 'T';
-		
-	if (S_ISLNK(mode)) perms[0] = 'l';
-	if (S_ISDIR(mode)) perms[0] = 'd';
-	if (S_ISBLK(mode)) perms[0] = 'b';
-	if (S_ISCHR(mode)) perms[0] = 'c';
-	if (S_ISSOCK(mode)) perms[0] = 's';
-	if (S_ISFIFO(mode)) perms[0] = 'p';
-}
+#endif
 
-	
+	if (S_ISDIR(mode))
+		perms[0] = 'd';
+	else if (S_ISLNK(mode))
+		perms[0] = 'l';
+	else if (S_ISBLK(mode))
+		perms[0] = 'b';
+	else if (S_ISCHR(mode))
+		perms[0] = 'c';
+	else if (S_ISSOCK(mode))
+		perms[0] = 's';
+	else if (S_ISFIFO(mode))
+		perms[0] = 'p';
+}

lib/permstring.h

@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 #define PERMSTRING_SIZE 11
 
-void permstring(char *perms, int mode);
+void permstring(char *perms, mode_t mode);

lib/pool_alloc.3

@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+.ds d \-\^\-
+.ds o \fR[\fP
+.ds c \fR]\fP
+.ds | \fR|\fP
+.de D
+\\.B \*d\\$1
+..
+.de DI
+\\.BI \*d\\$1 \\$2
+..
+.de DR
+\\.BR \*d\\$1 \\$2
+..
+.de Di
+\\.BI \*d\\$1 " \\$2"
+..
+.de Db
+\\.B \*d\\$1 " \\$2"
+..
+.de Df
+\\.B \*d\*ono\*c\\$1
+..
+.de See
+See \fB\\$1\fP for details.
+..
+.de SeeIn
+See \fB\\$1\fP in \fB\\$2\fP for details.
+..
+.TH POOL_ALLOC 3
+.SH NAME
+pool_alloc, pool_free, pool_free_old, pool_talloc, pool_tfree, pool_create, pool_destroy, pool_boundary
+\- Allocate and free memory in managed allocation pools.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include "pool_alloc.h"
+
+\fBstruct alloc_pool *pool_create(size_t \fIsize\fB, size_t \fIquantum\fB, void (*\fIbomb\fB)(char *), int \fIflags\fB);
+
+\fBvoid pool_destroy(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB);
+
+\fBvoid *pool_alloc(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, size_t \fIsize\fB, char *\fImsg\fB);
+
+\fBvoid pool_free(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, size_t \fIsize\fB, void *\fIaddr\fB);
+
+\fBvoid pool_free_old(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, void *\fIaddr\fB);
+
+\fBvoid *pool_talloc(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, \fItype\fB), int \fIcount\fB, char *\fImsg\fB);
+
+\fBvoid pool_tfree(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, \fItype\fB, int \fIcount\fB, void *\fIaddr\fB);
+
+\fBvoid pool_boundary(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, sise_t \fIsize\fB);
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.P
+The pool allocation routines use
+.B malloc()
+for underlying memory management.
+What allocation pools do is cause memory within a given pool
+to be allocated in large contiguous blocks
+(called extents) that will be reusable when freed.  Unlike
+.BR malloc() ,
+the allocations are not managed individually.
+Instead, each extent tracks the total free memory within the
+extent.  Each extent can either be used to allocate memory
+or to manage the freeing of memory within that extent.
+When an extent has less free memory than a given
+allocation request, the current extent ceases to be used
+for allocation.  See also the
+.B pool_boundary()
+function.
+.P
+This form of memory management is suited to large numbers of small
+related allocations that are held for a while
+and then freed as a group.
+Because the
+underlying allocations are done in large contiguous extents,
+when an extent is freed, it can release a large enough
+contiguous block of memory to allow the memory to be returned
+to the OS for use by whatever program needs it.
+You can allocate from one or more memory pools and/or
+.B malloc()
+all at the same time without interfering with how pools work.
+.P
+.B pool_create()
+Creates an allocation pool for subsequent calls to the pool
+allocation functions.
+When an extent is created for allocations it will be
+.I size 
+bytes.
+Allocations from the pool have their sizes rounded up to a
+multiple of
+.I quantum
+bytes in length.
+Specifying
+.B 0
+for
+.I quantum
+will produce a quantum that should meet maximal alignment
+on most platforms.
+Unless
+.B POOL_NO_QALIGN
+is set in the
+.IR flags ,
+allocations will be aligned to addresses that are a
+multiple of
+.IR quantum .
+A
+.B NULL
+may be specified for the
+.I bomb
+function pointer if it is not needed.  (See the
+.B pool_alloc()
+function for how it is used.)
+If
+.B POOL_CLEAR
+is set in the
+.IR flags ,
+all allocations from the pool will be initialized to zeros.
+If either
+.B POOL_PREPEND
+or
+.B POOL_INTERN
+is specified in the
+.IR flags ,
+each extent's data structure will be allocated at the start of the
+.IR size -length
+buffer (rather than as a separate, non-pool allocation), with the
+former extending the
+.I size
+to hold the structure, and the latter subtracting the structure's
+length from the indicated
+.IR size .
+.P
+.B pool_destroy()
+destroys an allocation
+.I pool
+and frees all its associated memory.
+.P
+.B pool_alloc()
+allocates
+.I size
+bytes from the specified
+.IR pool .
+If
+.I size
+is
+.BR 0 ,
+.I quantum
+bytes will be allocated.
+If the pool has been created without
+.BR POOL_NO_QALIGN ,
+every chunk of memory that is returned will be suitably aligned.
+You can use this with the default
+.I quantum
+size to ensure that all memory can store a variable of any type.
+If the requested memory cannot be allocated, the
+.I bomb()
+function will be called with
+.I msg
+as its sole argument (if the function was defined at the time
+the pool was created), and then a
+.B NULL
+address is returned (assuming that the bomb function didn't exit).
+.P
+.B pool_free()
+frees
+.I size
+bytes pointed to by an
+.I addr
+that was previously allocated in the specified
+.IR pool .
+If
+.I size
+is
+.BR 0 ,
+.I quantum
+bytes will be freed.
+The memory freed within an extent will not be reusable until
+all of the memory in that extent has been freed with one
+exception: the most recent pool allocation may be freed back
+into the pool prior to making any further allocations.
+If enough free calls are made to indicate that an extent has no
+remaining allocated objects (as computed by the total freed size for
+an extent), its memory will be completely freed back to the system.
+If
+.I addr
+is
+.BR NULL ,
+no memory will be freed, but subsequent allocations will come
+from a new extent.
+.P
+.B pool_free_old()
+takes a boundary
+.I addr
+value that was returned by
+.B pool_boundary()
+and frees up any extents in the
+.I pool
+that have data allocated from that point backward in time.
+NOTE: you must NOT mix calls to both
+.B pool_free
+and
+.B pool_free_old
+on the same pool!
+.P
+.B pool_boundary()
+asks for a boundary value that can be sent to 
+.B pool_free_old()
+at a later time to free up all memory allocated prior to a particular
+moment in time.
+If the extent that holds the boundary point has allocations from after the
+boundary point, it will not be freed until a future
+.B pool_free_old()
+call encompasses the entirety of the extent's data.
+If
+.I len
+is non-zero, the call will also check if the active extent has at least
+that much free memory available in it, and if not, it will mark the
+extent as inactive, forcing a new extent to be used for future allocations.
+(You can specify -1 for
+.I len
+if you want to force a new extent to start.)
+.P
+.B pool_talloc()
+is a macro that takes a
+.I type
+and a
+.I count
+instead of a
+.IR size .
+It casts the return value to the correct pointer type.
+.P
+.B pool_tfree
+is a macro that calls
+.B pool_free
+on memory that was allocated by
+.BR pool_talloc() .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.B pool_create()
+returns a pointer to
+.BR "struct alloc_pool" .
+.P
+.B pool_alloc()
+and
+.B pool_talloc()
+return pointers to the allocated memory,
+or NULL if the request fails.
+The return type of
+.B pool_alloc()
+will normally require casting to the desired type but
+.B pool_talloc()
+will returns a pointer of the requested
+.IR type .
+.P
+.B pool_boundary()
+returns a pointer that should only be used in a call to
+.BR pool_free_old() .
+.P
+.BR pool_free() ,
+.BR pool_free_old() ,
+.B pool_tfree()
+and
+.B pool_destroy()
+return no value.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.nf
+malloc(3)
+.SH AUTHOR
+pool_alloc was created by J.W. Schultz of Pegasystems Technologies.
+.SH BUGS AND ISSUES

lib/pool_alloc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+#define POOL_DEF_EXTENT	(32 * 1024)
+
+#define POOL_QALIGN_P2		(1<<16)		/* power-of-2 qalign	*/
+
+struct alloc_pool
+{
+	size_t			size;		/* extent size		*/
+	size_t			quantum;	/* allocation quantum	*/
+	struct pool_extent	*extents;	/* top extent is "live" */
+	void			(*bomb)();	/* function to call if
+						 * malloc fails		*/
+	int			flags;
+
+	/* statistical data */
+	unsigned long		e_created;	/* extents created	*/
+	unsigned long		e_freed;	/* extents destroyed	*/
+	int64			n_allocated;	/* calls to alloc	*/
+	int64			n_freed;	/* calls to free	*/
+	int64			b_allocated;	/* cum. bytes allocated	*/
+	int64			b_freed;	/* cum. bytes freed	*/
+};
+
+struct pool_extent
+{
+	struct pool_extent	*next;
+	void			*start;		/* starting address	*/
+	size_t			free;		/* free bytecount	*/
+	size_t			bound;		/* trapped free bytes	*/
+};
+
+struct align_test {
+	uchar foo;
+	union {
+	    int64 i;
+	    void *p;
+	} bar;
+};
+
+#define MINALIGN	offsetof(struct align_test, bar)
+
+/* Temporarily cast a void* var into a char* var when adding an offset (to
+ * keep some compilers from complaining about the pointer arithmetic). */
+#define PTR_ADD(b,o)	( (void*) ((char*)(b) + (o)) )
+
+alloc_pool_t
+pool_create(size_t size, size_t quantum, void (*bomb)(const char *), int flags)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool;
+
+	if (!(pool = new0(struct alloc_pool)))
+		return NULL;
+
+	if ((MINALIGN & (MINALIGN - 1)) != 0) {
+		if (bomb)
+			(*bomb)("Compiler error: MINALIGN is not a power of 2\n");
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (!size)
+		size = POOL_DEF_EXTENT;
+	if (!quantum)
+		quantum = MINALIGN;
+
+	if (flags & POOL_INTERN) {
+		if (size <= sizeof (struct pool_extent))
+			size = quantum;
+		else
+			size -= sizeof (struct pool_extent);
+		flags |= POOL_PREPEND;
+	}
+
+	if (quantum <= 1)
+		flags = (flags | POOL_NO_QALIGN) & ~POOL_QALIGN_P2;
+	else if (!(flags & POOL_NO_QALIGN)) {
+		if (size % quantum)
+			size += quantum - size % quantum;
+		/* If quantum is a power of 2, we'll avoid using modulus. */
+		if (!(quantum & (quantum - 1)))
+			flags |= POOL_QALIGN_P2;
+	}
+
+	pool->size = size;
+	pool->quantum = quantum;
+	pool->bomb = bomb;
+	pool->flags = flags;
+
+	return pool;
+}
+
+void
+pool_destroy(alloc_pool_t p)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
+	struct pool_extent *cur, *next;
+
+	if (!pool)
+		return;
+
+	for (cur = pool->extents; cur; cur = next) {
+		next = cur->next;
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_PREPEND)
+			free(PTR_ADD(cur->start, -sizeof (struct pool_extent)));
+		else {
+			free(cur->start);
+			free(cur);
+		}
+	}
+
+	free(pool);
+}
+
+void *
+pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, const char *bomb_msg)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
+	if (!pool)
+		return NULL;
+
+	if (!len)
+		len = pool->quantum;
+	else if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN_P2) {
+		if (len & (pool->quantum - 1))
+			len += pool->quantum - (len & (pool->quantum - 1));
+	} else if (!(pool->flags & POOL_NO_QALIGN)) {
+		if (len % pool->quantum)
+			len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
+	}
+
+	if (len > pool->size)
+		goto bomb_out;
+
+	if (!pool->extents || len > pool->extents->free) {
+		void *start;
+		size_t asize;
+		struct pool_extent *ext;
+
+		asize = pool->size;
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_PREPEND)
+			asize += sizeof (struct pool_extent);
+
+		if (!(start = new_array(char, asize)))
+			goto bomb_out;
+
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
+			memset(start, 0, asize);
+
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_PREPEND) {
+			ext = start;
+			start = PTR_ADD(start, sizeof (struct pool_extent));
+		} else if (!(ext = new(struct pool_extent)))
+			goto bomb_out;
+		ext->start = start;
+		ext->free = pool->size;
+		ext->bound = 0;
+		ext->next = pool->extents;
+		pool->extents = ext;
+
+		pool->e_created++;
+	}
+
+	pool->n_allocated++;
+	pool->b_allocated += len;
+
+	pool->extents->free -= len;
+
+	return PTR_ADD(pool->extents->start, pool->extents->free);
+
+  bomb_out:
+	if (pool->bomb)
+		(*pool->bomb)(bomb_msg);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/* This function allows you to declare memory in the pool that you are done
+ * using.  If you free all the memory in a pool's extent, that extent will
+ * be freed. */
+void
+pool_free(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, void *addr)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *)p;
+	struct pool_extent *cur, *prev;
+
+	if (!pool)
+		return;
+
+	if (!addr) {
+		/* A NULL addr starts a fresh extent for new allocations. */
+		if ((cur = pool->extents) != NULL && cur->free != pool->size) {
+			cur->bound += cur->free;
+			cur->free = 0;
+		}
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (!len)
+		len = pool->quantum;
+	else if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN_P2) {
+		if (len & (pool->quantum - 1))
+			len += pool->quantum - (len & (pool->quantum - 1));
+	} else if (!(pool->flags & POOL_NO_QALIGN)) {
+		if (len % pool->quantum)
+			len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
+	}
+
+	pool->n_freed++;
+	pool->b_freed += len;
+
+	for (prev = NULL, cur = pool->extents; cur; prev = cur, cur = cur->next) {
+		if (addr >= cur->start
+		    && addr < PTR_ADD(cur->start, pool->size))
+			break;
+	}
+	if (!cur)
+		return;
+
+	if (!prev) {
+		/* The "live" extent is kept ready for more allocations. */
+		if (cur->free + cur->bound + len >= pool->size) {
+			if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR) {
+				memset(PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free), 0,
+				       pool->size - cur->free);
+			}
+			cur->free = pool->size;
+			cur->bound = 0;
+		} else if (addr == PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free)) {
+			if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
+				memset(addr, 0, len);
+			cur->free += len;
+		} else
+			cur->bound += len;
+	} else {
+		cur->bound += len;
+
+		if (cur->free + cur->bound >= pool->size) {
+			prev->next = cur->next;
+			if (pool->flags & POOL_PREPEND)
+				free(PTR_ADD(cur->start, -sizeof (struct pool_extent)));
+			else {
+				free(cur->start);
+				free(cur);
+			}
+			pool->e_freed++;
+		} else if (prev != pool->extents) {
+			/* Move the extent to be the first non-live extent. */
+			prev->next = cur->next;
+			cur->next = pool->extents->next;
+			pool->extents->next = cur;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/* This allows you to declare that the given address marks the edge of some
+ * pool memory that is no longer needed.  Any extents that hold only data
+ * older than the boundary address are freed.  NOTE: You MUST NOT USE BOTH
+ * pool_free() and pool_free_old() on the same pool!! */
+void
+pool_free_old(alloc_pool_t p, void *addr)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *)p;
+	struct pool_extent *cur, *prev, *next;
+
+	if (!pool || !addr)
+		return;
+
+	for (prev = NULL, cur = pool->extents; cur; prev = cur, cur = cur->next) {
+		if (addr >= cur->start
+		    && addr < PTR_ADD(cur->start, pool->size))
+			break;
+	}
+	if (!cur)
+		return;
+
+	if (addr == PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free)) {
+		if (prev) {
+			prev->next = NULL;
+			next = cur;
+		} else {
+			/* The most recent live extent can just be reset. */
+			if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
+				memset(addr, 0, pool->size - cur->free);
+			cur->free = pool->size;
+			cur->bound = 0;
+			next = cur->next;
+			cur->next = NULL;
+		}
+	} else {
+		next = cur->next;
+		cur->next = NULL;
+	}
+
+	while ((cur = next) != NULL) {
+		next = cur->next;
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_PREPEND)
+			free(PTR_ADD(cur->start, -sizeof (struct pool_extent)));
+		else {
+			free(cur->start);
+			free(cur);
+		}
+		pool->e_freed++;
+	}
+}
+
+/* If the current extent doesn't have "len" free space in it, mark it as full
+ * so that the next alloc will start a new extent.  If len is (size_t)-1, this
+ * bump will always occur.  The function returns a boundary address that can
+ * be used with pool_free_old(), or a NULL if no memory is allocated. */
+void *
+pool_boundary(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *)p;
+	struct pool_extent *cur;
+
+	if (!pool || !pool->extents)
+		return NULL;
+
+	cur = pool->extents;
+
+	if (cur->free < len) {
+		cur->bound += cur->free;
+		cur->free = 0;
+	}
+
+	return PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free);
+}
+
+#define FDPRINT(label, value) \
+	do { \
+		int len = snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, label, value); \
+		if (write(fd, buf, len) != len) \
+			ret = -1; \
+	} while (0)
+
+#define FDEXTSTAT(ext) \
+	do { \
+		int len = snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "  %12ld  %5ld\n", \
+				   (long)ext->free, (long)ext->bound); \
+		if (write(fd, buf, len) != len) \
+			ret = -1; \
+	} while (0)
+
+int
+pool_stats(alloc_pool_t p, int fd, int summarize)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
+	struct pool_extent *cur;
+	char buf[BUFSIZ];
+	int ret = 0;
+
+	if (!pool)
+		return ret;
+
+	FDPRINT("  Extent size:       %12ld\n",	(long)	pool->size);
+	FDPRINT("  Alloc quantum:     %12ld\n",	(long)	pool->quantum);
+	FDPRINT("  Extents created:   %12ld\n",		pool->e_created);
+	FDPRINT("  Extents freed:     %12ld\n",		pool->e_freed);
+	FDPRINT("  Alloc count:       %12.0f\n", (double) pool->n_allocated);
+	FDPRINT("  Free Count:        %12.0f\n", (double) pool->n_freed);
+	FDPRINT("  Bytes allocated:   %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_allocated);
+	FDPRINT("  Bytes freed:       %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_freed);
+
+	if (summarize)
+		return ret;
+
+	if (!pool->extents)
+		return ret;
+
+	if (write(fd, "\n", 1) != 1)
+		ret = -1;
+
+	for (cur = pool->extents; cur; cur = cur->next)
+		FDEXTSTAT(cur);
+
+	return ret;
+}

lib/pool_alloc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define POOL_CLEAR	(1<<0)		/* zero fill allocations	*/
+#define POOL_NO_QALIGN	(1<<1)		/* don't align data to quanta	*/
+#define POOL_INTERN	(1<<2)		/* Allocate extent structures	*/
+#define POOL_PREPEND	(1<<3)		/*   or prepend to extent data	*/
+
+typedef void *alloc_pool_t;
+
+alloc_pool_t pool_create(size_t size, size_t quantum, void (*bomb)(const char *), int flags);
+void pool_destroy(alloc_pool_t pool);
+void *pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t pool, size_t size, const char *bomb_msg);
+void pool_free(alloc_pool_t pool, size_t size, void *addr);
+void pool_free_old(alloc_pool_t pool, void *addr);
+void *pool_boundary(alloc_pool_t pool, size_t size);
+
+#define pool_talloc(pool, type, count, bomb_msg) \
+	((type *)pool_alloc(pool, sizeof(type) * count, bomb_msg))
+
+#define pool_tfree(pool, type, count, addr) \
+	(pool_free(pool, sizeof(type) * count, addr))

lib/sysacls.h

@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/*
+ * Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
+ * Version 2.2.x
+ * Portable SMB ACL interface
+ * Copyright (C) Jeremy Allison 2000
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_ACL_H
+#include <sys/acl.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_ACL_LIBACL_H
+#include <acl/libacl.h>
+#endif
+
+#define SMB_MALLOC(cnt) new_array(char, cnt)
+#define SMB_MALLOC_P(obj) new_array(obj, 1)
+#define SMB_MALLOC_ARRAY(obj, cnt) new_array(obj, cnt)
+#define SMB_REALLOC(mem, cnt) realloc_array(mem, char, cnt)
+#define slprintf snprintf
+
+#if defined HAVE_POSIX_ACLS /*-----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This is an identity mapping (just remove the SMB_). */
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TAG_T		acl_tag_t
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_T		acl_type_t
+
+/* Types of ACLs. */
+#define SMB_ACL_USER		ACL_USER
+#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	ACL_USER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		ACL_GROUP
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	ACL_GROUP_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		ACL_OTHER
+#define SMB_ACL_MASK		ACL_MASK
+
+#define SMB_ACL_T		acl_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T		acl_entry_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	ACL_FIRST_ENTRY
+#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	ACL_NEXT_ENTRY
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	ACL_TYPE_ACCESS
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT
+
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+
+#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
+
+#elif defined HAVE_TRU64_ACLS /*---------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This is for DEC/Compaq Tru64 UNIX */
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TAG_T		acl_tag_t
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_T		acl_type_t
+
+/* Types of ACLs. */
+#define SMB_ACL_USER		ACL_USER
+#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	ACL_USER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		ACL_GROUP
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	ACL_GROUP_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		ACL_OTHER
+#define SMB_ACL_MASK		ACL_MASK
+
+#define SMB_ACL_T		acl_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T		acl_entry_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	0
+#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	1
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	ACL_TYPE_ACCESS
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT
+
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+
+#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
+
+#elif defined HAVE_UNIXWARE_ACLS || defined HAVE_SOLARIS_ACLS /*-------------*/
+
+/* Donated by Michael Davidson <md@sco.COM> for UnixWare / OpenUNIX.
+ * Modified by Toomas Soome <tsoome@ut.ee> for Solaris.  */
+
+/* SVR4.2 ES/MP ACLs */
+typedef int SMB_ACL_TAG_T;
+typedef int SMB_ACL_TYPE_T;
+
+/* Types of ACLs. */
+#define SMB_ACL_USER		USER
+#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	USER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		GROUP
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	GROUP_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		OTHER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_MASK		CLASS_OBJ
+
+typedef struct SMB_ACL_T {
+	int size;
+	int count;
+	int next;
+	struct acl acl[1];
+} *SMB_ACL_T;
+
+typedef struct acl *SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T;
+
+#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	0
+#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	1
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	0
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	1
+
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+
+#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+#define SMB_ACL_LOSES_SPECIAL_MODE_BITS
+#endif
+
+#elif defined HAVE_HPUX_ACLS /*----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Based on the Solaris & UnixWare code. */
+
+#undef GROUP
+#include <sys/aclv.h>
+
+/* SVR4.2 ES/MP ACLs */
+typedef int SMB_ACL_TAG_T;
+typedef int SMB_ACL_TYPE_T;
+
+/* Types of ACLs. */
+#define SMB_ACL_USER		USER
+#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	USER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		GROUP
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	GROUP_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		OTHER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_MASK		CLASS_OBJ
+
+typedef struct SMB_ACL_T {
+	int size;
+	int count;
+	int next;
+	struct acl acl[1];
+} *SMB_ACL_T;
+
+typedef struct acl *SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T;
+
+#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	0
+#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	1
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	0
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	1
+
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+
+#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
+
+#elif defined HAVE_IRIX_ACLS /*----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* IRIX ACLs */
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TAG_T		acl_tag_t
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_T		acl_type_t
+
+/* Types of ACLs. */
+#define SMB_ACL_USER		ACL_USER
+#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	ACL_USER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		ACL_GROUP
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	ACL_GROUP_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		ACL_OTHER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_MASK		ACL_MASK
+
+typedef struct SMB_ACL_T {
+	int next;
+	BOOL freeaclp;
+	struct acl *aclp;
+} *SMB_ACL_T;
+
+#define SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T		acl_entry_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	0
+#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	1
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	ACL_TYPE_ACCESS
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT
+
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+
+#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
+
+#elif defined HAVE_AIX_ACLS /*-----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Donated by Medha Date, mdate@austin.ibm.com, for IBM */
+
+#include "/usr/include/acl.h"
+
+struct acl_entry_link{
+	struct acl_entry_link *prevp;
+	struct new_acl_entry *entryp;
+	struct acl_entry_link *nextp;
+	int count;
+};
+
+struct new_acl_entry{
+	unsigned short ace_len;
+	unsigned short ace_type;
+	unsigned int ace_access;
+	struct ace_id ace_id[1];
+};
+
+#define SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T		struct new_acl_entry*
+#define SMB_ACL_T		struct acl_entry_link*
+ 
+#define SMB_ACL_TAG_T		unsigned short
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_T		int
+
+/* Types of ACLs. */
+#define SMB_ACL_USER		ACEID_USER
+#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	3
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		ACEID_GROUP
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	4
+#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		5
+#define SMB_ACL_MASK		6
+
+#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	1
+#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	2
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	0
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	1
+
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+
+#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
+
+#elif defined(HAVE_OSX_ACLS) /*----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Special handling for OS X ACLs */
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TAG_T		acl_tag_t
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_T		acl_type_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_T		acl_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T		acl_entry_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_USER		1
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		2
+
+#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	ACL_FIRST_ENTRY
+#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	ACL_NEXT_ENTRY
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT
+
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	((1<<25)-1)
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	0
+
+/*#undef SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT*/
+
+#else /*---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Unknown platform. */
+
+#error Cannot handle ACLs on this platform!
+
+#endif
+
+int sys_acl_get_entry(SMB_ACL_T the_acl, int entry_id, SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T *entry_p);
+int sys_acl_get_tag_type(SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T entry_d, SMB_ACL_TAG_T *tag_type_p);
+int sys_acl_get_info(SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T entry, SMB_ACL_TAG_T *tag_type_p, uint32 *bits_p, id_t *u_g_id_p);
+SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_get_file(const char *path_p, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type);
+SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_get_fd(int fd);
+SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_init(int count);
+int sys_acl_create_entry(SMB_ACL_T *pacl, SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T *pentry);
+int sys_acl_set_info(SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T entry, SMB_ACL_TAG_T tagtype, uint32 bits, id_t u_g_id);
+int sys_acl_set_access_bits(SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T entry, uint32 bits);
+int sys_acl_valid(SMB_ACL_T theacl);
+int sys_acl_set_file(const char *name, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T acltype, SMB_ACL_T theacl);
+int sys_acl_set_fd(int fd, SMB_ACL_T theacl);
+int sys_acl_delete_def_file(const char *name);
+int sys_acl_free_acl(SMB_ACL_T the_acl);
+int no_acl_syscall_error(int err);
+
+#endif /* SUPPORT_ACLS */

lib/sysxattrs.c

@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+/*
+ * Extended attribute support for rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2004 Red Hat, Inc.
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
+ * Written by Jay Fenlason.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+#include "sysxattrs.h"
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+
+#ifdef HAVE_OSX_XATTRS
+#define GETXATTR_FETCH_LIMIT (64*1024*1024)
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_LINUX_XATTRS
+
+ssize_t sys_lgetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return lgetxattr(path, name, value, size);
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_fgetxattr(int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return fgetxattr(filedes, name, value, size);
+}
+
+int sys_lsetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return lsetxattr(path, name, value, size, 0);
+}
+
+int sys_lremovexattr(const char *path, const char *name)
+{
+	return lremovexattr(path, name);
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
+{
+	return llistxattr(path, list, size);
+}
+
+#elif HAVE_OSX_XATTRS
+
+ssize_t sys_lgetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	ssize_t len = getxattr(path, name, value, size, 0, XATTR_NOFOLLOW);
+
+	/* If we're retrieving data, handle resource forks > 64MB specially */
+	if (value != NULL && len == GETXATTR_FETCH_LIMIT && (size_t)len < size) {
+		/* getxattr will only return 64MB of data at a time, need to call again with a new offset */
+		u_int32_t offset = len;
+		size_t data_retrieved = len;
+		while (data_retrieved < size) {
+			len = getxattr(path, name, value + offset, size - data_retrieved, offset, XATTR_NOFOLLOW);
+			if (len <= 0)
+				break;
+			data_retrieved += len;
+			offset += (u_int32_t)len;
+		}
+		len = data_retrieved;
+	}
+
+	return len;
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_fgetxattr(int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return fgetxattr(filedes, name, value, size, 0, 0);
+}
+
+int sys_lsetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return setxattr(path, name, value, size, 0, XATTR_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+int sys_lremovexattr(const char *path, const char *name)
+{
+	return removexattr(path, name, XATTR_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
+{
+	return listxattr(path, list, size, XATTR_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+#elif HAVE_FREEBSD_XATTRS
+
+ssize_t sys_lgetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return extattr_get_link(path, EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, name, value, size);
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_fgetxattr(int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return extattr_get_fd(filedes, EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, name, value, size);
+}
+
+int sys_lsetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return extattr_set_link(path, EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, name, value, size);
+}
+
+int sys_lremovexattr(const char *path, const char *name)
+{
+	return extattr_delete_link(path, EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, name);
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
+{
+	unsigned char keylen;
+	ssize_t off, len = extattr_list_link(path, EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, list, size);
+
+	if (len <= 0 || (size_t)len > size)
+		return len;
+
+	/* FreeBSD puts a single-byte length before each string, with no '\0'
+	 * terminator.  We need to change this into a series of null-terminted
+	 * strings.  Since the size is the same, we can simply transform the
+	 * output in place. */
+	for (off = 0; off < len; off += keylen + 1) {
+		keylen = ((unsigned char*)list)[off];
+		if (off + keylen >= len) {
+			/* Should be impossible, but kernel bugs happen! */
+			errno = EINVAL;
+			return -1;
+		}
+		memmove(list+off, list+off+1, keylen);
+		list[off+keylen] = '\0';
+	}
+
+	return len;
+}
+
+#elif HAVE_SOLARIS_XATTRS
+
+static ssize_t read_xattr(int attrfd, void *buf, size_t buflen)
+{
+	STRUCT_STAT sb;
+	ssize_t ret;
+
+	if (fstat(attrfd, &sb) < 0)
+		ret = -1;
+	else if (sb.st_size > SSIZE_MAX) {
+		errno = ERANGE;
+		ret = -1;
+	} else if (buflen == 0)
+		ret = sb.st_size;
+	else if (sb.st_size > buflen) {
+		errno = ERANGE;
+		ret = -1;
+	} else {
+		size_t bufpos;
+		for (bufpos = 0; bufpos < sb.st_size; ) {
+			ssize_t cnt = read(attrfd, buf + bufpos, sb.st_size - bufpos);
+			if (cnt <= 0) {
+				if (cnt < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+					continue;
+				bufpos = -1;
+				break;
+			}
+			bufpos += cnt;
+		}
+		ret = bufpos;
+	}
+
+	close(attrfd);
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_lgetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	int attrfd;
+
+	if ((attrfd = attropen(path, name, O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
+		errno = ENOATTR;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	return read_xattr(attrfd, value, size);
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_fgetxattr(int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	int attrfd;
+
+	if ((attrfd = openat(filedes, name, O_RDONLY|O_XATTR, 0)) < 0) {
+		errno = ENOATTR;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	return read_xattr(attrfd, value, size);
+}
+
+int sys_lsetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	int attrfd;
+	size_t bufpos;
+	mode_t mode = S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP;
+
+	if ((attrfd = attropen(path, name, O_CREAT|O_TRUNC|O_WRONLY, mode)) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	for (bufpos = 0; bufpos < size; ) {
+		ssize_t cnt = write(attrfd, value+bufpos, size);
+		if (cnt <= 0) {
+			if (cnt < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+				continue;
+			bufpos = -1;
+			break;
+		}
+		bufpos += cnt;
+	}
+
+	close(attrfd);
+
+	return bufpos > 0 ? 0 : -1;
+}
+
+int sys_lremovexattr(const char *path, const char *name)
+{
+	int attrdirfd;
+	int ret;
+
+	if ((attrdirfd = attropen(path, ".", O_RDONLY)) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	ret = unlinkat(attrdirfd, name, 0);
+
+	close(attrdirfd);
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
+{
+	int attrdirfd;
+	DIR *dirp;
+	struct dirent *dp;
+	ssize_t ret = 0;
+
+	if ((attrdirfd = attropen(path, ".", O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
+		errno = ENOTSUP;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if ((dirp = fdopendir(attrdirfd)) == NULL) {
+		close(attrdirfd);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	while ((dp = readdir(dirp))) {
+		int len = strlen(dp->d_name);
+
+		if (dp->d_name[0] == '.' && (len == 1 || (len == 2 && dp->d_name[1] == '.')))
+			continue;
+		if (len == 11 && dp->d_name[0] == 'S' && strncmp(dp->d_name, "SUNWattr_r", 10) == 0
+		 && (dp->d_name[10] == 'o' || dp->d_name[10] == 'w'))
+			continue;
+
+		if ((ret += len+1) > size) {
+			if (size == 0)
+				continue;
+			ret = -1;
+			errno = ERANGE;
+			break;
+		}
+		memcpy(list, dp->d_name, len+1);
+		list += len+1;
+	}
+
+	closedir(dirp);
+	close(attrdirfd);
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+#else
+
+#error You need to create xattr compatibility functions.
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SUPPORT_XATTRS */

lib/sysxattrs.h

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+
+#if defined HAVE_ATTR_XATTR_H
+#include <attr/xattr.h>
+#elif defined HAVE_SYS_XATTR_H
+#include <sys/xattr.h>
+#elif defined HAVE_SYS_EXTATTR_H
+#include <sys/extattr.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Linux 2.4 does not define this as a distinct errno value: */
+#ifndef ENOATTR
+#define ENOATTR ENODATA
+#endif
+
+ssize_t sys_lgetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size);
+ssize_t sys_fgetxattr(int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size);
+int sys_lsetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size);
+int sys_lremovexattr(const char *path, const char *name);
+ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size);
+
+#else
+
+/* No xattrs available */
+
+#endif

lib/wildmatch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+/*
+**  Do shell-style pattern matching for ?, \, [], and * characters.
+**  It is 8bit clean.
+**
+**  Written by Rich $alz, mirror!rs, Wed Nov 26 19:03:17 EST 1986.
+**  Rich $alz is now <rsalz@bbn.com>.
+**
+**  Modified by Wayne Davison to special-case '/' matching, to make '**'
+**  work differently than '*', and to fix the character-class code.
+*/
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+/* What character marks an inverted character class? */
+#define NEGATE_CLASS	'!'
+#define NEGATE_CLASS2	'^'
+
+#define FALSE 0
+#define TRUE 1
+#define ABORT_ALL -1
+#define ABORT_TO_STARSTAR -2
+
+#define CC_EQ(class, len, litmatch) ((len) == sizeof (litmatch)-1 \
+				    && *(class) == *(litmatch) \
+				    && strncmp((char*)class, litmatch, len) == 0)
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
+# define ISASCII(c) 1
+#else
+# define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef isblank
+# define ISBLANK(c) (ISASCII(c) && isblank(c))
+#else
+# define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
+#endif
+
+#ifdef isgraph
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII(c) && isgraph(c))
+#else
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII(c) && isprint(c) && !isspace(c))
+#endif
+
+#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII(c) && isprint(c))
+#define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII(c) && isdigit(c))
+#define ISALNUM(c) (ISASCII(c) && isalnum(c))
+#define ISALPHA(c) (ISASCII(c) && isalpha(c))
+#define ISCNTRL(c) (ISASCII(c) && iscntrl(c))
+#define ISLOWER(c) (ISASCII(c) && islower(c))
+#define ISPUNCT(c) (ISASCII(c) && ispunct(c))
+#define ISSPACE(c) (ISASCII(c) && isspace(c))
+#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII(c) && isupper(c))
+#define ISXDIGIT(c) (ISASCII(c) && isxdigit(c))
+
+#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
+int wildmatch_iteration_count;
+#endif
+
+static int force_lower_case = 0;
+
+/* Match pattern "p" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
+ * of "text" and any strings in array "a". */
+static int dowild(const uchar *p, const uchar *text, const uchar*const *a)
+{
+    uchar p_ch;
+
+#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
+    wildmatch_iteration_count++;
+#endif
+
+    for ( ; (p_ch = *p) != '\0'; text++, p++) {
+	int matched, special;
+	uchar t_ch, prev_ch;
+	while ((t_ch = *text) == '\0') {
+	    if (*a == NULL) {
+		if (p_ch != '*')
+		    return ABORT_ALL;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    text = *a++;
+	}
+	if (force_lower_case && ISUPPER(t_ch))
+	    t_ch = tolower(t_ch);
+	switch (p_ch) {
+	  case '\\':
+	    /* Literal match with following character.  Note that the test
+	     * in "default" handles the p[1] == '\0' failure case. */
+	    p_ch = *++p;
+	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
+	  default:
+	    if (t_ch != p_ch)
+		return FALSE;
+	    continue;
+	  case '?':
+	    /* Match anything but '/'. */
+	    if (t_ch == '/')
+		return FALSE;
+	    continue;
+	  case '*':
+	    if (*++p == '*') {
+		while (*++p == '*') {}
+		special = TRUE;
+	    } else
+		special = FALSE;
+	    if (*p == '\0') {
+		/* Trailing "**" matches everything.  Trailing "*" matches
+		 * only if there are no more slash characters. */
+		if (!special) {
+		    do {
+			if (strchr((char*)text, '/') != NULL)
+			    return FALSE;
+		    } while ((text = *a++) != NULL);
+		}
+		return TRUE;
+	    }
+	    while (1) {
+		if (t_ch == '\0') {
+		    if ((text = *a++) == NULL)
+			break;
+		    t_ch = *text;
+		    continue;
+		}
+		if ((matched = dowild(p, text, a)) != FALSE) {
+		    if (!special || matched != ABORT_TO_STARSTAR)
+			return matched;
+		} else if (!special && t_ch == '/')
+		    return ABORT_TO_STARSTAR;
+		t_ch = *++text;
+	    }
+	    return ABORT_ALL;
+	  case '[':
+	    p_ch = *++p;
+#ifdef NEGATE_CLASS2
+	    if (p_ch == NEGATE_CLASS2)
+		p_ch = NEGATE_CLASS;
+#endif
+	    /* Assign literal TRUE/FALSE because of "matched" comparison. */
+	    special = p_ch == NEGATE_CLASS? TRUE : FALSE;
+	    if (special) {
+		/* Inverted character class. */
+		p_ch = *++p;
+	    }
+	    prev_ch = 0;
+	    matched = FALSE;
+	    do {
+		if (!p_ch)
+		    return ABORT_ALL;
+		if (p_ch == '\\') {
+		    p_ch = *++p;
+		    if (!p_ch)
+			return ABORT_ALL;
+		    if (t_ch == p_ch)
+			matched = TRUE;
+		} else if (p_ch == '-' && prev_ch && p[1] && p[1] != ']') {
+		    p_ch = *++p;
+		    if (p_ch == '\\') {
+			p_ch = *++p;
+			if (!p_ch)
+			    return ABORT_ALL;
+		    }
+		    if (t_ch <= p_ch && t_ch >= prev_ch)
+			matched = TRUE;
+		    p_ch = 0; /* This makes "prev_ch" get set to 0. */
+		} else if (p_ch == '[' && p[1] == ':') {
+		    const uchar *s;
+		    int i;
+		    for (s = p += 2; (p_ch = *p) && p_ch != ']'; p++) {} /*SHARED ITERATOR*/
+		    if (!p_ch)
+			return ABORT_ALL;
+		    i = p - s - 1;
+		    if (i < 0 || p[-1] != ':') {
+			/* Didn't find ":]", so treat like a normal set. */
+			p = s - 2;
+			p_ch = '[';
+			if (t_ch == p_ch)
+			    matched = TRUE;
+			continue;
+		    }
+		    if (CC_EQ(s,i, "alnum")) {
+			if (ISALNUM(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "alpha")) {
+			if (ISALPHA(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "blank")) {
+			if (ISBLANK(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "cntrl")) {
+			if (ISCNTRL(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "digit")) {
+			if (ISDIGIT(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "graph")) {
+			if (ISGRAPH(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "lower")) {
+			if (ISLOWER(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "print")) {
+			if (ISPRINT(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "punct")) {
+			if (ISPUNCT(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "space")) {
+			if (ISSPACE(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "upper")) {
+			if (ISUPPER(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "xdigit")) {
+			if (ISXDIGIT(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else /* malformed [:class:] string */
+			return ABORT_ALL;
+		    p_ch = 0; /* This makes "prev_ch" get set to 0. */
+		} else if (t_ch == p_ch)
+		    matched = TRUE;
+	    } while (prev_ch = p_ch, (p_ch = *++p) != ']');
+	    if (matched == special || t_ch == '/')
+		return FALSE;
+	    continue;
+	}
+    }
+
+    do {
+	if (*text)
+	    return FALSE;
+    } while ((text = *a++) != NULL);
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Match literal string "s" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
+ * of "text" and any strings in array "a". */
+static int doliteral(const uchar *s, const uchar *text, const uchar*const *a)
+{
+    for ( ; *s != '\0'; text++, s++) {
+	while (*text == '\0') {
+	    if ((text = *a++) == NULL)
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+	if (*text != *s)
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    do {
+	if (*text)
+	    return FALSE;
+    } while ((text = *a++) != NULL);
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Return the last "count" path elements from the concatenated string.
+ * We return a string pointer to the start of the string, and update the
+ * array pointer-pointer to point to any remaining string elements. */
+static const uchar *trailing_N_elements(const uchar*const **a_ptr, int count)
+{
+    const uchar*const *a = *a_ptr;
+    const uchar*const *first_a = a;
+
+    while (*a)
+	    a++;
+
+    while (a != first_a) {
+	const uchar *s = *--a;
+	s += strlen((char*)s);
+	while (--s >= *a) {
+	    if (*s == '/' && !--count) {
+		*a_ptr = a+1;
+		return s+1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (count == 1) {
+	*a_ptr = a+1;
+	return *a;
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Match the "pattern" against the "text" string. */
+int wildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text)
+{
+    static const uchar *nomore[1]; /* A NULL pointer. */
+#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
+    wildmatch_iteration_count = 0;
+#endif
+    return dowild((const uchar*)pattern, (const uchar*)text, nomore) == TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Match the "pattern" against the forced-to-lower-case "text" string. */
+int iwildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text)
+{
+    static const uchar *nomore[1]; /* A NULL pointer. */
+    int ret;
+#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
+    wildmatch_iteration_count = 0;
+#endif
+    force_lower_case = 1;
+    ret = dowild((const uchar*)pattern, (const uchar*)text, nomore) == TRUE;
+    force_lower_case = 0;
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/* Match pattern "p" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
+ * of all the pointers in array "texts" (which has a NULL pointer at the
+ * end).  The int "where" can be 0 (normal matching), > 0 (match only
+ * the trailing N slash-separated filename components of "texts"), or < 0
+ * (match the "pattern" at the start or after any slash in "texts"). */
+int wildmatch_array(const char *pattern, const char*const *texts, int where)
+{
+    const uchar *p = (const uchar*)pattern;
+    const uchar*const *a = (const uchar*const*)texts;
+    const uchar *text;
+    int matched;
+
+#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
+    wildmatch_iteration_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+    if (where > 0)
+	text = trailing_N_elements(&a, where);
+    else
+	text = *a++;
+    if (!text)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if ((matched = dowild(p, text, a)) != TRUE && where < 0
+     && matched != ABORT_ALL) {
+	while (1) {
+	    if (*text == '\0') {
+		if ((text = (uchar*)*a++) == NULL)
+		    return FALSE;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (*text++ == '/' && (matched = dowild(p, text, a)) != FALSE
+	     && matched != ABORT_TO_STARSTAR)
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+    return matched == TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Match literal string "s" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
+ * of all the pointers in array "texts" (which has a NULL pointer at the
+ * end).  The int "where" can be 0 (normal matching), or > 0 (match
+ * only the trailing N slash-separated filename components of "texts"). */
+int litmatch_array(const char *string, const char*const *texts, int where)
+{
+    const uchar *s = (const uchar*)string;
+    const uchar*const *a = (const uchar* const*)texts;
+    const uchar *text;
+
+    if (where > 0)
+	text = trailing_N_elements(&a, where);
+    else
+	text = *a++;
+    if (!text)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    return doliteral(s, text, a) == TRUE;
+}

lib/wildmatch.h

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/* wildmatch.h */
+
+int wildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text);
+int iwildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text);
+int wildmatch_array(const char *pattern, const char*const *texts, int where);
+int litmatch_array(const char *string, const char*const *texts, int where);

m4/have_type.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+dnl AC_HAVE_TYPE(TYPE,INCLUDES)
+AC_DEFUN([AC_HAVE_TYPE], [
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])
+cv=`echo "$1" | sed 'y%./+- %__p__%'`
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for $1)
+AC_CACHE_VAL([ac_cv_type_$cv],
+AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
+$2]],
+[[$1 foo;]])],
+[eval "ac_cv_type_$cv=yes"],
+[eval "ac_cv_type_$cv=no"]))dnl
+ac_foo=`eval echo \\$ac_cv_type_$cv`
+AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_foo)
+if test "$ac_foo" = yes; then
+  ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $1 | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./- %ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____%'`
+if false; then
+	AC_CHECK_TYPES($1)
+fi
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_tr_hdr, 1, [Define if you have type `$1'])
+fi
+])

m4/socklen_t.m4

@@ -1,27 +1,3 @@
-dnl AC_VALIDATE_CACHE_SYSTEM_TYPE[(cmd)]
-dnl if the cache file is inconsistent with the current host,
-dnl target and build system types, execute CMD or print a default
-dnl error message.
-AC_DEFUN(AC_VALIDATE_CACHE_SYSTEM_TYPE, [
-    AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM])
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([config.cache system type])
-    if { test x"${ac_cv_host_system_type+set}" = x"set" &&
-         test x"$ac_cv_host_system_type" != x"$host"; } ||
-       { test x"${ac_cv_build_system_type+set}" = x"set" &&
-         test x"$ac_cv_build_system_type" != x"$build"; } ||
-       { test x"${ac_cv_target_system_type+set}" = x"set" &&
-         test x"$ac_cv_target_system_type" != x"$target"; }; then
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([different])
-	ifelse($#, 1, [$1],
-		[AC_MSG_ERROR(["you must remove config.cache and restart configure"])])
-    else
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([same])
-    fi
-    ac_cv_host_system_type="$host"
-    ac_cv_build_system_type="$build"
-    ac_cv_target_system_type="$target"
-])
-
 dnl Check for socklen_t: historically on BSD it is an int, and in
 dnl POSIX 1g it is a type of its own, but some platforms use different
 dnl types for the argument to getsockopt, getpeername, etc.  So we
@@ -67,5 +43,3 @@ AC_DEFUN([TYPE_SOCKLEN_T],
       [#include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/socket.h>])
 ])
-
-

m4/validate_cache_system_type.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+dnl AC_VALIDATE_CACHE_SYSTEM_TYPE[(cmd)]
+dnl if the cache file is inconsistent with the current host,
+dnl target and build system types, execute CMD or print a default
+dnl error message.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_VALIDATE_CACHE_SYSTEM_TYPE], [
+    AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM])
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([config.cache system type])
+    if { test x"${ac_cv_host_system_type+set}" = x"set" &&
+         test x"$ac_cv_host_system_type" != x"$host"; } ||
+       { test x"${ac_cv_build_system_type+set}" = x"set" &&
+         test x"$ac_cv_build_system_type" != x"$build"; } ||
+       { test x"${ac_cv_target_system_type+set}" = x"set" &&
+         test x"$ac_cv_target_system_type" != x"$target"; }; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([different])
+	ifelse($#, 1, [$1],
+		[AC_MSG_ERROR(["you must remove config.cache and restart configure"])])
+    else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT([same])
+    fi
+    ac_cv_host_system_type="$host"
+    ac_cv_build_system_type="$build"
+    ac_cv_target_system_type="$target"
+])

match.c

@@ -1,244 +1,333 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * Block matching used by the file-transfer code.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "inums.h"
 
-extern int csum_length;
+extern int checksum_seed;
+extern int append_mode;
+extern int checksum_len;
 
-extern int verbose;
-extern int am_server;
-
-extern int remote_version;
-
-typedef unsigned short tag;
-
-#define TABLESIZE (1<<16)
-#define NULL_TAG (-1)
+int updating_basis_file;
+char sender_file_sum[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
 
 static int false_alarms;
-static int tag_hits;
+static int hash_hits;
 static int matches;
 static int64 data_transfer;
 
 static int total_false_alarms;
-static int total_tag_hits;
+static int total_hash_hits;
 static int total_matches;
 
 extern struct stats stats;
 
-struct target {
-  tag t;
-  int i;
-};
+#define TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE (1<<16)
 
-static struct target *targets;
+static uint32 tablesize;
+static int32 *hash_table;
 
-static int *tag_table;
-
-#define gettag2(s1,s2) (((s1) + (s2)) & 0xFFFF)
-#define gettag(sum) gettag2((sum)&0xFFFF,(sum)>>16)
-
-static int compare_targets(struct target *t1,struct target *t2)
-{
-  return((int)t1->t - (int)t2->t);
-}
+#define SUM2HASH2(s1,s2) (((s1) + (s2)) & 0xFFFF)
+#define SUM2HASH(sum) SUM2HASH2((sum)&0xFFFF,(sum)>>16)
 
+#define BIG_SUM2HASH(sum) ((sum)%tablesize)
 
 static void build_hash_table(struct sum_struct *s)
 {
-  int i;
+	static uint32 alloc_size;
+	int32 i;
 
-  if (!tag_table)
-    tag_table = (int *)malloc(sizeof(tag_table[0])*TABLESIZE);
+	/* Dynamically calculate the hash table size so that the hash load
+	 * for big files is about 80%.  A number greater than the traditional
+	 * size must be odd or s2 will not be able to span the entire set. */
+	tablesize = (uint32)(s->count/8) * 10 + 11;
+	if (tablesize < TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE)
+		tablesize = TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE;
+	if (tablesize > alloc_size || tablesize < alloc_size - 16*1024) {
+		if (hash_table)
+			free(hash_table);
+		hash_table = new_array(int32, tablesize);
+		if (!hash_table)
+			out_of_memory("build_hash_table");
+		alloc_size = tablesize;
+	}
 
-  targets = (struct target *)malloc(sizeof(targets[0])*s->count);
-  if (!tag_table || !targets) 
-    out_of_memory("build_hash_table");
+	memset(hash_table, 0xFF, tablesize * sizeof hash_table[0]);
 
-  for (i=0;i<s->count;i++) {
-    targets[i].i = i;
-    targets[i].t = gettag(s->sums[i].sum1);
-  }
-
-  qsort(targets,s->count,sizeof(targets[0]),(int (*)())compare_targets);
-
-  for (i=0;i<TABLESIZE;i++)
-    tag_table[i] = NULL_TAG;
-
-  for (i=s->count-1;i>=0;i--) {    
-    tag_table[targets[i].t] = i;
-  }
+	if (tablesize == TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE) {
+		for (i = 0; i < s->count; i++) {
+			uint32 t = SUM2HASH(s->sums[i].sum1);
+			s->sums[i].chain = hash_table[t];
+			hash_table[t] = i;
+		}
+	} else {
+		for (i = 0; i < s->count; i++) {
+			uint32 t = BIG_SUM2HASH(s->sums[i].sum1);
+			s->sums[i].chain = hash_table[t];
+			hash_table[t] = i;
+		}
+	}
 }
 
 
 static OFF_T last_match;
 
 
-static void matched(int f,struct sum_struct *s,struct map_struct *buf,
-		    OFF_T offset,int i)
+/* Transmit a literal and/or match token.
+ *
+ * This delightfully-named function is called either when we find a
+ * match and need to transmit all the unmatched data leading up to it,
+ * or when we get bored of accumulating literal data and just need to
+ * transmit it.  As a result of this second case, it is called even if
+ * we have not matched at all!
+ *
+ * If i >= 0, the number of a matched token.  If < 0, indicates we have
+ * only literal data.  A -1 will send a 0-token-int too, and a -2 sends
+ * only literal data, w/o any token-int. */
+static void matched(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf,
+		    OFF_T offset, int32 i)
 {
-	OFF_T n = offset - last_match;
-	OFF_T j;
+	int32 n = (int32)(offset - last_match); /* max value: block_size (int32) */
+	int32 j;
 
-	if (verbose > 2 && i >= 0)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"match at %.0f last_match=%.0f j=%d len=%d n=%.0f\n",
-			(double)offset,(double)last_match,i,s->sums[i].len,(double)n);
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2) && i >= 0) {
+		rprintf(FINFO,
+			"match at %s last_match=%s j=%d len=%ld n=%ld\n",
+			big_num(offset), big_num(last_match), i,
+			(long)s->sums[i].len, (long)n);
+	}
 
-	send_token(f,i,buf,last_match,n,i<0?0:s->sums[i].len);
+	send_token(f, i, buf, last_match, n, i < 0 ? 0 : s->sums[i].len);
 	data_transfer += n;
 
 	if (i >= 0) {
 		stats.matched_data += s->sums[i].len;
 		n += s->sums[i].len;
 	}
-  
-	for (j=0;j<n;j+=CHUNK_SIZE) {
-		int n1 = MIN(CHUNK_SIZE,n-j);
-		sum_update(map_ptr(buf,last_match+j,n1),n1);
-	}
 
+	for (j = 0; j < n; j += CHUNK_SIZE) {
+		int32 n1 = MIN(CHUNK_SIZE, n - j);
+		sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match + j, n1), n1);
+	}
 
 	if (i >= 0)
 		last_match = offset + s->sums[i].len;
 	else
 		last_match = offset;
 
-	if (buf) {
+	if (buf && INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
 		show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
-
-		if (i == -1) end_progress(buf->file_size);
-	}
 }
 
 
 static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
-			struct map_struct *buf,OFF_T len)
+			struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 {
-	OFF_T offset, end;
-	int j,k, last_i;
+	OFF_T offset, aligned_offset, end;
+	int32 k, want_i, aligned_i, backup;
 	char sum2[SUM_LENGTH];
-	uint32 s1, s2, sum; 
+	uint32 s1, s2, sum;
+	int more;
 	schar *map;
 
-	/* last_i is used to encourage adjacent matches, allowing the RLL coding of the
-	   output to work more efficiently */
-	last_i = -1;
+	/* want_i is used to encourage adjacent matches, allowing the RLL
+	 * coding of the output to work more efficiently. */
+	want_i = 0;
 
-	if (verbose > 2)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"hash search b=%d len=%.0f\n",s->n,(double)len);
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "hash search b=%ld len=%s\n",
+			(long)s->blength, big_num(len));
+	}
+
+	k = (int32)MIN(len, (OFF_T)s->blength);
+
+	map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf, 0, k);
 
-	k = MIN(len, s->n);
-	
-	map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf,0,k);
-	
 	sum = get_checksum1((char *)map, k);
 	s1 = sum & 0xFFFF;
 	s2 = sum >> 16;
-	if (verbose > 3)
-		rprintf(FINFO, "sum=%.8x k=%d\n", sum, k);
-	
-	offset = 0;
-	
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 3))
+		rprintf(FINFO, "sum=%.8x k=%ld\n", sum, (long)k);
+
+	offset = aligned_offset = aligned_i = 0;
+
 	end = len + 1 - s->sums[s->count-1].len;
-	
-	if (verbose > 3)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"hash search s->n=%d len=%.0f count=%d\n",
-			s->n,(double)len,s->count);
-	
+
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 3)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "hash search s->blength=%ld len=%s count=%s\n",
+			(long)s->blength, big_num(len), big_num(s->count));
+	}
+
 	do {
-		tag t = gettag2(s1,s2);
 		int done_csum2 = 0;
-			
-		j = tag_table[t];
-		if (verbose > 4)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"offset=%.0f sum=%08x\n",(double)offset,sum);
-		
-		if (j == NULL_TAG) {
-			goto null_tag;
+		uint32 hash_entry;
+		int32 i, *prev;
+
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 4)) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "offset=%s sum=%04x%04x\n",
+				big_num(offset), s2 & 0xFFFF, s1 & 0xFFFF);
 		}
 
-		sum = (s1 & 0xffff) | (s2 << 16);
-		tag_hits++;
-		for (; j<s->count && targets[j].t == t; j++) {
-			int l, i = targets[j].i;
-			
-			if (sum != s->sums[i].sum1) continue;
-			
-			/* also make sure the two blocks are the same length */
-			l = MIN(s->n,len-offset);
-			if (l != s->sums[i].len) continue;			
+		if (tablesize == TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE) {
+			hash_entry = SUM2HASH2(s1,s2);
+			if ((i = hash_table[hash_entry]) < 0)
+				goto null_hash;
+			sum = (s1 & 0xffff) | (s2 << 16);
+		} else {
+			sum = (s1 & 0xffff) | (s2 << 16);
+			hash_entry = BIG_SUM2HASH(sum);
+			if ((i = hash_table[hash_entry]) < 0)
+				goto null_hash;
+		}
+		prev = &hash_table[hash_entry];
+
+		hash_hits++;
+		do {
+			int32 l;
+
+			/* When updating in-place, the chunk's offset must be
+			 * either >= our offset or identical data at that offset.
+			 * Remove any bypassed entries that we can never use. */
+			if (updating_basis_file && s->sums[i].offset < offset
+			    && !(s->sums[i].flags & SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET)) {
+				*prev = s->sums[i].chain;
+				continue;
+			}
+			prev = &s->sums[i].chain;
+
+			if (sum != s->sums[i].sum1)
+				continue;
+
+			/* also make sure the two blocks are the same length */
+			l = (int32)MIN((OFF_T)s->blength, len-offset);
+			if (l != s->sums[i].len)
+				continue;
+
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 3)) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+					"potential match at %s i=%ld sum=%08x\n",
+					big_num(offset), (long)i, sum);
+			}
 
-			if (verbose > 3)
-				rprintf(FINFO,"potential match at %.0f target=%d %d sum=%08x\n",
-					(double)offset,j,i,sum);
-			
 			if (!done_csum2) {
 				map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf,offset,l);
 				get_checksum2((char *)map,l,sum2);
 				done_csum2 = 1;
 			}
-			
-			if (memcmp(sum2,s->sums[i].sum2,csum_length) != 0) {
+
+			if (memcmp(sum2,s->sums[i].sum2,s->s2length) != 0) {
 				false_alarms++;
 				continue;
 			}
 
-			/* we've found a match, but now check to see
-                           if last_i can hint at a better match */
-			for (j++; j<s->count && targets[j].t == t; j++) {
-				int i2 = targets[j].i;
-				if (i2 == last_i + 1) {
-					if (sum != s->sums[i2].sum1) break;
-					if (memcmp(sum2,s->sums[i2].sum2,csum_length) != 0) break;
-					/* we've found an adjacent match - the RLL coder 
-					   will be happy */
-					i = i2;
-					break;
+			/* When updating in-place, the best possible match is
+			 * one with an identical offset, so we prefer that over
+			 * the adjacent want_i optimization. */
+			if (updating_basis_file) {
+				/* All the generator's chunks start at blength boundaries. */
+				while (aligned_offset < offset) {
+					aligned_offset += s->blength;
+					aligned_i++;
+				}
+				if ((offset == aligned_offset
+				  || (sum == 0 && l == s->blength && aligned_offset + l <= len))
+				 && aligned_i < s->count) {
+					if (i != aligned_i) {
+						if (sum != s->sums[aligned_i].sum1
+						 || l != s->sums[aligned_i].len
+						 || memcmp(sum2, s->sums[aligned_i].sum2, s->s2length) != 0)
+							goto check_want_i;
+						i = aligned_i;
+					}
+					if (offset != aligned_offset) {
+						/* We've matched some zeros in a spot that is also zeros
+						 * further along in the basis file, if we find zeros ahead
+						 * in the sender's file, we'll output enough literal data
+						 * to re-align with the basis file, and get back to seeking
+						 * instead of writing. */
+						backup = (int32)(aligned_offset - last_match);
+						if (backup < 0)
+							backup = 0;
+						map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf, aligned_offset - backup, l + backup)
+						    + backup;
+						sum = get_checksum1((char *)map, l);
+						if (sum != s->sums[i].sum1)
+							goto check_want_i;
+						get_checksum2((char *)map, l, sum2);
+						if (memcmp(sum2, s->sums[i].sum2, s->s2length) != 0)
+							goto check_want_i;
+						/* OK, we have a re-alignment match.  Bump the offset
+						 * forward to the new match point. */
+						offset = aligned_offset;
+					}
+					/* This identical chunk is in the same spot in the old and new file. */
+					s->sums[i].flags |= SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET;
+					want_i = i;
 				}
 			}
 
-			last_i = i;
-			
+		  check_want_i:
+			/* we've found a match, but now check to see
+			 * if want_i can hint at a better match. */
+			if (i != want_i && want_i < s->count
+			    && (!updating_basis_file || s->sums[want_i].offset >= offset
+			     || s->sums[want_i].flags & SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET)
+			    && sum == s->sums[want_i].sum1
+			    && memcmp(sum2, s->sums[want_i].sum2, s->s2length) == 0) {
+				/* we've found an adjacent match - the RLL coder
+				 * will be happy */
+				i = want_i;
+			}
+			want_i = i + 1;
+
 			matched(f,s,buf,offset,i);
 			offset += s->sums[i].len - 1;
-			k = MIN((len-offset), s->n);
-			map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf,offset,k);
+			k = (int32)MIN((OFF_T)s->blength, len-offset);
+			map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf, offset, k);
 			sum = get_checksum1((char *)map, k);
 			s1 = sum & 0xFFFF;
 			s2 = sum >> 16;
 			matches++;
 			break;
-		}
-		
-	null_tag:
+		} while ((i = s->sums[i].chain) >= 0);
+
+	  null_hash:
+		backup = (int32)(offset - last_match);
+		/* We sometimes read 1 byte prior to last_match... */
+		if (backup < 0)
+			backup = 0;
+
 		/* Trim off the first byte from the checksum */
-		map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf,offset,k+1);
+		more = offset + k < len;
+		map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf, offset - backup, k + more + backup)
+		    + backup;
 		s1 -= map[0] + CHAR_OFFSET;
 		s2 -= k * (map[0]+CHAR_OFFSET);
-		
+
 		/* Add on the next byte (if there is one) to the checksum */
-		if (k < (len-offset)) {
-			s1 += (map[k]+CHAR_OFFSET);
+		if (more) {
+			s1 += map[k] + CHAR_OFFSET;
 			s2 += s1;
-		} else {
+		} else
 			--k;
-		}
 
 		/* By matching early we avoid re-reading the
 		   data 3 times in the case where a token
@@ -246,70 +335,102 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 		   match. The 3 reads are caused by the
 		   running match, the checksum update and the
 		   literal send. */
-		if (offset-last_match >= CHUNK_SIZE+s->n && 
-		    (end-offset > CHUNK_SIZE)) {
-			matched(f,s,buf,offset - s->n, -2);
-		}
+		if (backup >= s->blength+CHUNK_SIZE && end-offset > CHUNK_SIZE)
+			matched(f, s, buf, offset - s->blength, -2);
 	} while (++offset < end);
-	
-	matched(f,s,buf,len,-1);
-	map_ptr(buf,len-1,1);
+
+	matched(f, s, buf, len, -1);
+	map_ptr(buf, len-1, 1);
 }
 
 
-void match_sums(int f,struct sum_struct *s,struct map_struct *buf,OFF_T len)
+/**
+ * Scan through a origin file, looking for sections that match
+ * checksums from the generator, and transmit either literal or token
+ * data.
+ *
+ * Also calculates the MD4 checksum of the whole file, using the md
+ * accumulator.  This is transmitted with the file as protection
+ * against corruption on the wire.
+ *
+ * @param s Checksums received from the generator.  If <tt>s->count ==
+ * 0</tt>, then there are actually no checksums for this file.
+ *
+ * @param len Length of the file to send.
+ **/
+void match_sums(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 {
-	char file_sum[MD4_SUM_LENGTH];
-	extern int write_batch;  /*  dw */
-
 	last_match = 0;
 	false_alarms = 0;
-	tag_hits = 0;
-	matches=0;
-	data_transfer=0;
+	hash_hits = 0;
+	matches = 0;
+	data_transfer = 0;
 
-	sum_init();
+	sum_init(checksum_seed);
 
-	if (len > 0 && s->count>0) {
+	if (append_mode > 0) {
+		if (append_mode == 2) {
+			OFF_T j = 0;
+			for (j = CHUNK_SIZE; j < s->flength; j += CHUNK_SIZE) {
+				if (buf && INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
+					show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
+				sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match, CHUNK_SIZE),
+					   CHUNK_SIZE);
+				last_match = j;
+			}
+			if (last_match < s->flength) {
+				int32 n = (int32)(s->flength - last_match);
+				if (buf && INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
+					show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
+				sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match, n), n);
+			}
+		}
+		last_match = s->flength;
+		s->count = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (len > 0 && s->count > 0) {
 		build_hash_table(s);
-		
-		if (verbose > 2) 
+
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2))
 			rprintf(FINFO,"built hash table\n");
-		
-		hash_search(f,s,buf,len);
-		
-		if (verbose > 2) 
+
+		hash_search(f, s, buf, len);
+
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2))
 			rprintf(FINFO,"done hash search\n");
 	} else {
 		OFF_T j;
 		/* by doing this in pieces we avoid too many seeks */
-		for (j=0;j<(len-CHUNK_SIZE);j+=CHUNK_SIZE) {
-			int n1 = MIN(CHUNK_SIZE,(len-CHUNK_SIZE)-j);
-			matched(f,s,buf,j+n1,-2);
-		}
-		matched(f,s,buf,len,-1);
+		for (j = last_match + CHUNK_SIZE; j < len; j += CHUNK_SIZE)
+			matched(f, s, buf, j, -2);
+		matched(f, s, buf, len, -1);
 	}
 
-	sum_end(file_sum);
+	if (sum_end(sender_file_sum) != checksum_len)
+		overflow_exit("checksum_len"); /* Impossible... */
 
-	if (remote_version >= 14) {
-		if (verbose > 2)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"sending file_sum\n");
-		write_buf(f,file_sum,MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
-		if (write_batch) /* dw */
-		    write_batch_delta_file(file_sum, MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
+	/* If we had a read error, send a bad checksum.  We use all bits
+	 * off as long as the checksum doesn't happen to be that, in
+	 * which case we turn the last 0 bit into a 1. */
+	if (buf && buf->status != 0) {
+		int i;
+		for (i = 0; i < checksum_len && sender_file_sum[i] == 0; i++) {}
+		memset(sender_file_sum, 0, checksum_len);
+		if (i == checksum_len)
+			sender_file_sum[i-1]++;
 	}
 
-	if (targets) {
-		free(targets);
-		targets=NULL;
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2))
+		rprintf(FINFO,"sending file_sum\n");
+	write_buf(f, sender_file_sum, checksum_len);
+
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "false_alarms=%d hash_hits=%d matches=%d\n",
+			false_alarms, hash_hits, matches);
 	}
-	
-	if (verbose > 2)
-		rprintf(FINFO, "false_alarms=%d tag_hits=%d matches=%d\n",
-			false_alarms, tag_hits, matches);
-	
-	total_tag_hits += tag_hits;
+
+	total_hash_hits += hash_hits;
 	total_false_alarms += false_alarms;
 	total_matches += matches;
 	stats.literal_data += data_transfer;
@@ -317,12 +438,11 @@ void match_sums(int f,struct sum_struct *s,struct map_struct *buf,OFF_T len)
 
 void match_report(void)
 {
-	if (verbose <= 1)
+	if (!DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 1))
 		return;
 
 	rprintf(FINFO,
-		"total: matches=%d  tag_hits=%d  false_alarms=%d data=%.0f\n",
-		total_matches,total_tag_hits,
-		total_false_alarms,
-		(double)stats.literal_data);
+		"total: matches=%d  hash_hits=%d  false_alarms=%d data=%s\n",
+		total_matches, total_hash_hits, total_false_alarms,
+		big_num(stats.literal_data));
 }

mkproto.awk

@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-# generate prototypes for Samba C code
-# tridge, June 1996
-
-BEGIN {
-  inheader=0;
-  print "/* This file is automatically generated with \"make proto\". DO NOT EDIT */"
-  print ""
-}
-
-{
-  if (inheader) {
-    if (match($0,"[)][ \t]*$")) {
-      inheader = 0;
-      printf "%s;\n",$0;
-    } else {
-      printf "%s\n",$0;
-    }
-    next;
-  }
-}
-
-/^FN_LOCAL_BOOL/ {
-  split($0,a,"[,()]")
-  printf "BOOL %s(int );\n", a[2]
-}
-
-/^FN_LOCAL_STRING/ {
-  split($0,a,"[,()]")
-  printf "char *%s(int );\n", a[2]
-}
-
-/^FN_LOCAL_INT/ {
-  split($0,a,"[,()]")
-  printf "int %s(int );\n", a[2]
-}
-
-/^FN_LOCAL_CHAR/ {
-  split($0,a,"[,()]")
-  printf "char %s(int );\n", a[2]
-}
-
-/^FN_GLOBAL_BOOL/ {
-  split($0,a,"[,()]")
-  printf "BOOL %s(void);\n", a[2]
-}
-
-/^FN_GLOBAL_STRING/ {
-  split($0,a,"[,()]")
-  printf "char *%s(void);\n", a[2]
-}
-
-/^FN_GLOBAL_INT/ {
-  split($0,a,"[,()]")
-  printf "int %s(void);\n", a[2]
-}
-
-/^static|^extern/ || !/^[a-zA-Z]/ || /[;]/ {
-  next;
-}
-
-!/^OFF_T|^size_t|^off_t|^pid_t|^unsigned|^mode_t|^DIR|^user|^int|^char|^uint|^struct|^BOOL|^void|^time/ {
-  next;
-}
-
-
-/[(].*[)][ \t]*$/ {
-    printf "%s;\n",$0;
-    next;
-}
-
-/[(]/ {
-  inheader=1;
-  printf "%s\n",$0;
-  next;
-}
-

mkproto.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# generate prototypes for rsync
+
+$old_protos = '';
+if (open(IN, 'proto.h')) {
+    $old_protos = join('', <IN>);
+    close IN;
+}
+
+%FN_MAP = (
+    BOOL => 'BOOL ',
+    CHAR => 'char ',
+    INTEGER => 'int ',
+    STRING => 'char *',
+);
+
+$inheader = 0;
+$protos = qq|/* This file is automatically generated with "make proto". DO NOT EDIT */\n\n|;
+
+while (<>) {
+    if ($inheader) {
+	if (/[)][ \t]*$/) {
+	    $inheader = 0;
+	    s/$/;/;
+	}
+	$protos .= $_;
+    } elsif (/^FN_(LOCAL|GLOBAL)_([^(]+)\(([^,()]+)/) {
+	$ret = $FN_MAP{$2};
+	$func = $3;
+	$arg = $1 eq 'LOCAL' ? 'int module_id' : 'void';
+	$protos .= "$ret$func($arg);\n";
+    } elsif (/^static|^extern/ || /[;]/ || !/^[A-Za-z][A-Za-z0-9_]* /) {
+	;
+    } elsif (/[(].*[)][ \t]*$/) {
+	s/$/;/;
+	$protos .= $_;
+    } elsif (/[(]/) {
+	$inheader = 1;
+	$protos .= $_;
+    }
+}
+
+if ($old_protos ne $protos) {
+    open(OUT, '>proto.h') or die $!;
+    print OUT $protos;
+    close OUT;
+}
+
+open(OUT, '>proto.h-tstamp') and close OUT;

packaging/bin/gpg

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#!/bin/sh -e
+# This script gets git to run gpg with a --passphrase-file option.
+
+PATH=`echo $PATH | sed 's/^[^:]*://'`
+
+gpg --batch --passphrase-file=$GPG_PASSFILE "${@}"

packaging/branch-from-patch

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use Getopt::Long;
+
+&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
+&usage if !&GetOptions(
+    'branch|b=s' => \( my $master_branch = 'master' ),
+    'skip-check' => \( my $skip_branch_check ),
+    'delete' => \( my $delete_local_branches ),
+    'help|h' => \( my $help_opt ),
+);
+&usage if $help_opt;
+
+require 'packaging/git-status.pl';
+check_git_state($master_branch, !$skip_branch_check, 1);
+
+my %local_branch;
+open PIPE, '-|', 'git branch -l' or die "Unable to fork: $!\n";
+while (<PIPE>) {
+    if (m# patch/\Q$master_branch\E/(.*)#o) {
+	$local_branch{$1} = 1;
+    }
+}
+close PIPE;
+
+if ($delete_local_branches) {
+    foreach my $name (sort keys %local_branch) {
+	my $branch = "patch/$master_branch/$name";
+	system 'git', 'branch', '-D', $branch and exit 1;
+    }
+    %local_branch = ( );
+}
+
+my @patch_list;
+foreach (@ARGV) {
+    if (!-f $_) {
+	die "File not found: $_\n";
+    }
+    die "Filename is not a .diff file: $_\n" unless /\.diff$/;
+    push @patch_list, $_;
+}
+
+exit unless @patch_list;
+
+my(%scanned, %created, %info);
+
+foreach my $patch (@patch_list) {
+    my($where, $name) = $patch =~ m{^(.*?)([^/]+)\.diff$};
+    next if $scanned{$name}++;
+
+    open IN, '<', $patch or die "Unable to open $patch: $!\n";
+
+    my $info = '';
+    my $commit;
+    while (<IN>) {
+	if (m#^based-on: (\S+)#) {
+	    $commit = $1;
+	    last;
+	}
+	last if m#^index .*\.\..* \d#;
+	last if m#^diff --git #;
+	last if m#^--- (old|a)/#;
+	$info .= $_;
+    }
+    close IN;
+
+    $info =~ s/\s+\Z/\n/;
+
+    my $parent = $master_branch;
+    my @patches = $info =~ m#patch -p1 <patches/(\S+)\.diff#g;
+    if (@patches) {
+	if ($patches[-1] eq $name) {
+	    pop @patches;
+	} else {
+	    warn "No identity patch line in $patch\n";
+	}
+	if (@patches) {
+	    $parent = pop @patches;
+	    if (!$scanned{$parent}) {
+		unless (-f "$where$parent.diff") {
+		    die "Unknown parent of $patch: $parent\n";
+		}
+		# Add parent to @patch_list so that we will look for the
+		# parent's parent.  Any duplicates will just be ignored.
+		push @patch_list, "$where$parent.diff";
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	warn "No patch lines found in $patch\n";
+    }
+
+    $info{$name} = [ $parent, $info, $commit ];
+}
+
+foreach my $patch (@patch_list) {
+    create_branch($patch);
+}
+
+system 'git', 'checkout', $master_branch and exit 1;
+
+exit;
+
+sub create_branch
+{
+    my($patch) = @_;
+    my($where, $name) = $patch =~ m{^(.*?)([^/]+)\.diff$};
+
+    return if $created{$name}++;
+
+    my $ref = $info{$name};
+    my($parent, $info, $commit) = @$ref;
+
+    my $parent_branch;
+    if ($parent eq $master_branch) {
+	$parent_branch = $master_branch;
+	$parent_branch = $commit if defined $commit;
+    } else {
+	create_branch("$where/$parent.diff");
+	$parent_branch = "patch/$master_branch/$parent";
+    }
+
+    my $branch = "patch/$master_branch/$name";
+    print "\n", '=' x 64, "\nProcessing $branch ($parent_branch)\n";
+
+    if ($local_branch{$name}) {
+	system 'git', 'branch', '-D', $branch and exit 1;
+    }
+
+    system 'git', 'checkout', '-b', $branch, $parent_branch and exit 1;
+
+    open OUT, '>', "PATCH.$name" or die $!;
+    print OUT $info;
+    close OUT;
+    system 'git', 'add', "PATCH.$name" and exit 1;
+
+    open IN, '<', $patch or die "Unable to open $patch: $!\n";
+    $_ = join('', <IN>);
+    close IN;
+
+    open PIPE, '|-', 'patch -p1' or die $!;
+    print PIPE $_;
+    close PIPE;
+
+    system 'rm -f *.orig */*.orig';
+
+    while (m#\nnew file mode (\d+)\s+--- /dev/null\s+\Q+++\E b/(.*)#g) {
+	chmod oct($1), $2;
+	system 'git', 'add', $2;
+    }
+
+    while (1) {
+	system 'git status';
+	print 'Press Enter to commit, Ctrl-C to abort, or type a wild-name to add a new file: ';
+	$_ = <STDIN>;
+	last if /^$/;
+	chomp;
+	system "git add $_";
+    }
+
+    while (system 'git', 'commit', '-a', '-m', "Creating branch from $name.diff.") {
+	exit 1 if system '/bin/zsh';
+    }
+}
+
+sub usage
+{
+    die <<EOT;
+Usage branch-from-patch [OPTIONS] patches/DIFF...
+
+Options:
+-b, --branch=BRANCH  Create branches relative to BRANCH if no "based-on"
+                     header was found in the patch file.
+    --skip-check     Skip the check that ensures starting with a clean branch.
+    --delete         Delete all the local patch/BASE/* branches, not just the ones
+                     that are being recreated.
+-h, --help           Output this help message.
+EOT
+}

packaging/cull_options

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+# This script outputs some perl code that parses all possible options
+# that the code in options.c might send to the server.  This perl code
+# is included in the rrsync script.
+use strict;
+
+our %short_no_arg;
+our %short_with_num;
+our %long_opt = ( # These include some extra long-args that BackupPC uses:
+    'block-size' => 1,
+    'daemon' => -1,
+    'debug' => 1,
+    'fake-super' => 0,
+    'fuzzy' => 0,
+    'group' => 0,
+    'hard-links' => 0,
+    'ignore-times' => 0,
+    'info' => 1,
+    'links' => 0,
+    'log-file' => 3,
+    'one-file-system' => 0,
+    'owner' => 0,
+    'perms' => 0,
+    'recursive' => 0,
+    'times' => 0,
+);
+our $last_long_opt;
+
+open(IN, '../options.c') or die "Unable to open ../options.c: $!\n";
+
+while (<IN>) {
+    if (/\Qargstr[x++]\E = '([^.ie])'/) {
+	$short_no_arg{$1} = 1;
+	undef $last_long_opt;
+    } elsif (/\Qasprintf(\E[^,]+, "-([a-zA-Z0-9])\%l?[ud]"/) {
+	$short_with_num{$1} = 1;
+	undef $last_long_opt;
+    } elsif (/\Qargs[ac++]\E = "--([^"=]+)"/) {
+	$last_long_opt = $1;
+	$long_opt{$1} = 0 unless exists $long_opt{$1};
+    } elsif (defined($last_long_opt)
+	&& /\Qargs[ac++]\E = ([^["\s]+);/ && $1 ne 'dest_option') {
+	$long_opt{$last_long_opt} = 2;
+	undef $last_long_opt;
+    } elsif (/dest_option = "--([^"]+)"/) {
+	$long_opt{$1} = 2;
+	undef $last_long_opt;
+    } elsif (/\Qasprintf(\E[^,]+, "--([^"=]+)=/ || /\Qargs[ac++]\E = "--([^"=]+)=/) {
+	$long_opt{$1} = 1;
+	undef $last_long_opt;
+    }
+}
+close IN;
+
+my $short_no_arg = join('', sort keys %short_no_arg);
+my $short_with_num = join('', sort keys %short_with_num);
+
+print <<EOT;
+
+# These options are the only options that rsync might send to the server,
+# and only in the option format that the stock rsync produces.
+
+# To disable a short-named option, add its letter to this string:
+our \$short_disabled = 's';
+
+our \$short_no_arg = '$short_no_arg'; # DO NOT REMOVE ANY
+our \$short_with_num = '$short_with_num'; # DO NOT REMOVE ANY
+
+# To disable a long-named option, change its value to a -1.  The values mean:
+# 0 = the option has no arg; 1 = the arg doesn't need any checking; 2 = only
+# check the arg when receiving; and 3 = always check the arg.
+our \%long_opt = (
+EOT
+
+foreach my $opt (sort keys %long_opt) {
+    my $val = $long_opt{$opt};
+    $val = 1 if $opt =~ /^(max-|min-)/;
+    $val = 3 if $opt eq 'files-from';
+    $val = '$ro ? -1 : ' . $val if $opt =~ /^remove-/;
+    print "  '$opt' => $val,\n";
+}
+
+print ");\n\n";

packaging/git-status.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# Do some git-status checking for the current dir and (optionally)
+# the patches dir.
+
+sub check_git_state
+{
+    my($master_branch, $fatal_unless_clean, $check_patches_dir) = @_;
+
+    my($cur_branch) = check_git_status($fatal_unless_clean);
+    (my $branch = $cur_branch) =~ s{^patch/([^/]+)/[^/]+$}{$1}; # change patch/BRANCH/PATCH_NAME into BRANCH
+    if ($branch ne $master_branch) {
+	print "The checkout is not on the $master_branch branch.\n";
+	exit 1 if $master_branch ne 'master';
+	print "Do you want me to continue with --branch=$branch? [n] ";
+	$_ = <STDIN>;
+	exit 1 unless /^y/i;
+	$_[0] = $master_branch = $branch; # Updates caller's $master_branch too.
+    }
+
+    if ($check_patches_dir && -d 'patches/.git') {
+	($branch) = check_git_status($fatal_unless_clean, 'patches');
+	if ($branch ne $master_branch) {
+	    print "The *patches* checkout is on branch $branch, not branch $master_branch.\n";
+	    print "Do you want to change it to branch $master_branch? [n] ";
+	    $_ = <STDIN>;
+	    exit 1 unless /^y/i;
+	    system "cd patches && git checkout '$master_branch'";
+	}
+    }
+
+    return $cur_branch;
+}
+
+sub check_git_status
+{
+    my($fatal_unless_clean, $subdir) = @_;
+    $subdir = '.' unless defined $subdir;
+    my $status = `cd '$subdir' && git status`;
+    my $is_clean = $status =~ /\nnothing to commit.+working directory clean/;
+    my($cur_branch) = $status =~ /^(?:# )?On branch (.+)\n/;
+    if ($fatal_unless_clean && !$is_clean) {
+	if ($subdir eq '.') {
+	    $subdir = '';
+	} else {
+	    $subdir = " *$subdir*";
+	}
+	die "The$subdir checkout is not clean:\n", $status;
+    }
+    ($cur_branch, $is_clean, $status);
+}
+
+1;

packaging/lsb/rsync.spec

@@ -1,84 +1,99 @@
-Summary: Program for efficient remote updates of files.
+Summary: A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool
 Name: rsync
-Version: 2.5.1
+Version: 3.1.2
+%define fullversion %{version}
 Release: 1
-Copyright: GPL
-Group: Applications/Networking
-Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-2.5.1.tar.gz
-URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/
-Packager: Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-BuildRoot: /tmp/rsync
+%define srcdir src
+Group: Applications/Internet
+License: GPL
+Source0: http://rsync.samba.org/ftp/rsync/%{srcdir}/rsync-%{fullversion}.tar.gz
+#Source1: http://rsync.samba.org/ftp/rsync/%{srcdir}/rsync-patches-%{fullversion}.tar.gz
+URL: http://rsync.samba.org/
+
+Prefix: %{_prefix}
+BuildRoot: /var/tmp/%{name}-root
+
+%package ssl-client
+Summary: Provides rsync-ssl
+Group: Applications/Internet
+Requires: rsync, stunnel >= 4
+
+%package ssl-daemon
+Summary: An stunnel config file to support ssl rsync daemon connections.
+Group: Applications/Internet
+Requires: rsync, stunnel >= 4
 
 %description
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
+Rsync is a fast and extraordinarily versatile file copying tool.  It can
+copy locally, to/from another host over any remote shell, or to/from a
+remote rsync daemon.  It offers a large number of options that control
+every aspect of its behavior and permit very flexible specification of the
+set of files to be copied.  It is famous for its delta-transfer algorithm,
+which reduces the amount of data sent over the network by sending only the
+differences between the source files and the existing files in the
+destination.  Rsync is widely used for backups and mirroring and as an
+improved copy command for everyday use.
 
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
-differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
+%description ssl-client
+Provides the rsync-ssl script that makes use of stunnel 4 to open an ssl
+connection to an rsync daemon (on port 874).  This setup does NOT require
+any local stunnel daemon to be running to connect to the remote ssl rsyncd.
 
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
-
-%changelog
-* Mon Sept 11 2000 John H Terpstra <jht@turbolinux.com>
-  Changed target paths to be Linux Standards Base compliant
-
-* Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
-  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness  
-* Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-  reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
-
-* Sat May 16 1998 John H Terpstra <jht@aquasoft.com.au>
-  Upgraded to Rsync 2.0.6
-    -new feature anonymous rsync
-
-* Mon Apr  6 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Upgrade to rsync version 1.7.2.
-
-* Sun Mar  1 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Built 1.6.9-1 based on the 1.6.3-2 spec file of John A. Martin.
-Changes from 1.6.3-2 packaging: added latex and dvips commands
-to create tech_report.ps.
-
-* Mon Aug 25 1997 John A. Martin <jam@jamux.com>
-
-Built 1.6.3-2 after finding no rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm although there
-was an ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/alpha/rsync-1.6.3-1.alpha.rpm
-showing no packager nor signature but giving 
-"Source RPM: rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm".
-
-Changes from 1.6.2-1 packaging: added '$RPM_OPT_FLAGS' to make, strip
-to '%build', removed '%prefix'.
-
-* Thu Apr 10 1997 Michael De La Rue <miked@ed.ac.uk>
-
-rsync-1.6.2-1 packaged.  (This entry by jam to credit Michael for the
-previous package(s).)
+%description ssl-daemon
+Provides a config file for stunnel that will (if you start your stunnel
+service) cause stunnel to listen for ssl rsync-daemon connections and run
+"rsync --daemon" to handle them.
 
 %prep
-%setup
+# Choose one -- setup source only, or setup source + rsync-patches:
+%setup -q -n rsync-%{fullversion}
+#%setup -q -b1 -n rsync-%{fullversion}
+
+# If you you used "%setup -q -b1 ...", choose the patches you wish to apply:
+#patch -p1 <patches/acls.diff
+#patch -p1 <patches/xattrs.diff
+#patch -p1 <patches/remote-option.diff
+#patch -p1 <patches/db.diff
+
+# Avoid extra perl dependencies for scripts going into doc dir.
+chmod -x support/*
 
 %build
-./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man
-make CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS"
-strip rsync
+#./prepare-source
+%configure
+
+make
 
 %install
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/{bin,share/man/{man1,man5}}
-install -m755 rsync $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-install -m644 rsync.1 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/share/man/man1
-install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/share/man/man5
+rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+make install install-ssl-client install-ssl-daemon DESTDIR=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+
+mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/xinetd.d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/rsync-ssl/certs
+install -m 644 packaging/lsb/rsync.xinetd $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/xinetd.d/rsync
 
 %clean
 rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
 
 %files
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/bin/rsync
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/share/man/man1/rsync.1
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/share/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc tech_report.tex
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc README
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc COPYING
+%defattr(-,root,root)
+%doc COPYING NEWS OLDNEWS README support/ tech_report.tex
+%config(noreplace) /etc/xinetd.d/rsync
+%{_prefix}/bin/rsync
+%{_mandir}/man1/rsync.1*
+%{_mandir}/man5/rsyncd.conf.5*
+
+%files ssl-client
+%{_prefix}/bin/rsync-ssl
+%{_prefix}/bin/stunnel-rsync
+
+%files ssl-daemon
+%config(noreplace) /etc/stunnel/rsyncd.conf
+%dir /etc/rsync-ssl/certs
+
+%changelog
+* Mon Dec 21 2015 Wayne Davison <wayned@samba.org>
+Released 3.1.2.
+
+* Fri Mar 21 2008 Wayne Davison <wayned@samba.org>
+Added installation of /etc/xinetd.d/rsync file and some commented-out
+lines that demonstrate how to use the rsync-patches tar file.

packaging/lsb/rsync.spec.tmpl

@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-Summary: Program for efficient remote updates of files.
-Name: rsync
-Version: PVERSION
-Release: PRELEASE
-Copyright: GPL
-Group: Applications/Networking
-Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-PVERSION.tar.gz
-URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/
-Packager: Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-BuildRoot: /tmp/rsync
-
-%description
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
-
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
-differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
-
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
-
-%changelog
-* Mon Sept 11 2000 John H Terpstra <jht@turbolinux.com>
-  Changed target paths to be Linux Standards Base compliant
-
-* Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
-  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness  
-* Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-  reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
-
-* Sat May 16 1998 John H Terpstra <jht@aquasoft.com.au>
-  Upgraded to Rsync 2.0.6
-    -new feature anonymous rsync
-
-* Mon Apr  6 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Upgrade to rsync version 1.7.2.
-
-* Sun Mar  1 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Built 1.6.9-1 based on the 1.6.3-2 spec file of John A. Martin.
-Changes from 1.6.3-2 packaging: added latex and dvips commands
-to create tech_report.ps.
-
-* Mon Aug 25 1997 John A. Martin <jam@jamux.com>
-
-Built 1.6.3-2 after finding no rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm although there
-was an ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/alpha/rsync-1.6.3-1.alpha.rpm
-showing no packager nor signature but giving 
-"Source RPM: rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm".
-
-Changes from 1.6.2-1 packaging: added '$RPM_OPT_FLAGS' to make, strip
-to '%build', removed '%prefix'.
-
-* Thu Apr 10 1997 Michael De La Rue <miked@ed.ac.uk>
-
-rsync-1.6.2-1 packaged.  (This entry by jam to credit Michael for the
-previous package(s).)
-
-%prep
-%setup
-
-%build
-./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man
-make CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS"
-strip rsync
-
-%install
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/{bin,share/man/{man1,man5}}
-install -m755 rsync $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-install -m644 rsync.1 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/share/man/man1
-install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/share/man/man5
-
-%clean
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%files
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/bin/rsync
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/share/man/man1/rsync.1
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/share/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc tech_report.tex
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc README
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc COPYING

packaging/lsb/rsync.xinetd

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# default: off
+# description: The rsync server is a good addition to an ftp server, as it
+#	allows crc checksumming etc.
+service rsync
+{
+	disable	= yes
+	socket_type     = stream
+	wait            = no
+	user            = root
+	server          = /usr/bin/rsync
+	server_args     = --daemon
+	log_on_failure  += USERID
+}

packaging/nightly-rsync

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+use strict;
+
+# This script expects the directory ~/samba-rsync-ftp to exist and to be a
+# copy of the /home/ftp/pub/rsync dir on samba.org.  It also requires a
+# git checkout of rsync (feel free to use your normal rsync build dir as
+# long as it doesn't have any uncommitted changes).
+#
+# If this is run with -ctu, it will make an updated "nightly" tar file in
+# the nightly dir.  It will also remove any old tar files, regenerate the
+# HTML man pages in the nightly dir, and then rsync the changes to the
+# samba.org server.
+
+use Getopt::Long;
+use Date::Format;
+
+# Where the local copy of /home/ftp/pub/rsync/dev/nightly should be updated.
+our $dest = $ENV{HOME} . '/samba-rsync-ftp/dev/nightly';
+our $samba_host = $ENV{SAMBA_HOST} || 'samba.org';
+our $nightly_symlink = "$dest/rsync-HEAD.tar.gz";
+
+our($make_tar, $upload, $help_opt);
+&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
+&usage if !&GetOptions(
+    'make-tar|t' => \$make_tar,
+    'upload|u' => \$upload,
+    'help|h' => \$help_opt,
+) || $help_opt;
+
+our $name = time2str('rsync-HEAD-%Y%m%d-%H%M%Z', time, 'GMT');
+our $ztoday = time2str('%d %b %Y', time);
+our $today = $ztoday;
+our $gen_target = $upload ? 'gensend' : 'gen';
+
+die "$dest does not exist\n" unless -d $dest;
+die "There is no .git dir in the current directory.\n" unless -d '.git';
+die "There is no rsync checkout in the current directory.\n" unless -f 'rsyncd.conf.yo';
+
+if ($make_tar) {
+    open(IN, '-|', 'git status') or die $!;
+    my $status = join('', <IN>);
+    close IN;
+    die "The checkout is not clean:\n", $status unless $status =~ /\nnothing to commit.+working directory clean/;
+    die "The checkout is not on the master branch.\n" unless $status =~ /^(?:# )?On branch master\n/;
+    system "make $gen_target" and die "make $gen_target failed!\n";
+
+    my @extra_files;
+    open(IN, '<', 'Makefile.in') or die "Couldn't open Makefile.in: $!\n";
+    while (<IN>) {
+	if (s/^GENFILES=//) {
+	    while (s/\\$//) {
+		$_ .= <IN>;
+	    }
+	    @extra_files = split(' ', $_);
+	    last;
+	}
+    }
+    close IN;
+
+    my $confversion;
+    open(IN, '<', 'configure.ac') or die "Unable to open configure.ac: $!\n";
+    while (<IN>) {
+	if (/^AC_INIT\(\[rsync\],\s*\[(\d.+?)\]/) {
+	    $confversion = $1;
+	    last;
+	}
+    }
+    close IN;
+    die "Unable to find AC_INIT with version in configure.ac\n" unless defined $confversion;
+
+    open(IN, '<', 'OLDNEWS') or die "Unable to open OLDNEWS: $!\n";
+    $_ = <IN>;
+    my($lastversion) = /(\d+\.\d+\.\d+)/;
+    my $last_protocol_version;
+    while (<IN>) {
+	if (my($ver,$pdate,$pver) = /^\s+\S\S\s\S\S\S\s\d\d\d\d\s+(\d+\.\d+\.\d+)\s+(\d\d \w\w\w \d\d\d\d\s+)?(\d+)$/) {
+	    $last_protocol_version = $pver if $ver eq $lastversion;
+	}
+    }
+    close IN;
+    die "Unable to determine protocol_version for $lastversion.\n" unless defined $last_protocol_version;
+
+    my($protocol_version,$subprotocol_version);
+    open(IN, '<', 'rsync.h') or die "Unable to open rsync.h: $!\n";
+    while (<IN>) {
+	if (/^#define\s+PROTOCOL_VERSION\s+(\d+)/) {
+	    $protocol_version = $1;
+	} elsif (/^#define\s+SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION\s+(\d+)/) {
+	    $subprotocol_version = $1;
+	}
+    }
+    close IN;
+    die "Unable to determine the current PROTOCOL_VERSION.\n" unless defined $protocol_version;
+    die "Unable to determine the current SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION.\n" unless defined $subprotocol_version;
+
+    if ($confversion =~ /dev|pre/) {
+	if ($last_protocol_version ne $protocol_version) {
+	    if ($subprotocol_version == 0) {
+		die "SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION must not be 0 for a non-final release with a changed PROTOCOL_VERSION.\n";
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if ($subprotocol_version != 0) {
+		die "SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION must be 0 when the PROTOCOL_VERSION hasn't changed from the last release.\n";
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ($subprotocol_version != 0) {
+	    die "SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION must be 0 for a final release.\n";
+	}
+    }
+
+    print "Creating $name.tar.gz\n";
+    system "rsync -a @extra_files $name/";
+    system "git archive --format=tar --prefix=$name/ HEAD | tar xf -";
+    system "support/git-set-file-times --prefix=$name/";
+    system "fakeroot tar czf $dest/$name.tar.gz $name; rm -rf $name";
+
+    unlink($nightly_symlink);
+    symlink("$name.tar.gz", $nightly_symlink);
+}
+
+foreach my $fn (qw( rsync.yo rsyncd.conf.yo )) {
+    my $yo_tmp = "$dest/$fn";
+    (my $html_fn = "$dest/$fn") =~ s/\.yo/.html/;
+
+    open(IN, '<', $fn) or die $!;
+    undef $/; $_ = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
+    close IN;
+
+    s/^(manpage\([^)]+\)\(\d+\)\()[^)]+(\).*)/$1$today$2/m;
+    #s/^(This man ?page is current for version) \S+ (of rsync)/$1 $version $2/m;
+
+    open(OUT, '>', $yo_tmp) or die $!;
+    print OUT $_;
+    close OUT;
+
+    system 'yodl2html', '-o', $html_fn, $yo_tmp;
+
+    unlink($yo_tmp);
+}
+
+chdir($dest) or die $!;
+
+my $cnt = 0;
+open(PIPE, '-|', 'ls -1t rsync-HEAD-*') or die $!;
+while (<PIPE>) {
+    chomp;
+    next if $cnt++ < 10;
+    unlink($_);
+}
+close PIPE;
+
+system 'ls -ltr';
+
+if ($upload) {
+    my $opt = '';
+    if (defined $ENV{RSYNC_PARTIAL_DIR}) {
+	$opt = " -f 'R $ENV{RSYNC_PARTIAL_DIR}'";
+    }
+    system "rsync$opt -aviHP --delete-after . $samba_host\:/home/ftp/pub/rsync/dev/nightly";
+}
+
+exit;
+
+sub usage
+{
+    die <<EOT;
+Usage: nightly-rsync [OPTIONS]
+
+ -t, --make-tar    create a new tar file in $dest
+ -u, --upload      upload the revised nightly dir to samba.org
+ -h, --help        display this help
+EOT
+}

packaging/patch-update

@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+# This script is used to turn one or more of the "patch/BASE/*" branches
+# into one or more diffs in the "patches" directory.  Pass the option
+# --gen if you want generated files in the diffs.  Pass the name of
+# one or more diffs if you want to just update a subset of all the
+# diffs.
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use Getopt::Long;
+
+my $patches_dir = 'patches';
+my $tmp_dir = "patches.$$";
+my $make_gen_cmd = 'make -f prepare-source.mak conf && ./config.status && make gen';
+
+&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
+&usage if !&GetOptions(
+    'branch|b=s' => \( my $master_branch = 'master' ),
+    'skip-check' => \( my $skip_branch_check ),
+    'shell|s' => \( my $launch_shell ),
+    'gen:s' => \( my $incl_generated_files ),
+    'help|h' => \( my $help_opt ),
+);
+&usage if $help_opt;
+
+$ENV{GIT_MERGE_AUTOEDIT} = 'no';
+
+if (defined $incl_generated_files) {
+    $patches_dir = $incl_generated_files if $incl_generated_files ne '';
+    $incl_generated_files = 1;
+}
+
+die "No '$patches_dir' directory was found.\n" unless -d $patches_dir;
+die "No '.git' directory present in the current dir.\n" unless -d '.git';
+
+require 'packaging/git-status.pl';
+my $starting_branch = check_git_state($master_branch, !$skip_branch_check, 1);
+
+my $master_commit;
+open PIPE, '-|', "git log -1 --no-color $master_branch" or die $!;
+while (<PIPE>) {
+    if (/^commit (\S+)/) {
+	$master_commit = $1;
+	last;
+    }
+}
+close PIPE;
+die "Unable to determine commit hash for master branch: $master_branch\n" unless defined $master_commit;
+
+if ($incl_generated_files) {
+    my @extra_files = get_extra_files();
+    die "'$tmp_dir' must not exist in the current directory.\n" if -e $tmp_dir;
+    mkdir($tmp_dir, 0700) or die "Unable to mkdir($tmp_dir): $!\n";
+    system "$make_gen_cmd && rsync -a @extra_files $tmp_dir/master/" and exit 1;
+}
+our $last_touch = time;
+
+my %patches;
+
+# Start by finding all patches so that we can load all possible parents.
+open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'branch', '-l') or die $!;
+while (<PIPE>) {
+    if (m# patch/\Q$master_branch\E/(.*)#o) {
+	$patches{$1} = 1;
+    }
+}
+close PIPE;
+
+my @patches = sort keys %patches;
+
+my(%parent, %description);
+foreach my $patch (@patches) {
+    my $branch = "patch/$master_branch/$patch";
+    my $desc = '';
+    open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'diff', '-U1000', "$master_branch...$branch", '--', "PATCH.$patch") or die $!;
+    while (<PIPE>) {
+	last if /^@@ /;
+    }
+    while (<PIPE>) {
+	next unless s/^[ +]//;
+	if (m#patch -p1 <patches/(\S+)\.diff# && $1 ne $patch) {
+	    my $parent = $parent{$patch} = $1;
+	    if (!$patches{$parent}) {
+		die "Parent of $patch is not a local branch: $parent\n";
+	    }
+	}
+	$desc .= $_;
+    }
+    close PIPE;
+    $description{$patch} = $desc;
+}
+
+if (@ARGV) {
+    # Limit the list of patches to actually process based on @ARGV.
+    @patches = ( );
+    foreach (@ARGV) {
+	s{^patch(es)?/} {};
+	s{\.diff$} {};
+	if (!$patches{$_}) {
+	    die "Local branch not available for patch: $_\n";
+	}
+	push(@patches, $_);
+    }
+}
+
+my %completed;
+foreach my $patch (@patches) {
+    next if $completed{$patch}++;
+    last unless update_patch($patch);
+}
+
+if ($incl_generated_files) {
+    system "rm -rf $tmp_dir";
+}
+
+sleep 1 while $last_touch >= time;
+system "git checkout $starting_branch" and exit 1;
+
+exit;
+
+
+sub update_patch
+{
+    my($patch) = @_;
+
+    my $parent = $parent{$patch};
+    my $based_on;
+    if (defined $parent) {
+	unless ($completed{$parent}++) {
+	    update_patch($parent);
+	}
+	$based_on = $parent = "patch/$master_branch/$parent";
+    } else {
+	$parent = $master_branch;
+	$based_on = $master_commit;
+    }
+
+    print "======== $patch ========\n";
+
+    sleep 1 while $incl_generated_files && $last_touch >= time;
+    system "git checkout patch/$master_branch/$patch" and return 0;
+
+    my $ok = system("git merge $based_on") == 0;
+    if (!$ok || $launch_shell) {
+	my($parent_dir) = $parent =~ m{([^/]+)$};
+	print qq|"git merge $based_on" incomplete -- please fix.\n| if !$ok;
+	$ENV{PS1} = "[$parent_dir] $patch: ";
+	while (1) {
+	    if (system($ENV{SHELL}) != 0) {
+		print "Abort? [n/y] ";
+		$_ = <STDIN>;
+		next unless /^y/i;
+		return 0;
+	    }
+	    my($cur_branch, $is_clean, $status) = check_git_status(0);
+	    last if $is_clean;
+	    print $status;
+	}
+    }
+
+    open(OUT, '>', "$patches_dir/$patch.diff") or die $!;
+    print OUT $description{$patch}, "\nbased-on: $based_on\n";
+
+    my @extra_files;
+    if ($incl_generated_files) {
+	@extra_files = get_extra_files();
+	system "$make_gen_cmd && rsync -a @extra_files $tmp_dir/$patch/" and exit 1;
+    }
+    $last_touch = time;
+
+    open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'diff', $based_on) or die $!;
+    DIFF: while (<PIPE>) {
+	while (m{^diff --git a/PATCH}) {
+	    while (<PIPE>) {
+		last if m{^diff --git a/};
+	    }
+	    last DIFF if !defined $_;
+	}
+	next if /^index /;
+	print OUT $_;
+    }
+    close PIPE;
+
+    if ($incl_generated_files) {
+	my $parent_dir;
+	if ($parent eq $master_branch) {
+	    $parent_dir = 'master';
+	} else {
+	    ($parent_dir) = $parent =~ m{([^/]+)$};
+	}
+	open(PIPE, '-|', 'diff', '-Nurp', "$tmp_dir/$parent_dir", "$tmp_dir/$patch") or die $!;
+	while (<PIPE>) {
+	    s#^(diff -Nurp) $tmp_dir/[^/]+/(.*?) $tmp_dir/[^/]+/(.*)#$1 a/$2 b/$3#o;
+	    s#^\Q---\E $tmp_dir/[^/]+/([^\t]+)\t.*#--- a/$1#o;
+	    s#^\Q+++\E $tmp_dir/[^/]+/([^\t]+)\t.*#+++ b/$1#o;
+	    print OUT $_;
+	}
+	close PIPE;
+	unlink @extra_files;
+    }
+
+    close OUT;
+
+    1;
+}
+
+exit;
+
+sub get_extra_files
+{
+    my @extras;
+
+    open(IN, '<', 'Makefile.in') or die "Couldn't open Makefile.in: $!\n";
+    while (<IN>) {
+	if (s/^GENFILES=//) {
+	    while (s/\\$//) {
+		$_ .= <IN>;
+	    }
+	    @extras = split(' ', $_);
+	    last;
+	}
+    }
+    close IN;
+
+    return @extras;
+}
+
+sub usage
+{
+    die <<EOT;
+Usage: patch-update [OPTIONS] [patches/DIFF...]
+
+Options:
+-b, --branch=BRANCH  The master branch to merge into the patch/BASE/* branches.
+    --gen[=DIR]      Include generated files.  Optional destination DIR
+                     arg overrides the default of using the "patches" dir.
+    --skip-check     Skip the check that ensures starting with a clean branch.
+-s, --shell          Launch a shell for every patch/BASE/* branch updated, not
+                     just when a conflict occurs.
+-h, --help           Output this help message.
+EOT
+}

packaging/redhat/5.0/rsync.spec

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-Summary: Program for efficient remote updates of files.
-Name: rsync
-Version: 2.5.1
-Release: 1
-Copyright: GPL
-Group: Applications/Networking
-Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-2.5.1.tar.gz
-URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/
-Packager: Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-BuildRoot: /tmp/rsync
-
-%description
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
-
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
-differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
-
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
-
-%changelog
-* Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
-  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness  
-* Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-  reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
-
-* Sat May 16 1998 John H Terpstra <jht@aquasoft.com.au>
-  Upgraded to Rsync 2.0.6
-    -new feature anonymous rsync
-
-* Mon Apr  6 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Upgrade to rsync version 1.7.2.
-
-* Sun Mar  1 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Built 1.6.9-1 based on the 1.6.3-2 spec file of John A. Martin.
-Changes from 1.6.3-2 packaging: added latex and dvips commands
-to create tech_report.ps.
-
-* Mon Aug 25 1997 John A. Martin <jam@jamux.com>
-
-Built 1.6.3-2 after finding no rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm although there
-was an ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/alpha/rsync-1.6.3-1.alpha.rpm
-showing no packager nor signature but giving 
-"Source RPM: rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm".
-
-Changes from 1.6.2-1 packaging: added '$RPM_OPT_FLAGS' to make, strip
-to '%build', removed '%prefix'.
-
-* Thu Apr 10 1997 Michael De La Rue <miked@ed.ac.uk>
-
-rsync-1.6.2-1 packaged.  (This entry by jam to credit Michael for the
-previous package(s).)
-
-%prep
-%setup
-
-%build
-./configure --prefix=/usr
-make CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS"
-strip rsync
-
-%install
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/{bin,man/{man1,man5}}
-install -m755 rsync $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-install -m644 rsync.1 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man1
-install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man5
-
-%clean
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%files
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/bin/rsync
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man1/rsync.1
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc tech_report.tex
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc README
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc COPYING

packaging/redhat/5.0/rsync.spec.tmpl

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-Summary: Program for efficient remote updates of files.
-Name: rsync
-Version: PVERSION
-Release: PRELEASE
-Copyright: GPL
-Group: Applications/Networking
-Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-PVERSION.tar.gz
-URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/
-Packager: Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-BuildRoot: /tmp/rsync
-
-%description
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
-
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
-differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
-
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
-
-%changelog
-* Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
-  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness  
-* Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-  reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
-
-* Sat May 16 1998 John H Terpstra <jht@aquasoft.com.au>
-  Upgraded to Rsync 2.0.6
-    -new feature anonymous rsync
-
-* Mon Apr  6 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Upgrade to rsync version 1.7.2.
-
-* Sun Mar  1 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Built 1.6.9-1 based on the 1.6.3-2 spec file of John A. Martin.
-Changes from 1.6.3-2 packaging: added latex and dvips commands
-to create tech_report.ps.
-
-* Mon Aug 25 1997 John A. Martin <jam@jamux.com>
-
-Built 1.6.3-2 after finding no rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm although there
-was an ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/alpha/rsync-1.6.3-1.alpha.rpm
-showing no packager nor signature but giving 
-"Source RPM: rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm".
-
-Changes from 1.6.2-1 packaging: added '$RPM_OPT_FLAGS' to make, strip
-to '%build', removed '%prefix'.
-
-* Thu Apr 10 1997 Michael De La Rue <miked@ed.ac.uk>
-
-rsync-1.6.2-1 packaged.  (This entry by jam to credit Michael for the
-previous package(s).)
-
-%prep
-%setup
-
-%build
-./configure --prefix=/usr
-make CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS"
-strip rsync
-
-%install
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/{bin,man/{man1,man5}}
-install -m755 rsync $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-install -m644 rsync.1 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man1
-install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man5
-
-%clean
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%files
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/bin/rsync
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man1/rsync.1
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc tech_report.tex
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc README
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc COPYING

packaging/redhat/7.1/rsync.spec

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-Summary: Program for efficient remote updates of files.
-Name: rsync
-Version: 2.5.1
-Release: 1
-Copyright: GPL
-Group: Applications/Networking
-Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-2.5.1.tar.gz
-URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/
-Packager: Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-BuildRoot: /tmp/rsync
-
-%description
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
-
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
-differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
-
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
-
-%changelog
-* Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
-  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness  
-* Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-  reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
-
-* Sat May 16 1998 John H Terpstra <jht@aquasoft.com.au>
-  Upgraded to Rsync 2.0.6
-    -new feature anonymous rsync
-
-* Mon Apr  6 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Upgrade to rsync version 1.7.2.
-
-* Sun Mar  1 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Built 1.6.9-1 based on the 1.6.3-2 spec file of John A. Martin.
-Changes from 1.6.3-2 packaging: added latex and dvips commands
-to create tech_report.ps.
-
-* Mon Aug 25 1997 John A. Martin <jam@jamux.com>
-
-Built 1.6.3-2 after finding no rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm although there
-was an ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/alpha/rsync-1.6.3-1.alpha.rpm
-showing no packager nor signature but giving 
-"Source RPM: rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm".
-
-Changes from 1.6.2-1 packaging: added '$RPM_OPT_FLAGS' to make, strip
-to '%build', removed '%prefix'.
-
-* Thu Apr 10 1997 Michael De La Rue <miked@ed.ac.uk>
-
-rsync-1.6.2-1 packaged.  (This entry by jam to credit Michael for the
-previous package(s).)
-
-%prep
-%setup
-
-%build
-./configure --prefix=/usr
-make CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS"
-strip rsync
-
-%install
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/{bin,man/{man1,man5}}
-install -m755 rsync $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-install -m644 rsync.1* $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man1
-install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5* $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man5
-
-%clean
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%files
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/bin/rsync
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man1/rsync.1*
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5*
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc tech_report.tex
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc README
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc COPYING

packaging/redhat/7.1/rsync.spec.tmpl

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-Summary: Program for efficient remote updates of files.
-Name: rsync
-Version: PVERSION
-Release: PRELEASE
-Copyright: GPL
-Group: Applications/Networking
-Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-PVERSION.tar.gz
-URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/
-Packager: Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-BuildRoot: /tmp/rsync
-
-%description
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
-
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
-differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
-
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
-
-%changelog
-* Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
-  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness  
-* Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-  reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
-
-* Sat May 16 1998 John H Terpstra <jht@aquasoft.com.au>
-  Upgraded to Rsync 2.0.6
-    -new feature anonymous rsync
-
-* Mon Apr  6 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Upgrade to rsync version 1.7.2.
-
-* Sun Mar  1 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Built 1.6.9-1 based on the 1.6.3-2 spec file of John A. Martin.
-Changes from 1.6.3-2 packaging: added latex and dvips commands
-to create tech_report.ps.
-
-* Mon Aug 25 1997 John A. Martin <jam@jamux.com>
-
-Built 1.6.3-2 after finding no rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm although there
-was an ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/alpha/rsync-1.6.3-1.alpha.rpm
-showing no packager nor signature but giving 
-"Source RPM: rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm".
-
-Changes from 1.6.2-1 packaging: added '$RPM_OPT_FLAGS' to make, strip
-to '%build', removed '%prefix'.
-
-* Thu Apr 10 1997 Michael De La Rue <miked@ed.ac.uk>
-
-rsync-1.6.2-1 packaged.  (This entry by jam to credit Michael for the
-previous package(s).)
-
-%prep
-%setup
-
-%build
-./configure --prefix=/usr
-make CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS"
-strip rsync
-
-%install
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/{bin,man/{man1,man5}}
-install -m755 rsync $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-install -m644 rsync.1* $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man1
-install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5* $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man5
-
-%clean
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%files
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/bin/rsync
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man1/rsync.1*
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5*
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc tech_report.tex
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc README
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc COPYING

packaging/release-rsync

@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+# This script expects the directory ~/samba-rsync-ftp to exist and to be a
+# copy of the /home/ftp/pub/rsync dir on samba.org.  When the script is done,
+# the git repository in the current directory will be updated, and the local
+# ~/samba-rsync-ftp dir will be ready to be rsynced to samba.org.
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use Cwd;
+use Getopt::Long;
+use Term::ReadKey;
+use Date::Format;
+
+my $dest = $ENV{HOME} . '/samba-rsync-ftp';
+my $passfile = $ENV{HOME} . '/.rsyncpass';
+my $path = $ENV{PATH};
+my $make_gen_cmd = 'make -f prepare-source.mak conf && ./config.status && make gen';
+
+&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
+&usage if !&GetOptions(
+    'branch|b=s' => \( my $master_branch = 'master' ),
+    'help|h' => \( my $help_opt ),
+);
+&usage if $help_opt;
+
+my $now = time;
+my $cl_today = time2str('* %a %b %d %Y', $now);
+my $year = time2str('%Y', $now);
+my $ztoday = time2str('%d %b %Y', $now);
+(my $today = $ztoday) =~ s/^0//;
+
+my $curdir = Cwd::cwd;
+
+END {
+    unlink($passfile);
+}
+
+my @extra_files;
+open(IN, '<', 'Makefile.in') or die "Couldn't open Makefile.in: $!\n";
+while (<IN>) {
+    if (s/^GENFILES=//) {
+	while (s/\\$//) {
+	    $_ .= <IN>;
+	}
+	@extra_files = split(' ', $_);
+	last;
+    }
+}
+close IN;
+
+my $break = <<EOT;
+==========================================================================
+EOT
+
+print $break, <<EOT, $break, "\n";
+== This will release a new version of rsync onto an unsuspecting world. ==
+EOT
+
+die "$dest does not exist\n" unless -d $dest;
+die "There is no .git dir in the current directory.\n" unless -d '.git';
+die "'a' must not exist in the current directory.\n" if -e 'a';
+die "'b' must not exist in the current directory.\n" if -e 'b';
+
+require 'packaging/git-status.pl';
+check_git_state($master_branch, 1, 1);
+
+my $confversion;
+open(IN, '<', 'configure.ac') or die $!;
+while (<IN>) {
+    if (/^AC_INIT\(\[rsync\],\s*\[(\d.+?)\]/) {
+	$confversion = $1;
+	last;
+    }
+}
+close IN;
+die "Unable to find AC_INIT with version in configure.ac\n" unless defined $confversion;
+
+open(IN, '<', 'OLDNEWS') or die $!;
+$_ = <IN>;
+my($lastversion) = /(\d+\.\d+\.\d+)/;
+my($last_protocol_version, %pdate);
+while (<IN>) {
+    if (my($ver,$pdate,$pver) = /^\s+\S\S\s\S\S\S\s\d\d\d\d\s+(\d+\.\d+\.\d+)\s+(\d\d \w\w\w \d\d\d\d\s+)?(\d+)$/) {
+	$pdate{$ver} = $pdate if defined $pdate;
+	$last_protocol_version = $pver if $ver eq $lastversion;
+    }
+}
+close IN;
+die "Unable to determine protocol_version for $lastversion.\n" unless defined $last_protocol_version;
+
+my $protocol_version;
+open(IN, '<', 'rsync.h') or die $!;
+while (<IN>) {
+    if (/^#define\s+PROTOCOL_VERSION\s+(\d+)/) {
+	$protocol_version = $1;
+	last;
+    }
+}
+close IN;
+die "Unable to determine the current PROTOCOL_VERSION.\n" unless defined $protocol_version;
+
+my $version = $confversion;
+$version =~ s/dev/pre1/ || $version =~ s/pre(\d+)/ 'pre' . ($1 + 1) /e;
+
+print "Please enter the version number of this release: [$version] ";
+chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
+if ($_ eq '.') {
+    $version =~ s/pre\d+//;
+} elsif ($_ ne '') {
+    $version = $_;
+}
+die "Invalid version: `$version'\n" unless $version =~ /^[\d.]+(pre\d+)?$/;
+
+if (`git tag -l v$version` ne '') {
+    print "Tag v$version already exists.\n\nDelete tag or quit? [q/del] ";
+    $_ = <STDIN>;
+    exit 1 unless /^del/i;
+    system "git tag -d v$version";
+}
+
+if ($version =~ s/[-.]*pre[-.]*/pre/ && $confversion !~ /dev$/) {
+    $lastversion = $confversion;
+}
+
+print "Enter the previous version to produce a patch against: [$lastversion] ";
+chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
+$lastversion = $_ if $_ ne '';
+$lastversion =~ s/[-.]*pre[-.]*/pre/;
+
+my $pre = $version =~ /(pre\d+)/ ? $1 : '';
+
+my $release = $pre ? '0.1' : '1';
+print "Please enter the RPM release number of this release: [$release] ";
+chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
+$release = $_ if $_ ne '';
+$release .= ".$pre" if $pre;
+
+(my $finalversion = $version) =~ s/pre\d+//;
+my($proto_changed,$proto_change_date);
+if ($protocol_version eq $last_protocol_version) {
+    $proto_changed = 'unchanged';
+    $proto_change_date = "\t\t";
+} else {
+    $proto_changed = 'changed';
+    if (!defined($proto_change_date = $pdate{$finalversion})) {
+	while (1) {
+	    print "On what date did the protocol change to $protocol_version get checked in? (dd Mmm yyyy) ";
+	    chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
+	    last if /^\d\d \w\w\w \d\d\d\d$/;
+	}
+	$proto_change_date = "$_\t";
+    }
+}
+
+my($srcdir,$srcdiffdir,$lastsrcdir,$skipping);
+if ($lastversion =~ /pre/) {
+    if (!$pre) {
+	die "You should not diff a release version against a pre-release version.\n";
+    }
+    $srcdir = $srcdiffdir = $lastsrcdir = 'src-previews';
+    $skipping = ' ** SKIPPING **';
+} elsif ($pre) {
+    $srcdir = $srcdiffdir = 'src-previews';
+    $lastsrcdir = 'src';
+    $skipping = ' ** SKIPPING **';
+} else {
+    $srcdir = $lastsrcdir = 'src';
+    $srcdiffdir = 'src-diffs';
+    $skipping = '';
+}
+
+print "\n", $break, <<EOT;
+\$version is "$version"
+\$lastversion is "$lastversion"
+\$dest is "$dest"
+\$curdir is "$curdir"
+\$srcdir is "$srcdir"
+\$srcdiffdir is "$srcdiffdir"
+\$lastsrcdir is "$lastsrcdir"
+\$release is "$release"
+
+About to:
+    - tweak SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION in rsync.h, if needed
+    - tweak the version in configure.ac and the spec files
+    - tweak NEWS and OLDNEWS to ensure header values are correct
+    - tweak the date in the *.yo files and generate the manpages
+    - generate configure.sh, config.h.in, and proto.h
+    - page through the differences
+
+EOT
+print "<Press Enter to continue> ";
+$_ = <STDIN>;
+
+my %specvars = ( 'Version:' => $finalversion, 'Release:' => $release,
+		 '%define fullversion' => "\%{version}$pre", 'Released' => "$version.",
+		 '%define srcdir' => $srcdir );
+my @tweak_files = ( glob('packaging/*.spec'), glob('packaging/*/*.spec'), glob('*.yo'),
+		    qw( configure.ac rsync.h NEWS OLDNEWS options.c ) );
+
+foreach my $fn (@tweak_files) {
+    open(IN, '<', $fn) or die $!;
+    undef $/; $_ = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
+    close IN;
+    if ($fn =~ /configure/) {
+	s/^(AC_INIT\(\[rsync\],\s*\[)\d.+?(\])/$1$version$2/m
+	    or die "Unable to update AC_INIT with version in $fn\n";
+    } elsif ($fn =~ /\.spec/) {
+	while (my($str, $val) = each %specvars) {
+	    s/^\Q$str\E .*/$str $val/m
+		or die "Unable to update $str in $fn\n";
+	}
+	s/^\* \w\w\w \w\w\w \d\d \d\d\d\d (.*)/$cl_today $1/m
+	    or die "Unable to update ChangeLog header in $fn\n";
+    } elsif ($fn =~ /\.yo/) {
+	s/^(manpage\([^)]+\)\(\d+\)\()[^)]+(\).*)/$1$today$2/m
+	    or die "Unable to update date in manpage() header in $fn\n";
+	s/^(This man ?page is current for version) \S+ (of rsync)/$1 $version $2/m
+	    or die "Unable to update current version info in $fn\n";
+    } elsif ($fn eq 'rsync.h') {
+	s{(#define\s+SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION)\s+(\d+)}
+	 { $1 . ' ' . get_subprotocol_version($2) }e
+	    or die "Unable to find SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION define in $fn\n";
+    } elsif ($fn eq 'NEWS') {
+	s{^(NEWS for rsync \Q$finalversion\E )(\(UNRELEASED\))\s*(\nProtocol: )(\d+) (\([^)]+\))\n}
+	 { $1 . ($pre ? $2 : "($today)") . "$3$protocol_version ($proto_changed)\n" }ei
+	    or die "The first 2 lines of $fn are not in the right format.  They must be:\n"
+		 . "NEWS for rsync $finalversion (UNRELEASED)\n"
+		 . "Protocol: $protocol_version ($proto_changed)\n";
+    } elsif ($fn eq 'OLDNEWS') {
+	s{^(\t\S\S\s\S\S\S\s\d\d\d\d)(\t\Q$finalversion\E\t).*}
+	 { ($pre ? $1 : "\t$ztoday") . $2 . $proto_change_date . $protocol_version }em
+	    or die "Unable to find \"?? ??? $year\t$finalversion\" line in $fn\n";
+    } elsif ($fn eq 'options.c') {
+	if (s/(Copyright \(C\) 2002-)(\d+)( Wayne Davison)/$1$year$3/
+	 && $2 ne $year) {
+	    die "Copyright comments need to be updated to $year in all files!\n";
+	}
+	# Adjust the year in the --version output.
+	s/(rprintf\(f, "Copyright \(C\) 1996-)(\d+)/$1$year/
+	    or die "Unable to find Copyright string in --version output of $fn\n";
+	next if $2 eq $year;
+    } else {
+	die "Unrecognized file in \@tweak_files: $fn\n";
+    }
+    open(OUT, '>', $fn) or die $!;
+    print OUT $_;
+    close OUT;
+}
+
+print $break;
+system "git diff --color | less -p '^diff .*'";
+
+my $srctar_name = "rsync-$version.tar.gz";
+my $pattar_name = "rsync-patches-$version.tar.gz";
+my $diff_name = "rsync-$lastversion-$version.diffs.gz";
+my $srctar_file = "$dest/$srcdir/$srctar_name";
+my $pattar_file = "$dest/$srcdir/$pattar_name";
+my $diff_file = "$dest/$srcdiffdir/$diff_name";
+my $news_file = "$dest/$srcdir/rsync-$version-NEWS";
+my $lasttar_file = "$dest/$lastsrcdir/rsync-$lastversion.tar.gz";
+
+print $break, <<EOT;
+
+About to:
+    - commit all version changes
+    - merge the $master_branch branch into the patch/$master_branch/* branches
+    - update the files in the "patches" dir and OPTIONALLY
+      (if you type 'y') to launch a shell for each patch
+
+EOT
+print "<Press Enter OR 'y' to continue> ";
+my $ans = <STDIN>;
+
+system "git commit -a -m 'Preparing for release of $version'" and exit 1;
+
+print "Updating files in \"patches\" dir ...\n";
+system "packaging/patch-update --branch=$master_branch";
+
+if ($ans =~ /^y/i) {
+    print "\nVisiting all \"patch/$master_branch/*\" branches ...\n";
+    system "packaging/patch-update --branch=$master_branch --skip-check --shell";
+}
+
+if (-d 'patches/.git') {
+    system "cd patches && git commit -a -m 'The patches for $version.'" and exit 1;
+}
+
+print $break, <<EOT;
+
+About to:
+    - create signed tag for this release: v$version
+    - create release diffs, "$diff_name"
+    - create release tar, "$srctar_name"
+    - generate rsync-$version/patches/* files
+    - create patches tar, "$pattar_name"
+    - update top-level README, *NEWS, TODO, and ChangeLog
+    - update top-level rsync*.html manpages
+    - gpg-sign the release files
+    - update hard-linked top-level release files$skipping
+
+EOT
+print "<Press Enter to continue> ";
+$_ = <STDIN>;
+
+# We want to use our passphrase-providing "gpg" script, so modify the PATH.
+$ENV{PATH} = "$curdir/packaging/bin:$path";
+
+my $passphrase;
+while (1) {
+    ReadMode('noecho');
+    print "\nEnter your GPG pass-phrase: ";
+    chomp($passphrase = <STDIN>);
+    ReadMode(0);
+    print "\n";
+
+    # Briefly create a temp file with the passphrase for git's tagging use.
+    my $oldmask = umask 077;
+    unlink($passfile);
+    open(OUT, '>', $passfile) or die $!;
+    print OUT $passphrase, "\n";
+    close OUT;
+    umask $oldmask;
+    $ENV{'GPG_PASSFILE'} = $passfile;
+
+    $_ = `git tag -s -m 'Version $version.' v$version 2>&1`;
+    print $_;
+    next if /bad passphrase/;
+    exit 1 if /failed/;
+
+    if (-d 'patches/.git') {
+	$_ = `cd patches && git tag -s -m 'Version $version.' v$version 2>&1`;
+	print $_;
+	exit 1 if /bad passphrase|failed/;
+    }
+
+    unlink($passfile);
+    last;
+}
+
+$ENV{PATH} = $path;
+
+# Extract the generated files from the old tar.
+@_ = @extra_files;
+map { s#^#rsync-$lastversion/# } @_;
+system "tar xzf $lasttar_file @_";
+rename("rsync-$lastversion", 'a');
+
+print "Creating $diff_file ...\n";
+system "$make_gen_cmd && rsync -a @extra_files b/" and exit 1;
+my $sed_script = 's:^((---|\+\+\+) [ab]/[^\t]+)\t.*:\1:';
+system "(git diff v$lastversion v$version; diff -upN a b | sed -r '$sed_script') | gzip -9 >$diff_file";
+system "rm -rf a";
+rename('b', "rsync-$version");
+
+print "Creating $srctar_file ...\n";
+system "git archive --format=tar --prefix=rsync-$version/ v$version | tar xf -";
+system "support/git-set-file-times --prefix=rsync-$version/";
+system "fakeroot tar czf $srctar_file rsync-$version; rm -rf rsync-$version";
+
+print "Updating files in \"rsync-$version/patches\" dir ...\n";
+mkdir("rsync-$version", 0755);
+mkdir("rsync-$version/patches", 0755);
+system "packaging/patch-update --skip-check --branch=$master_branch --gen=rsync-$version/patches";
+
+print "Creating $pattar_file ...\n";
+system "fakeroot tar chzf $pattar_file rsync-$version/patches; rm -rf rsync-$version";
+
+print "Updating the other files in $dest ...\n";
+system "rsync -a README NEWS OLDNEWS TODO $dest";
+unlink($news_file);
+link("$dest/NEWS", $news_file);
+system "git log --name-status | gzip -9 >$dest/ChangeLog.gz";
+
+system "yodl2html -o $dest/rsync.html rsync.yo";
+system "yodl2html -o $dest/rsyncd.conf.html rsyncd.conf.yo";
+
+foreach my $fn ($srctar_file, $pattar_file, $diff_file) {
+    unlink("$fn.asc");
+    open(GPG, '|-', "gpg --batch --passphrase-fd=0 -ba $fn") or die $!;
+    print GPG $passphrase, "\n";
+    close GPG;
+}
+
+if (!$pre) {
+    system "rm $dest/rsync-*.gz $dest/rsync-*.asc $dest/rsync-*-NEWS $dest/src-previews/rsync-*diffs.gz*";
+
+    foreach my $fn ($srctar_file, "$srctar_file.asc",
+		    $pattar_file, "$pattar_file.asc",
+		    $diff_file, "$diff_file.asc", $news_file) {
+	(my $top_fn = $fn) =~ s#/src(-\w+)?/#/#;
+	link($fn, $top_fn);
+    }
+}
+
+print $break, <<'EOT';
+
+Local changes are done.  When you're satisfied, push the git repository
+and rsync the release files.  Remember to announce the release on *BOTH*
+rsync-announce@lists.samba.org and rsync@lists.samba.org (and the web)!
+EOT
+
+exit;
+
+sub get_subprotocol_version
+{
+    my($subver) = @_;
+    if ($pre && $proto_changed eq 'changed') {
+	return $subver == 0 ? 1 : $subver;
+    }
+    0;
+}
+
+sub usage
+{
+    die <<EOT;
+Usage: release-rsync [OPTIONS]
+
+-b, --branch=BRANCH   The branch to release (default: master)
+-h, --help            Display this help message
+EOT
+}